Canon | PowerShot N100 | User guide | Canon PowerShot N100 User guide

Canon PowerShot N100 User guide
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺑﻳﺔ‬
‫• ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﻗﺭﺍءﺓ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ‪ ،‬ﺑﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻗﺳﻡ ”ﺍﺣﺗﻳﺎﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺳﻼﻣﺔ“ )= ‪ ،(۸‬ﻗﺑﻝ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺳﺗﺳﺎﻋﺩﻙ ﻗﺭﺍءﺓ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺭﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﺻﺣﻳﺢ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺣﻔﻅ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻛﺎﻥ ﺁﻣﻥ ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻘﺑﻝ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﺎﻧﺏ ﺍﻟﺳﻔﻠﻲ ﺍﻷﻳﻣﻥ ﻟﻠﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺻﻔﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺻﻔﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‬
‫‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺻﻔﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ‬
‫‪ :‬ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺭﺍﺑﻁ‬
‫• ﻟﻼﻧﺗﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﺩﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ﻋﻧﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻳﻣﻳﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﺻﻔﺣﺎﺕ ﻋﻧﺎﻭﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ‪ ،‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺿﻭﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻋﻧﺎﻭﻳﻧﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪© CANON INC. 2014‬‬
‫‪CEL-SV4MA2N0‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻼﺣﻅﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻣﻬﻳﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻭﻧﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺣﺗﻭﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺑﻭﺓ‬
‫ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻧﺎﺻﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻣﺿﻣﻧﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺑﻭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻡ ﺗﺟﺩ ﺃ ًّﻳﺎ ﻣﻧﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺗﺻﻝ ﺑﻣﻭﺯﻉ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺟﺭﻳﺑﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﺳﺗﻌﺭﺍﺿﻬﺎ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻣﺑﺩﺋﻲ ﻟﻠﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﺻﺣﻳﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺭﺟﺎء ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺷﺭﻛﺔ ‪ Canon Inc.‬ﻭﺍﻟﺷﺭﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻭﻣﺅﺳﺳﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻋﻳﺔ ﻭﻣﻭﺯﻋﻳﻬﺎ ﻟﻳﺳﻭﺍ‬
‫ﻣﺳﺋﻭﻟﻳﻥ ﻋﻥ ﺃﻳﺔ ﺃﺿﺭﺍﺭ ﺗﺑﻌﻳﺔ ﺗﻧﺗﺞ ﻋﻥ ﺃﻱ ﺧﻠﻝ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﻲ ﻟﻠﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ ‪ -‬ﺑﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ‪ -‬ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺅﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﺷﻝ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻓﺷﻝ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﺭﺍءﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺣﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫‪NB-12L‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺷﺎﺣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫‪CB-2LG/CB-2LGE‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺑﺩء ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺭﺑﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺻﻡ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫ﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺿﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻥ ‪Canon‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻭﺟﺩ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﻣﺭﻓﻘﺔ )= ‪.(۲‬‬
‫ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺍﻓﻘﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ )ﺗﺑﺎﻉ ﻣﻧﻔﺻﻠﺔ(‪ ،‬ﺑﻐﺽ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺭ ﻋﻥ ﺳﻌﺗﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫• ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ‪*SD‬‬
‫• ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ‪* *SDHC‬‬
‫‪۲ ۱‬‬
‫• ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ‪* *SDXC‬‬
‫‪۲ ۱‬‬
‫*‪ ۱‬ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﻣﺗﻭﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻳﺭ ‪ .SD‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﻟﻡ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻣﺻﺎﺩﻗﺔ ﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﻌﻣﻝ ﻣﻊ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪.‬‬
‫*‪ ۲‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺩﻋﻡ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ‪.UHS-I‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺟﻠﺔ ﺑﻭﺍﺳﻁﺔ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻣﻌﺩﺓ ﻟﻼﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺷﺧﺻﻲ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺗﻧﻊ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﺭﺡ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻳﻧﺗﻬﻙ ﻗﺎﻧﻭﻥ ﺣﻘﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻧﺷﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻﺣﻅ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺷﺧﺻﻲ‪ ،‬ﻗﺩ ﻳﻧﺗﻬﻙ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻭﺗﻭﻏﺭﺍﻓﻲ ﺣﻘﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻧﺷﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻭﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ ﻟﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻷﻋﻣﺎﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﻭﺽ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻳﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﻌﻠﻕ ﺑﺑﻌﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺗﺟﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺿﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺭﺟﺎء ﺍﻟﺭﺟﻭﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺿﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺯﻭﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﻋﻡ ﻋﻣﻼء ‪ ،Canon‬ﺍﻟﺭﺟﺎء ﺍﻟﺭﺟﻭﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺿﻣﺎﻥ ﻟﻣﻌﺭﻓﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﻏﻡ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺗﻡ ﺇﻧﺗﺎﺝ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪ LCD‬ﻭﻓ ًﻘﺎ ﻟﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﺗﺻﻧﻳﻊ ﻓﺎﺋﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻗﺔ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﻣﻥ ‪ ٪۹۹٫۹۹‬ﻣﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺣﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﻛﺳﻝ ﺗﺗﻭﺍﻓﻕ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻭﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻣﻳﻡ‪ ،‬ﻗﺩ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺑﻌﺽ ﻭﺣﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﻛﺳﻝ ﻣﻌﻳﺑﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺩ ﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ‬
‫ﺣﻣﺭﺍء ﻭﺳﻭﺩﺍء ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﻧﺎﺩﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻻ ﻳﺷﻳﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺃﻭ ﻳﺅﺛﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ‬
‫ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺩ ﺗﺗﻭﻓﺭ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪ LCD‬ﻣﻐﻠﱠﻔﺔ ﺑﻐﻼﻑ ﺭﻗﻳﻕ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻼﺳﺗﻳﻙ ﻟﺣﻣﺎﻳﺗﻬﺎ ﺿﺩ ﺍﻟﺧﺩﺵ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﺷﺣﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻐﻠﻳﻑ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﻼﻑ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻟﻔﺗﺭﺓ ﺯﻣﻧﻳﺔ ﻁﻭﻳﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺩ ﺗﺭﺗﻔﻊ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺭﺍﺭﺗﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻛﻥ ﻻ ﻳﺷﻳﺭ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﻣﺎء ﺍﻷﺟﺯﺍء ﻭﺍﻻﺻﻁﻼﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫‪٦‬‬
‫‪٧‬‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫ﻓﺗﺣﺔ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﺭﺑﺎﻁ‬
‫ﺫﺭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻐﻳﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪) i> :‬ﻣﻘﺭّ ﺏ(< ‪/‬‬
‫>‪) j‬ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ(<‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪) k> :‬ﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ(< ‪/‬‬
‫>‪) g‬ﻓﻬﺭﺱ(<‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺻﺑﺎﺡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺳﺔ‬
‫ﺯﺭ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ‪ON/OFF‬‬
‫‪٨‬‬
‫‪٩‬‬
‫‪١٠‬‬
‫‪١١‬‬
‫‪١٢‬‬
‫‪١٣‬‬
‫‪١٤‬‬
‫‪١٥‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭﻓﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ >‪) h‬ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ(<‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫)ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ‪*(N‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﺭ > )ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻣﻭﻝ(<‬
‫ﻣﻘﺑﺱ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻣﻝ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﺋﻡ‬
‫ﻏﻁﺎء ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﻫﻭﺍﺋﻲ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻣﻧﻔﺫ ﻛﺑﻝ ﻭﺻﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺑﺎﺷﺭ‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫‪٦‬‬
‫‪٧‬‬
‫‪٨‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺻﺔ )ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺧﻠﻔﻳﺔ(‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ )ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪*(LCD‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺅﺷﺭ‬
‫)‪<(Story Highlights‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‬
‫ﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ ﺗﺑﺩﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﺿﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺳﻣﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﺭ > )ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺿﻠﺔ(<‬
‫ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ‪) AV OUT‬ﺧﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻓﻳﺔ ‪ /‬ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ‪ DIGITAL‬ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫‪٩‬‬
‫‪١٠‬‬
‫‪١١‬‬
‫‪١٢‬‬
‫‪١٣‬‬
‫‪١٤‬‬
‫‪١٥‬‬
‫‪١٦‬‬
‫ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ‪ HDMITM‬ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪) 1‬ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ(<‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪<n‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪) b‬ﺗﻌﻭﻳﺽ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ(< ‪/‬‬
‫> )‪ / <(Wi-Fi‬ﺃﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ / <(Macro) e‬ﻳﺳﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ‪FUNC./SET‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪) h‬ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ(< ‪ /‬ﻳﻣﻳﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪) l‬ﻋﺭﺽ(< ‪ /‬ﺃﺳﻔﻝ‬
‫*‪ ۱‬ﻳُﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻳﺯﺍﺕ ‪.(۱۲٤ =) NFC‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻕ ﻟﻠﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺣﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻣﺱ‬
‫*‪ ۲‬ﻗﺩ ﻻ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻛﺗﺷﺎﻑ ﺍﻹﻳﻣﺎءﺍﺕ ﺑﺳﻬﻭﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻭﺿﻊ ٍ‬
‫)= ‪.(۱٥۸‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫•‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ‪ ،‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﻣﻭﺯ ﻟﺗﻣﺛﻝ ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﻭﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺳﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ‬
‫ﺳﺗﺑﺩﻭ ﻋﻠﻳﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻣﺛﻳﻝ ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﻭﻋﻧﺎﺻﺭ ﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﺑﺭﻣﻭﺯ‪.‬‬
‫>‪ <o‬ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ‪ ١٢‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﺯء ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻔﻲ‬
‫>‪ <q‬ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ﺃﻳﺳﺭ ‪ ١٣‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﺯء ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻔﻲ‬
‫>‪ <r‬ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ﺃﻳﻣﻥ ‪ ١٥‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﺯء ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻔﻲ‬
‫>‪ <p‬ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ﺃﺳﻔﻝ ‪ ١٦‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﺯء ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻔﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺗﻡ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺭﻣﻭﺯ ﻭﺍﻟﻧﺻﻭﺹ ﺍﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺑﻳﻥ ﻗﻭﺳﻳﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﺟﺏ ﻋﻠﻳﻙ ﻣﻌﺭﻓﺗﻬﺎ‬
‫‪ :‬ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺎﺕ ﻭﺗﻠﻣﻳﺣﺎﺕ ﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻻﺣﺗﺭﺍﻓﻲ‬
‫‪ :‬ﻟﻺﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻣﺱ‬
‫=‪ :xx‬ﺍﻟﺻﻔﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻠﺔ )ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ‪ “xx” ،‬ﺗﻣﺛﻝ ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻔﺣﺔ(‬
‫ﺗﻧﻁﺑﻕ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻭﻓ ًﻘﺎ ﻟﻺﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺗﺭﺍﺿﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻣﻼءﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺩﻋﻭﻣﺔ ﺑـ ”ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ“‪.‬‬
‫ُﺗﺷﻳﺭ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺭﻭﺿﺔ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻧﺎﻭﻳﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﻟﻠﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻸﻓﻼﻡ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻟﻛﻼﻫﻣﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫‪ :‬ﺗﺷﻳﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ُﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺭﺿﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫‪ :‬ﺗﺷﻳﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ُﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺭﺿﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺟﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺗﻭﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺣﺗﻭﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺑﻭﺓ‪۲......................................‬‬
‫ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺍﻓﻘﺔ ‪۲............................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻼﺣﻅﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻣﻬﻳﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻭﻧﻳﺔ ‪۲........‬‬
‫ﺃﺳﻣﺎء ﺍﻷﺟﺯﺍء ﻭﺍﻻﺻﻁﻼﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ‪۳........................................‬‬
‫ﺟﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺗﻭﻳﺎﺕ ‪٥....................................‬‬
‫ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺋﻌﺔ‪۷.....................‬‬
‫ﺍﺣﺗﻳﺎﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺳﻼﻣﺔ ‪۸...................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‪۱۱ ................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺟﻬﻳﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺑﺩﺋﻳﺔ ‪۱۲ ................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺟﺭﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺭﺝ‪۱۷ ........................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪٥٥ .................‬‬
‫ﺗﺿﻣﻳﻥ ﺗﻔﺎﻋﻼﺗﻙ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ(‪٥۷ ...............................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‪۲۲ ..................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺣﺩﺩﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪۳۱ .............................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺋﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻼﺋﻣﺔ ‪۳٦ ........................‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻫﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ‪٤۱ ...............................‬‬
‫ﻣﻳﺯﺍﺕ ﺗﺧﺻﻳﺹ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ‪٤۷ ........................‬‬
‫ﻣﻳﺯﺍﺕ ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﻔﻳﺩﺓ ‪٥۰ ..............................‬‬
‫ﺗﺧﺻﻳﺹ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ‪٥۱ .........................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪ /‬ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‪٥٤...........‬‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪۲۲.................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪۳۰..................................... Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪/‬ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪۲۳ ....................................‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ‪۲٤ ........................................‬‬
‫ﺧﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ‪۲٤ .........................‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ‪۲٥ .......................... FUNC.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﺋﻡ‪۲٦ .....................................‬‬
‫ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪۲۷ ........................‬‬
‫ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﺅﺷﺭ ‪۲۸ ....................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺳﺎﻋﺔ‪۲۹ ..............................................‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‪٥۹...........................‬‬
‫ﻣﺷﺎﻫﺩ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ‪٦۰ ......................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻕ ﺍﻟﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ‪٦۱ ..........................‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻷﻏﺭﺍﺽ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ‪٦٦ ....................‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺃﻓﻼﻡ ﻣﺗﻧﻭﻋﺔ ‪۷۰ ..............................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪۷۱........................................... P‬‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪۱۱۷..........................Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪) AE‬ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ]‪۷۲ .......... ([P‬‬
‫ﺳﻁﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ )ﺗﻌﻭﻳﺽ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ( ‪۷۲ ......‬‬
‫ﺃﻟﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪۷٥ ......................................‬‬
‫ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ ‪۷۷ ..........................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ‪۸۳ ..............................................‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ‪۸٤ ....................................‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪۱۱۸ ..... Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺧﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﻳﺏ ‪۱۲۰ ...........................‬‬
‫ﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ‪ CameraWindow‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺎﺗﻑ ﺫﻛﻲ ‪۱۲٤ ...‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺟﻬﻳﺯ ﻟﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪۱۲٥ ..........................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ‪۱۲۸ ..................... Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﻋﺑﺭ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﻭﺻﻭﻝ ‪۱۲۹ .....................‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﺩﻭﻥ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﻭﺻﻭﻝ ‪۱۳٥ ....................‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ‪۱۳۸ .........................‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ‪۱۳۹ ...................................‬‬
‫ﺣﻔﻅ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ‪۱٤۲ ...............‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ > < ‪۱٤۳ ............................‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ )ﻣﺯﺍﻣﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ( ‪۱٤٥ .......‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺟﻐﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ‪۱٤۷ ...‬‬
‫ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ‪ Wi-Fi‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﺳﺣﻬﺎ‪۱٤۹ .............‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪۸٦.......................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ‪۸۷ .............................................‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﻌﺭﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻭﺗﺭﺷﻳﺣﻬﺎ‪۹۱ .....................‬‬
‫ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﻫﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ ‪۹٤ .....................‬‬
‫ﺧﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ‪۹٥ ...........................‬‬
‫ﺣﻣﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ‪۹۸ ......................................‬‬
‫ﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ‪۱۰۱ .....................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺩﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ‪۱۰۳ ....................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻣﻳﻳﺯ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺑﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﻛﻣﻔﺿﻠﺔ ‪۱۰٤ ................‬‬
‫ﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻣﻼﺋﻡ‪ :‬ﺇﺟﺭﺍءﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻣﺱ‪۱۰٦ ....................‬‬
‫ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‪۱۰۷ ............................‬‬
‫ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ‪۱۱۲ ....................................‬‬
‫ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻷﻟﺑﻭﻣﺎﺕ )‪۱۱٤ ... (Story Highlights‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ‪۱٥۱....................................‬‬
‫ﺿﺑﻁ ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ‪۱٥۲ ................‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪٦‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ ‪۱٦۰........................................‬‬
‫ﻣﺧﻁﻁ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ‪۱٦۱ ....................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭﻳﺔ ‪۱٦۲ .............................‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪۱٦۳ ....................‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ ‪۱٦۹ .................................‬‬
‫ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ‪۱۷۱ ...................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‪۱۸۲...........................................‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﻛﺷﺎﻑ ﺍﻷﺧﻁﺎء ﻭﺇﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ ‪۱۸۳ ..................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺭﺳﺎﺋﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪۱۸۸ ................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪۱۹۱ .............‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﻭﺟﺩﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﺋﻡ‪۱۹٤ ........................‬‬
‫ﺍﺣﺗﻳﺎﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺎﻣﻝ‪۲۰۱ ................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ‪۲۰۲ .......................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‪۲۰٦ ...........................................‬‬
‫ﺍﺣﺗﻳﺎﻁﺎﺕ ‪) Wi-Fi‬ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪ LAN‬ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻛﻳﺔ( ‪۲۰۸ ...‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺋﻌﺔ‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺣﺩﺩﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪ ،Auto‬ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ( ‪٥٥ ،۳۱ ...............................................................‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻣﺷﺎﻫﺩﺓ ﻋﺩﺓ ﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻁﺑﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻝ ﻟﻘﻁﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺣﺩﺩﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﻟﻘﻁﺔ ﺇﺑﺩﺍﻋﻳﺔ( ‪٦۲ ......................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁ ﻟﻘﻁﺎﺕ ﺟﻳﺩﺓ ﻟﻸﺷﺧﺎﺹ‬
‫‪I‬‬
‫ﺻﻭﺭ ﺷﺧﺻﻳﺔ‬
‫)= ‪(٦۰‬‬
‫‪P‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﻁ ﺍﻟﺛﻠﻭﺝ‬
‫)= ‪(٦۰‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺷﺎﻫﺩ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻕ ﺍﻟﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺷﺎﻫﺩ ﻟﻳﻠﻳﺔ‬
‫)= ‪(٦۰‬‬
‫‪t‬‬
‫ﺃﻟﻌﺎﺏ ﻧﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫)= ‪(٦۰‬‬
‫ﺑﺄﻟﻭﺍﻥ ﺯﺍﻫﻳﺔ‬
‫)= ‪(٦۱‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭ ﻣﺻﻐﺭ‬
‫)= ‪(٦۳‬‬
‫ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ ﺑﺅﺭﻱ ﺳﻠﺱ‬
‫)= ‪(٦٥‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭ ﻣﻠﺻﻕ‬
‫)= ‪(٦۱‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺑﺔ‬
‫)= ‪(٦٤‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭ ﻋﻳﻥ ﺳﻣﻛﺔ‬
‫)= ‪(٦۳‬‬
‫ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻔﻳﺔ‬
‫)= ‪(٦٥‬‬
‫ﺻﻭﺭ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻭﻥ‬
‫)= ‪(٦٦‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻭﺟﻪ‪۷۹ ،٦۰ ،۳۱............................................................................‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺑﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ )ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ( ‪۸۳ ...................................................................‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻛﻥ ﻣﺗﻭﺍﺟ ًﺩﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻁﺔ )ﻣﻭﻗﺕ ﺫﺍﺗﻲ(‪٦۸ ،۳۷ ...............................................................‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻁﺎﺑﻊ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪۳۹ .........................................................................................‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻫﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ‪۹۱ ،٤۱ .................................................................................‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻣﻘﺎﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﻠﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻣﻌًﺎ )ﻣﻠﺧﺹ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ( ‪٥٥ .............................................................‬‬
‫‪۷‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫‪ z‬ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ )ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ(‪۸۷ ............................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫‪ z‬ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ )ﻋﺭﺽ ﺷﺭﺍﺋﺢ(‪۹٦ ............................................................................‬‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫‪ z‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ‪۱٦۳.......................................................................................‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‪۱٦۹.......................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺳﺗﻌﺭﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺑﺳﺭﻋﺔ ‪۹۱ ................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫‪ z‬ﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ‪۱۰۱..............................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪E‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪/‬ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫‪ z‬ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺃﻓﻼﻡ ‪۷۰ ،۳۱ .........................................................................................‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ )ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ( ‪۸۷ ............................................................................‬‬
‫‪c‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫‪ z‬ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ‪۱۷۱............................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺣﻔﻅ‬
‫‪ z‬ﺣﻔﻅ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻛﺑﻝ‪۱۷۰...............................................................‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺣﻔﻅ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‪۱۷۰........................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺎﺗﻑ ﺫﻛﻲ‪۱۱۹...........................................................................‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻣﺷﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻋﺑﺭ ﺍﻹﻧﺗﺭﻧﺕ ‪۱۲۰..........................................................................‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‪۱٤٥..............................................................................‬‬
‫‪۸‬‬
‫ﺍﺣﺗﻳﺎﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺳﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫• ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﻗﺭﺍءﺓ ﺍﺣﺗﻳﺎﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺳﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺿﺣﺔ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﺩﺍﺋﻣًﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ‬
‫ﺑﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺻﺣﻳﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺇﻥ ﺍﺣﺗﻳﺎﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺳﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ ﻫﻧﺎ ﺗﻬﺩﻑ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﻣﺎﻳﺗﻙ ﻭﺣﻣﺎﻳﺔ ﺃﺷﺧﺎﺹ ﺁﺧﺭﻳﻥ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺭﺽ ﻹﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺇﺣﺩﺍﺙ ﺗﻠﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻣﺗﻠﻛﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﻣﻥ ﻣﺭﺍﺟﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺿﻣﻧﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻱ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﻠﺣﻕ ﻳﺑﺎﻉ ﻣﻧﻔﺻﻼً ﻭﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺣﺫﻳﺭ‬
‫ﻳُﺷﻳﺭ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺭﻣﺯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻣﻛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺭﺽ ﻹﺻﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺧﻁﻳﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻭﻓﺎﺓ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻘﻡ ﺑﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ﻋﻧﺩ ﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﻗﺭﻳﺑﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻋﻳﻥ ﺍﻷﺷﺧﺎﺹ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺩ ﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺭﺽ ﻟﻠﺿﻭء ﺍﻟﺷﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﺿﺭﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﺑﺻﺭ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﺧﺎﺹ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻳﻙ ﺍﻻﺑﺗﻌﺎﺩ‬
‫ﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﺗﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻝ ﺑﻌﻳ ًﺩﺍ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻷﻁﻔﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻐﺎﺭ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺧﺯﻳﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﻌﻳﺩًﺍ ﻋﻥ ﻣﺗﻧﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﻁﻔﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺻﻐﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺩ ﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﻟﻑ ﺍﻟﺭﺑﺎﻁ ﺣﻭﻝ ﺭﻗﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﻔﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺧﺗﻧﺎﻗﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺳﻠﻙ ﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻟﻑ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﻙ ﺑﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺧﺎﻁﺋﺔ ﺣﻭﻝ ﺭﻗﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﻔﻝ ﻗﺩ ﻳﻌﺭﺿﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﺧﺗﻧﺎﻕ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻣﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻰ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻓﻘﻁ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻘﻡ ﺑﺗﻔﻛﻳﻙ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻳﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﺭﻳﺿﻪ ﻟﻠﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺟﻧﺏ ﺇﺳﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﺭﻳﺿﻪ ﻟﺻﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﻗﻭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻠﻣﺱ ﺍﻷﺟﺯﺍء ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻭﺟﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺳﺭ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺑﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺳﻘﻭﻁﻪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﻭﻗﻑ ﻋﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﺭ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺻﺩﻭﺭ ﺩﺧﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺭﺍﺋﺣﺔ ﻏﺭﻳﺑﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻌﻣﻝ ﺑﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﻏﻳﺭ‬
‫ﻁﺑﻳﻌﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻣﺫﻳﺑﺎﺕ ﻋﺿﻭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺣﻭﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺑﻧﺯﻳﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﻧﺭ ﻟﺗﻧﻅﻳﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺟﻧﺏ ﺍﻟﺗﻼﻣﺱ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺳﻭﺍﺋﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺗﺩﻉ ﺃﻱ ﺳﻭﺍﺋﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺟﺳﺎﻡ ﻏﺭﻳﺑﺔ ﺗﺩﺧﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺩ ﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﺻﺩﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺭﻳﻕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺑﺗﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺩﺧﻠﺕ ﻓﻳﻪ ﺃﻱ ﺳﻭﺍﺋﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺟﺳﺎﻡ ﻏﺭﻳﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺧﺭﺝ ﺣﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻓﺻﻝ ﻣﻭﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻓﻭﺭً ﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۹‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻘﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻧﻅﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﻛﺗﺷﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﻬﺩ )ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﻙ ﻳﺣﺗﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻳﻪ( ﺑﺎﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﻣﺻﺎﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ ﺍﻟﺷﺩﻳﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻣﺛﻝ ﺿﻭء ﺍﻟﺷﻣﺱ ﻓﻲ ﻳﻭﻡ ﺳﺎﻁﻊ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺻﺩﺭ ﺇﺿﺎءﺓ ﺻﻧﺎﻋﻲ ﻳﺻﺩﺭ ﺿﻭءًﺍ ﺷﺩﻳﺩًﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺩ ﻳﺿﺭ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺑﺑﺻﺭﻙ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻠﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﻫﺑﻭﺏ ﻋﻭﺍﺻﻑ ﺭﻋﺩﻳﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻭﺻﻼً ﺑﺎﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺩ ﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﺻﺩﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺭﻳﻕ‪ .‬ﺗﻭﻗﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﺭ ﻋﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ ﻭﺍﺑﺗﻌﺩ ﻋﻧﻪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺣﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻰ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻓﻘﻁ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺿﻊ ﺣﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺭﺏ ﻣﻥ ﻟﻬﺏ ﻣﺑﺎﺷﺭ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﻓﻳﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺩ ﻳﺗﺳﺑﺏ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻧﻔﺟﺎﺭ ﺣﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﺗﺳﺭﺏ ﺑﻬﺎ؛ ﻣﻣﺎ ﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺻﺩﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺣﺭﻳﻕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺭﺽ ﻹﺻﺎﺑﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻼﻣﺳﺔ ﺇﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻟﻳﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ )ﺳﺎﺋﻝ ﻳﺧﺭﺝ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ( ﻟﻠﻌﻳﻥ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺟﻠﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻼﺑﺱ‪ ،‬ﺍﻏﺳﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﻣﺎء ﻏﺯﻳﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﺭ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﻙ ﻳﺣﺗﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺣﻥ ﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼﺣﻅ ﺍﻻﺣﺗﻳﺎﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺱ ﺑﺻﻔﺔ ﺩﻭﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻗﻁﻌﺔ ﻗﻣﺎﺵ ﺟﺎﻓﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻷﺗﺭﺑﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺗﺳﺎﺥ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺟﻣﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ‬‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺱ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺟﺯء ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻣﻥ ﻣﺄﺧﺫ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻳﻁﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻻ ﺗﻘﻡ ﺑﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺱ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺗﻪ ﻭﻳﺩﻳﻙ ﻣﺑﺗﻠﺔ‪.‬‬‫ ﻻ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺗﺗﺟﺎﻭﺯ ﺍﻟﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﱠ ﺭﺓ ﻟﻣﺄﺧﺫ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﻛﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻻ‬‫ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺱ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻟﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺄﺧﺫ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺗﻣﺎﻣًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻻ ﺗﺳﻣﺢ ﺑﺗﺭﺍﻛﻡ ﺍﻷﺗﺭﺑﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺣﺗﻛﺎﻙ ﺍﻷﺟﺳﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺩﻧﻳﺔ )ﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﺎﺑﻙ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ( ﺑﺎﻷﻁﺭﺍﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺱ‪.‬‬‫ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﻙ ﻣﺯﻭﺩًﺍ ﺑﺳﻠﻙ ﻁﺎﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﺗﻘﻁﻌﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺗﻠﻔﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺑﺩﻟﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺿﻊ ﺃﺷﻳﺎء ﺛﻘﻳﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻳﻪ‪.‬‬‫ﻗﺩ ﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﺻﺩﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺭﻳﻕ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﻁﻕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﺣﻅﺭ ﻓﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺩ ﺗﺗﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﻭﻣﻐﻧﺎﻁﻳﺳﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻣﻊ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‪ .‬ﻓﻌﻠﻳﻙ ﺗﻭﺧﻲ ﺍﻟﺣﺫﺭ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﻁﻕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﺣﻅﺭ ﻓﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺋﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﻓﻕ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻧﺑﻳﻪ‬
‫ﻳُﺷﻳﺭ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺭﻣﺯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻣﻛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺭﺽ ﻟﻺﺻﺎﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻋﻧﺩ ﺣﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﺑﺎﻁ‪ ،‬ﺍﺣﺭﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﺭﺗﻁﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﺭﻳﺿﻪ ﻟﺻﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻫﺗﺯﺍﺯﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻗﻭﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻘﻭﻁﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺟﺳﺎﻡ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺣﺭﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﺭﺗﻁﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻳﻬﺎ ﺑﻘﻭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺩ ﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺣﺭﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺗﻌﺭﻳﺽ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻟﺻﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﻗﻭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻧﺗﻳﺟﺔ ﻟﻸﺟﺯﺍء ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺳﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻟﻠﻛﺳﺭ‪ ،‬ﻗﺩ ﺗﺣﺩﺙ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺔ‬
‫• ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ‪ ،‬ﺍﺣﺭﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺗﻐﻁﻳﺗﻪ ﺑﺄﺻﺎﺑﻌﻙ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻼﺑﺳﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺩ ﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﺣﺭﻳﻕ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺟﻧﺏ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺿﻌﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺧﺯﻳﻧﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺭﺿﺔ ﻷﺷﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺑﺎﺷﺭﺓ‬‫ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺭﺿﺔ ﻟﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺗﺗﻌﺩﻯ ‪ ٤۰‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺋﻭﻳﺔ‬‫ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﻁﺑﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺳﺧﺔ‬‫ﻗﺩ ﺗﺳﺑﺏ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﻁﻕ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﺗﺳﺭﺏ ﻟﺣﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺭﺍﺭﺗﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻧﻔﺟﺎﺭﻫﺎ؛ ﻣﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﺻﺩﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺭﻳﻕ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺭﻭﻕ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻳﺔ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺩ ﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺭﺍﺭﺗﻬﺎ ﻭﺗﻠﻔﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﺻﺩﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺭﻳﻕ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺭﻭﻕ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻳﺔ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺩ ﺗﺗﺳﺑﺏ ﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻧﺗﻘﺎﻝ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﺍﺋﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﺍﻧﺯﻋﺎﺝ ﻋﻧﺩ ﻋﺭﺿﻬﺎ ﻟﻔﺗﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻁﻭﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺭﺷﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺳﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺷﺢ )ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﻬﺎ(‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﺛﺎﺑﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻔﻛﻙ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺔ ﻭﺳﻘﻭﻁﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺩ ﺗﻧﻛﺳﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﺗﺅﺩﻱ ﻗﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﺯﺟﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﺟﺭﻭﺡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻓﻳﻬﺎ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ﻭﺧﻔﺿﻪ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺣﺭﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺟﻧﺏ ﺩﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ﺑﺄﺻﺎﺑﻌﻙ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء‬
‫ﺧﻔﺿﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺩ ﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺗﻙ ﺑﺟﺭﻭﺡ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺗﺭﻙ ﺃﻱ ﺣﺯﻡ ﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﺧﺻﺻﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺭﺏ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﻳﻭﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻟﻳﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺩ ﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﻗﺿﻡ ﺍﻟﺣﻳﻭﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﺣﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﺗﺳﺭﺏ ﻟﻠﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺭﺍﺭﺗﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻔﺟﺎﺭ؛ ﻣﻣﺎ ﻳﻧﺗﺞ ﻋﻧﻪ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﺗﻠﻑ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺷﻭﺏ ﺣﺭﻳﻕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫ﺗﻧﺑﻳﻪ‬
‫ﻳُﺷﻳﺭ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺭﻣﺯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻣﻛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﺗﻠﻑ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﻣﺗﻠﻛﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻧﺎﺣﻳﺔ ﻣﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ ﺍﻟﺷﺩﻳﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻣﺛﻝ ﺿﻭء ﺍﻟﺷﻣﺱ ﻓﻲ ﻳﻭﻡ ﺳﺎﻁﻊ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺻﺩﺭ ﺇﺿﺎءﺓ‬
‫ﺻﻧﺎﻋﻲ ﻳﺻﺩﺭ ﺿﻭءًﺍ ﺷﺩﻳﺩًﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺩ ﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻠﻑ ﻣﺳﺗﺷﻌﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺟﺯﺍء ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﻁﺊ ﺭﻣﻠﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻭﻗﻊ ﻣﻌﺭﺽ ﻟﻠﺭﻳﺎﺡ‪ ،‬ﺍﺣﺭﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺳﻣﺎﺡ‬
‫ﺑﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﺗﺭﺑﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺭﻣﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻓﻳﻬﺎ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ﻭﺧﻔﺿﻪ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﺩﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ﻷﺳﻔﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻔﺗﺣﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺩ ﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﻗﺻﻭﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺩﺍء ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻣﺳﺢ ﺃﻱ ﺃﺗﺭﺑﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺗﺳﺎﺥ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻱ ﺃﺟﺳﺎﻡ ﻏﺭﻳﺑﺔ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﺗﺗﺭﺍﻛﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻗﻁﻌﺔ ﻗﻁﻥ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻣﺎﺵ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺩ ﺗﺗﺳﺑﺏ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻧﺑﻌﺙ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺑﺧﺭ ﺍﻟﺟﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﻐﺭﻳﺏ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﻋﻁﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺣﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﻭﺗﺧﺯﻳﻧﻬﺎ ﻋﻧﺩ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺄﻱ ﺗﺳﺭﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻗﺩ ﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺧﻠﺹ ﻣﻥ ﺣﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻐﻁﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﻁﺭﺍﻑ ﺑﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻳﺔ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻋﺎﺯﻟﺔ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺩ ﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺍﺣﺗﻛﺎﻛﻬﺎ ﺑﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻣﻌﺩﻧﻳﺔ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﺣﺭﻳﻕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻧﻔﺟﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪۱۰‬‬
‫• ﺍﻓﺻﻝ ﺃﻱ ﺷﺎﺣﻥ ﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣُﺭﻓﻕ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ ﻣﻥ ﻣﺄﺧﺫ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﻪ‪ .‬ﻻ ُﺗ ﱢ‬
‫ﻐﻁﻪ ﺑﻘﻁﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻗﻣﺎﺵ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺿﻊ ﺃﺷﻳﺎء ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﻓﻭﻗﻪ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺩ ﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺗﺭﻙ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻣﺗﺻﻠﺔ ﻟﻔﺗﺭﺓ ﺯﻣﻧﻳﺔ ﻁﻭﻳﻠﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺭﺍﺭﺗﻬﺎ ﻭﺗﺷﻭﻫﻬﺎ ﻣﻣﺎ ﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ‬
‫ﺣﺭﻳﻕ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻧﺕ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻋﺩﺓ ﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻳﺎﺕ ﺷﺣﻥ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻌًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺟﺩﻳﺩﺓ ﻭﻗﺩﻳﻣﺔ ﻣﻌًﺎ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﻘﻡ ﺑﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﻭﺟﺩ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻓﺎﻥ ‪ +‬ﻭ– ﺑﺷﻛﻝ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻛﻭﺱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺩ ﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﻗﺻﻭﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺩﺍء ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺟﻠﺱ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﺑﻧﻁﻠﻭﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺩ ﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﻗﺻﻭﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺩﺍء ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻠﻔﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻋﻧﺩ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻳﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﻋﺩﻡ ﻣﻼﻣﺳﺔ ﺍﻷﺷﻳﺎء ﺍﻟﺻﻠﺑﺔ ﻟﻠﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪ .‬ﻗﻡ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺑﺈﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫)ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﺗﻭﺍﺟﻪ ﺟﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ( ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﻙ ﻳﺣﺗﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺇﻏﻼﻗﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻘﻡ ﺑﺈﺭﻓﺎﻕ ﺃﻳﺔ ﺃﺷﻳﺎء ﺻﻠﺑﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺩ ﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﻗﺻﻭﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺩﺍء ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻠﻔﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺟﻬﻳﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺑﺩﺋﻳﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۱۱‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺟﻬﻳﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺑﺩﺋﻳﺔ ‪۱۲......................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺟﺭﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺭﺝ ‪۱۷..............................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﺭﺑﺎﻁ ‪۱۲ ...............................................................‬‬
‫ﺣﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪۱۲ ................................................................‬‬
‫ﺷﺣﻥ ﺣﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ‪۱۲ .......................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺣﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ‪۱۳ ....................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪۱٥ .......................................................‬‬
‫ﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ‪۱٦ .................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ )‪۱۷ ................................................(Smart Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ‪۱۹ ......................................................................‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺟﻬﻳﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺑﺩﺋﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﺭﺑﺎﻁ‬
‫˺‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﺭﺑﺎﻁ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺭﺑﻁ ﻁﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﺭﺑﺎﻁ ﻋﺑﺭ ﻓﺗﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺑﺎﻁ ) (‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺳﺣﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻑ ﺍﻵﺧﺭ ﻟﻠﺭﺑﺎﻁ ﻋﺑﺭ ﺍﻟﺣﻠﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺑﻭﻁ ) (‪.‬‬
‫˻‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺷﺣﻥ ﺣﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺿﻣﻥ‪ .‬ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺷﺣﻥ ﺣﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﺑﺩﺋﻳًﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﺣﻳﺙ ﻻ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺑﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻭﺣﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﺷﺣﻭﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﻌﺩ ﻟﻠﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺷﺣﻥ ﺣﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫˻‬
‫˺‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫˻‬
‫‪ z‬ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﺭﺑﺎﻁ ﺑﺎﻟﺟﺎﻧﺏ ﺍﻷﻳﺳﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫˺‬
‫‪CB-2LG‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۱۲‬‬
‫ﺣﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺣﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺑﻌﺩ ﻣﺣﺎﺫﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺗﻳﻥ ‪ S‬ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺗﻳﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺷﺎﺣﻥ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺣﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﺩﻓﻌﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ) (‬
‫ﻭﻷﺳﻔﻝ ) (‪.‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﺍﺷﺣﻥ ﺣﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :CB-2LG z‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺳﺣﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺱ ) ( ﻭﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺣﻥ ﺑﻣﻧﻔﺫ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ) (‪.‬‬
‫‪ :CB-2LGE z‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺳﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺷﺎﺣﻥ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﻗﻡ‬
‫ﺑﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻑ ﺍﻵﺧﺭ ﺑﻣﺄﺧﺫ ﻁﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻳﺗﺣﻭﻝ ﻟﻭﻥ ﻣﺻﺑﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺷﺣﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺗﻘﺎﻟﻲ ﻭﻳﺑﺩﺃ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺷﺣﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻛﺗﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺷﺣﻥ‪ ،‬ﺗﺗﺣﻭﻝ ﺇﺿﺎءﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﺑﺎﺡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﺿﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪CB-2LGE‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺭﺑﺎﻁ ﺣﻭﻝ ﻣﻌﺻﻣﻙ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪ ،‬ﺣﺎﻓﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺫﺭﺍﻋﻳﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺭﺏ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﺳﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻡ‬
‫ﺑﺣﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺑﺈﺣﻛﺎﻡ ﻟﻣﻧﻊ ﺗﺣﺭﻛﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻣﺕ ﺑﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻼ ﺗﺿﻊ ﺃﺻﺎﺑﻌﻙ ﻋﻠﻳﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫˺‬
‫˻‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺣﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺑﻌﺩ ﻓﺻﻝ ﺷﺎﺣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺣﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﺩﻓﻌﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻝ ) ( ﻭﻷﻋﻠﻰ ) (‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫• ﻟﺣﻣﺎﻳﺔ ﺣﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺣﺎﻓﻅﺔ ﻋﻠﻳﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻓﺿﻝ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﻘﻡ ﺑﺷﺣﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﻣﺭﺍﺭ ﻷﻛﺛﺭ ﻣﻥ‬
‫‪ ۲٤‬ﺳﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺑﺎﻟﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﻟﺷﻭﺍﺣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺳﻠﻙ ﻁﺎﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﻘﻡ ﺑﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺣﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﻙ ﺑﺄﺟﺳﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺩ ﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﻡ ﺑﺫﻟﻙ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﻋﻁﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻠﻔﻪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ ﺣﻭﻝ ﻣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺷﺣﻥ ﻭﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻁﺎﺕ ﻭﻣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻣﻛﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺣﺯﻣﺔ ﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺷﺣﻥ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ”ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻁﺎﺕ‪/‬ﻣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ‪ ،‬ﻣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ“ )= ‪.(۲۰۳‬‬
‫• ﺗﻔﻘﺩ ﺣﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﺣﻭﻧﺔ ﺷﺣﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺩﺭﻳﺞ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺷﺣﻥ ﺣﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻳﻭﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﻓﻳﻪ )ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻳﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻕ ﻣﺑﺎﺷﺭ ًﺓ(‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺣﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻧﺎﻁﻕ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻣﺗﺭﺩﺩ ﻳﺗﺭﺍﻭﺡ ﺟﻬﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﻲ ﻣﻥ ‪ ۱۰۰‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ۲٤۰‬ﻓﻭﻟﺕ )‪ ٦۰/٥۰‬ﻫﺭﺗﺯ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﻟﻣﻧﺎﻓﺫ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻣﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺗﻠﻑ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺃﺣﺩ ﻣﺣﻭﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺎﺣﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﺳﻭﺍﻕ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﻘﻡ ﻣﻁﻠ ًﻘﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻣﺣﻭﻝ ﻛﻬﺭﺑﻲ ﻣﺻﻣﻡ ﻟﻠﺳﻔﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺩ ﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻠﻑ ﺣﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺣﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺣﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺿﻣﻧﺔ ﻭﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ) ُﺗﺑﺎﻉ ﻣﻧﻔﺻﻠﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻻﺣﻅ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﺟﺩﻳﺩﺓ )ﺃﻭ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﺗﻣﺕ ﺗﻬﻳﺋﺗﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺁﺧﺭ(‪ ،‬ﻳﻧﺑﻐﻲ ﻋﻠﻳﻙ ﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ )= ‪.(۱٥٦‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫˻‬
‫˺‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۱۳‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺣﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻔﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺳﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ‬
‫ﺣﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻣﻭﺿﺢ ﻭﺍﺩﻓﻌﻬﺎ ﺣﺗﻰ ﺗﺳﺗﻘﺭ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻔﻝ ﻣﺻﺩﺭ ًﺓ ﺻﻭﺕ ﻧﻘﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻣﺕ ﺑﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺣﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺗﻭﺟﻳﻬﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺗﺟﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﺣﻳﺢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻥ ﺗﺗﻣﻛﻥ ﻣﻥ ﻗﻔﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﺣﻳﺢ‪ .‬ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﺩﺍﺋﻣًﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺗﻭﺟﻳﻪ ﺣﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻧﺣﻭ ﺍﻻﺗﺟﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﻭﻗﻔﻠﻬﺎ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺑﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻓﺗﺢ ﺍﻟﻐﻁﺎء‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺃﺯﺡ ﺍﻟﻐﻁﺎء ) (‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﻓﺗﺣﻪ ) (‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻔﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻬﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻬﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۱٤‬‬
‫˺‬
‫˻‬
‫ﺗﺣﻘﻕ ﻣﻥ ﻟﺳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﺗﺎﺑﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺭﻛﻳﺑﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺯﻭﺩﺓ ﺑﻠﺳﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺣﻣﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﺗﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﺳﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻔﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺭﻙ ﺍﻟﻠﺳﺎﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﺗﺢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﻣﻭﺟﻬﺔ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻣﻭﺿﺢ ﺣﺗﻰ‬
‫ﺗﺳﺗﻘﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻔﻝ ﻣﺻﺩﺭ ًﺓ ﺻﻭﺕ ﻧﻘﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺗﻭﺟﻳﻪ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﻋﻧﺩ‬
‫ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺑﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺩ ﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﻏﻳﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺗﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪.‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫ﺃﻏﻠﻕ ﺍﻟﻐﻁﺎء‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺧﻔﺽ ﺍﻟﻐﻁﺎء ) (‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻳﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺳﻔﻝ ﻋﻧﺩ‬
‫ﺇﺯﺍﺣﺗﻪ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻳﺳﺗﻘﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﻣﺻﺩﺭً ﺍ ﺻﻭﺕ‬
‫ﻧﻘﺭﺓ ) (‪.‬‬
‫• ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻭﺟﻳﻬﺎﺕ ﺣﻭﻝ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻁﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺳﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺣﻔﻅﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ”ﻋﺩﺩ ﻟﻘﻁﺎﺕ ‪ ٤:۳‬ﻟﻛﻝ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ“ )= ‪.(۲۰۳‬‬
‫ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺣﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺣﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﻓﺗﺢ ﺍﻟﻐﻁﺎء‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻔﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺳﻬﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺳﺗﺑﺭﺯ ﺣﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺧﺭﺍﺝ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺩﻓﻊ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﺣﺗﻰ ﺗﺳﻣﻊ ﺻﻭﺕ ﻧﻘﺭﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﺛﻡ ﺣﺭﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﺑﻁء‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺳﺗﺑﺭﺯ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﻳﻳﻥ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻧﺣﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ]ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ[‬
‫ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪ .‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺣﺩﺩﻫﺎ ﺑﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺧﺻﺎﺋﺹ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﻋﻧﺩ ﻗﻳﺎﻣﻙ ﺑﺈﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺻﻭﺭ ﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻁﺎﺑﻊ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻁﺎﺕ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻧﺕ ﺗﺭﻏﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻙ )= ‪.(۳۹‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ‪.ON/OFF‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ]ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ[‪.‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <q><r‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <o><p‬ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻻﻧﺗﻬﺎء‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻣﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻠﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <q><r‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻣﻧﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻠﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪۱٥‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﻛﻣﺎﻝ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ <m‬ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻻﻧﺗﻬﺎء‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺩ ﻅﻬﻭﺭ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﻳﺩ‪ ،‬ﻟﻥ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺫﻟﻙ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ‪.ON/OFF‬‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻡ ﺗﻘﻡ ﺑﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻣﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻠﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ]ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ[‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻛﻝ ﻣﺭﺓ ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﻓﻳﻬﺎ ﺑﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪ .‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﺣﻳﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻟﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﻗﻳﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻔﻲ )ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ(‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]‬
‫>‪.<o><p‬‬
‫[ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪ ،۲‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]‬
‫[ ﺑﺎﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ‬
‫• ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺿﺣﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪ ،۲‬ﺛﻡ ﻟﻣﺱ‬
‫]‪ [o][p‬ﺛﻡ ]‬
‫[‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻣﺛﻝ‪ ،‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺗﻙ ﺍﻟﺯﻣﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻠﻳﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻟﻣﺱ ]‪ [q][r‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺿﺣﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪ ۳‬ﺛﻡ ]‬
‫[‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<n‬‬
‫• ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﻻﺣﺗﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﺈﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻟﻣﺩﺓ ‪ ۳‬ﺃﺳﺎﺑﻳﻊ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑًﺎ ﺑﻭﺍﺳﻁﺔ ﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﻣﺩﻣﺟﺔ )ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺣﺗﻳﺎﻁﻳﺔ( ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺣﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﺷﺣﻥ ﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺧﻼﻝ ‪ ٤‬ﺳﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑًﺎ ﺑﻣﺟﺭﺩ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺣﺯﻣﺔ ﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﺷﺣﻭﻧﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﻧﻔﺻﻼ‪ ،(۱٦۲ = ،‬ﺣﺗﻰ ﻋﻧﺩ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﻡ ﻣﺣﻭﻝ ‪) AC‬ﻳﺑﺎﻉ‬
‫• ﺑﻣﺟﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﻧﻔﺎﺩ ﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪ ،‬ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ]ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ[ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪ .‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﺻﺣﻳﺣﻳﻥ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻣﻭﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ ”ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ“ )= ‪.(۱٥‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ[‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺣﺭﻳﻙ ﺫﺭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻐﻳﺭ ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ]‪.[3‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <o><p‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ‪/‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫‪۱٦‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺩﺧﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<1‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻣﺭﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ ،<m‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ <n‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﺯﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪ ۲‬ﻓﻲ ”ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ“ )= ‪(۱٥‬‬
‫ﻟﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ <n‬ﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ >‪ <o><p><q><r‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻟﻐﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺑﻣﺟﺭﺩ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻥ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺩ ﺫﻟﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫• ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻧﺗﻅﺭﺕ ﻁﻭﻳﻼً ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪ ۲‬ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ <m‬ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ‬
‫>‪ .<n‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ <m‬ﻟﻠﺗﺧﻠﺹ ﻣﻥ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﻭﺗﻛﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪.۲‬‬
‫[ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ]‪.[3‬‬
‫• ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺑﺎﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ <n‬ﻭﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫• ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻟﻣﺱ ﻟﻐﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪ ۳‬ﺛﻡ ﻟﻣﺳﻬﺎ ﻣﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۱۷‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ )‪(Smart Auto‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ‪.ON/OFF‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺑﺩء ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁ ﺻﻭﺭ ﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻓﻼﻡ ﺛﻡ ﻋﺭﺿﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺗﺟﺭﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺭﺝ‬
‫ﻟﺗﻭﻓﻳﺭ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﺎﻣﻝ ﻷﻓﺿﻝ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻣﺷﺎﻫﺩ ﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻳﻙ ﺳﻭﻯ ﺗﺭﻙ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻟﺗﻘﻭﻡ‬
‫ﺑﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻬﺩﻑ ﻭﺃﺣﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺩﺧﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ]‬
‫[‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ ﺗﺑﺩﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[4‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻭﺟﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻧﺣﻭ ﺍﻟﻬﺩﻑ‪ .‬ﺳﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺑﺈﺻﺩﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺻﻭﺕ ﻁﻘﻁﻘﺔ ﺿﻌﻳﻑ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﻬﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺭﻣﻭﺯ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﻬﺩ ﻭﻧﻣﻁ ﻣﻭﺍﺯﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺗﺷﻳﺭ ﺍﻹﻁﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺭﻭﺿﺔ ﺣﻭﻝ ﺃﻳﺔ ﺃﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﻣﻠﺗﻘﻁﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺑﺅﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۱۸‬‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻁﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻟﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻬﺩﻑ ﻭﺗﺿﺧﻳﻣﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺣﺭﻳﻙ ﺫﺭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻐﻳﺭ‬
‫ﺗﺟﺎﻩ >‪) <i‬ﻣﻘﺭﺏ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻠﺗﺻﻐﻳﺭ ﺑﻌﻳ ًﺩﺍ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﺩﻑ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ‬
‫ﺑﺗﺣﺭﻳﻛﻪ ﺗﺟﺎﻩ >‪) <j‬ﻋﻥ ﺑُﻌﺩ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٤‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺻﻭﺭ ﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺟﺯﺋﻳًﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺳﻔﻝ ﻗﻠﻳﻼً‪ .‬ﺗﺻﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺻﻭﺕ ﺗﻧﺑﻳﻪ ﻣﺭﺗﻳﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ‬
‫ﺇﻁﺎﺭﺍﺕ ‪ AF‬ﻟﻺﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻧﺎﻁﻕ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻅﻬﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ]ﺍﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ[ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ‬
‫ﺑﺭﻓﻊ ﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ >‪ <h‬ﻟﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ‪ .‬ﻭﺳﻳﻧﻁﻠﻕ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ﻋﻧﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻧﺕ ﺗﻔﺿﻝ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺩﻓﻌﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺈﺻﺑﻌﻙ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺳﻔﻝ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺳﻔﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﻣﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻋﻧﺩ ﻗﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪ ،‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻕ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺧﻔﺿﺔ ﻭﻋﻧﺩ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ‪ ،‬ﻳﻧﻁﻠﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺣﺎﻓﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺛﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻳﺗﻭﻗﻑ ﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺑﻌﺩ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻗﻣﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺳﺗﻌﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺣﺗﻰ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻁﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁ ﻟﻘﻁﺔ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﻣﻥ‬
‫ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﻣﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺑﺩء ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻘﺿﻲ‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‪ .‬ﺗﺻﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺻﻭﺕ ﺗﻧﺑﻳﻪ ﻣﺭ ًﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺑﺩء ﺍﻟﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ]‪ [ Rec‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻘﺿﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻷﺷﺭﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺳﻭﺩﺍء ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺣﻭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻭﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺳﻔﻠﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻬﺩﻑ ﻗﻠﻳﻼً‪ .‬ﺗﺷﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺷﺭﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺳﻭﺩﺍء‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻧﺎﻁﻕ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻻ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺗﺷﻳﺭ ﺍﻹﻁﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺭﻭﺿﺔ ﺣﻭﻝ ﺃﻳﺔ ﺃﻭﺟﻪ ﻣﻠﺗﻘﻁﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺑﺅﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺑﻣﺟﺭﺩ ﺑﺩء ﺍﻟﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺇﺻﺑﻌﻙ ﻋﻥ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﻧﻬﺎء ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﻣﺭ ًﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪ُ .‬ﺗﺻﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺻﻭﺕ ﺗﻧﺑﻳﻪ ﻣﺭﺗﻳﻥ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﻭﻗﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۱۹‬‬
‫• ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﻓﻳﻠﻡ ﻗﺻﻳﺭ ﻟﻠﻳﻭﻡ )ﻣﻠﺧﺹ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ( ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻳﻕ ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺻﻭﺭ ﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ ﻓﻘﻁ‪ .‬ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ ﺗﺑﺩﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ] [‪ ،‬ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ ﺑﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﻣﻘﻁﻊ ﻓﻳﻠﻡ ﻟﻠﻣﺷﻬﺩ ﻗﺑﻝ ﻛﻝ ﻟﻘﻁﺔ ﻣﺑﺎﺷﺭﺓ )ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ‬
‫)= ‪.((٥٥‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺩ ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﻋﺭﺿﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺩﺧﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<1‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺁﺧﺭ ﻟﻘﻁﺔ ﻗﻣﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﻌﺭﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ .<q‬ﻟﻌﺭﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<r‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫‪ z‬ﻟﻠﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﻋﺭﺽ ﻗﺻﺎﺻﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻣﺭﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <q><r‬ﻟﻣﺩﺓ ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻗﻝ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪<q><r‬‬
‫ﻻﺳﺗﻌﺭﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻟﻠﻌﻭﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻣﻔﺭﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻣﺱ‬
‫‪ z‬ﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺣﺏ ﻳﺳﺎﺭً ﺍ ﻋﺑﺭ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪ ،۲‬ﻭﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺣﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻳﻣﻳﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻟﻠﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻣﻁ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﺻﺎﺻﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺣﺏ ﺳﺭﻳﻌًﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻳﺳﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻳﻣﻳﻥ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻣﺗﻛﺭﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺱ ] [ ﻟﺑﺩء ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻟﺿﺑﻁ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﻠﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺣﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺃﺳﻔﻝ ﺳﺭﻳﻌًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫‪ z‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺭﻣﺯ ]‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪.۳‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫[‪ .‬ﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺗﻘﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ ،<m‬ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ‬
‫>‪ <o><p‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ] [‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ‬
‫>‪ <m‬ﻣﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪.‬‬
‫[ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻧﺗﻬﺎء ﺍﻟﻔﻳﻠﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻳﺑﺩﺃ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻵﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ]‬
‫‪ z‬ﻟﺿﺑﻁ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪.<o><p‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ‬
‫‪۲۰‬‬
‫ﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺿﺭﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﻣﺳﺣﻬﺎ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺗﻠﻭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‪ .‬ﻛﻥ ﺣﺫﺭً ﺍ ﻋﻧﺩ ﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﻳﺗﻌﺫﺭ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺭﺩﺍﺩﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻟﻳﺗﻡ ﻣﺳﺣﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <q><r‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺇﺣﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ ،<m‬ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ‬
‫>‪ <o><p‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]‪ ،[a‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪<m‬‬
‫ﻣﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫‪ z‬ﺑﻌﺩ ﻋﺭﺽ ]ﻣﺳﺢ؟[‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪<q><r‬‬
‫ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]ﻣﺳﺢ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻹﻟﻐﺎء ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺢ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <q><r‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ‬
‫]ﺇﻟﻐﺎء[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫• ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﻣﺳﺢ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻣﺭ ًﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ )= ‪.(۱۰۱‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۲۱‬‬
‫• ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻟﻣﺱ ]ﻣﺳﺢ[ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪.۲‬‬
‫• ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺇﺟﺭﺍءﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻣﺱ )= ‪.(۱۰٦‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺯﻳﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻕ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ ﻟﻼﺳﺗﻣﺗﺎﻉ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪ ،‬ﺑﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺧﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۲۲‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪/‬ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪۲۳..........................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﻳﺯﺍﺕ ﺗﻭﻓﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ )ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ(‪۲۳ .......................................‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ‪۲٤...............................................................‬‬
‫ﺧﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ‪۲٤................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ‪۲٥................................................FUNC.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﺋﻡ ‪۲٦..........................................................‬‬
‫ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪۲۷.............................................‬‬
‫ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﺅﺷﺭ‪۲۸...........................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺳﺎﻋﺔ‪۲۹....................................................................‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۲۳‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪/‬ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫ﻣﻳﺯﺍﺕ ﺗﻭﻓﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ )ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ(‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ‪ ON/OFF‬ﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺗﻌﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ‪ON/OFF‬‬
‫ﻣﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ <1‬ﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻭﻋﺭﺽ ﻟﻘﻁﺎﺗﻙ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ <1‬ﻣﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻟﻠﺗﺑﺩﻳﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻣﻥ ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<1‬‬
‫• ﻟﻠﺗﺑﺩﻳﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﻥ ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺟﺯﺋﻳًﺎ )= ‪.(۲٤‬‬
‫• ﺳﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺩﻗﻳﻘﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑًﺎ ﺑﻣﺟﺭﺩ ﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪ .‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺳﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<1‬‬
‫ﻛﻭﺳﻳﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺣﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺑﺈﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﻧﺷﻳﻁ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ )ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ( ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺫﺍﺗﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﺩ ﻣﺩﺓ ﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ ﻣﻥ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻧﺷﺎﻁ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻭﻓﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‬
‫ﻳﺗﻡ ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﻧﺷﻳﻁ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺩﻗﻳﻘﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑًﺎ ﻣﻥ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻧﺷﺎﻁ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﻏﺿﻭﻥ ﺩﻗﻳﻘﺗﻳﻥ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻳﺗﻳﻥ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑًﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﺳﺗﺗﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺳﺔ ﻭﺳﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪ .‬ﻟﺗﻧﺷﻳﻁ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺗﻌﺩﺍﺩ ﻟﻠﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻛﻥ ﻣﻊ ﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺳﺔ ﺧﺎﺭﺟً ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺟﺯﺋﻳًﺎ )= ‪.(۲٤‬‬
‫ﺗﻭﻓﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺧﻣﺱ ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻕ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑًﺎ ﻣﻥ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻧﺷﺎﻁ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﻧﺷﻳﻁ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻭﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﻔﺗﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺯﻣﻧﻳﺔ ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻧﺕ ﺗﻔﺿﻝ ﺫﻟﻙ )= ‪.(۱٥٥‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻧﺷﻳﻁ ﻣﻳﺯﺓ ﺗﻭﻓﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺑﺄﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﻋﺑﺭ ‪ (۱۱۷ =) Wi-Fi‬ﺃﻭ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺑﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ )= ‪.(۱۷۰‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺧﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‬
‫ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻘﻁﺎﺗﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺅﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ‪ ،‬ﺍﺑﺩﺃ ﺩﺍﺋﻣًﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺟﺯﺋﻳًﺎ ﻭﺑﻣﺟﺭﺩ ﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻬﺩﻑ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺅﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺳﻔﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﻣﻝ ﻟﻠﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ‪ ،‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﻭﺻﻑ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺑﺎﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ﺟﺯﺋﻳًﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺳﻔﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﻣﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺟﺯﺋ ًﻳﺎ‪) .‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺑﺭﻓﻕ ﻟﻠﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ‪(.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺟﺯﺋﻳًﺎ‪ .‬ﺗﺻﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺻﻭﺕ‬
‫ﺗﻧﺑﻳﻪ ﻣﺭﺗﻳﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺇﻁﺎﺭﺍﺕ ‪ AF‬ﺣﻭﻝ ﻣﻧﺎﻁﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺅﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺳﻔﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﻣﻝ‪) .‬ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺟﺯﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﻣﻝ ﻟﻠﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪(.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪ ،‬ﺑﻳﻧﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺇﺻﺩﺍﺭ ﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺣﺎﻓﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺛﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻳﺗﻭﻗﻑ ﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۲٤‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ <p‬ﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻹﺧﻔﺎء ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ ﺣﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺭﻭﺿﺔ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ”ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ“ )= ‪.(۱۹۱‬‬
‫• ﻗﺩ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻣﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺑﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺟﺯﺋﻳًﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻣﺑﺩﺋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﺧﺗﻠﻑ ﻁﻭﻝ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻕ ﻭﻓ ًﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻁﺔ‪ .‬ﺣﻳﺙ ﻗﺩ ﺗﺳﺗﻐﺭﻕ‬
‫ﻭﻗ ًﺗﺎ ﺃﻁﻭﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺽ ﻣﺷﺎﻫﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻣﺷﻭﺷﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻣﺕ ﺑﺗﺣﺭﻳﻙ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ )ﺃﻭ ﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺗﺣﺭﻙ ﺍﻟﻬﺩﻑ( ﻗﺑﻝ ﺗﻭﻗﻑ ﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫• ﻳﺗﻡ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺳﻁﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻠﻳﻠﻲ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺿﺎءﺓ ﻣﻧﺧﻔﺿﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻣﺎ ﻳﺟﻌﻝ ﻣﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺳﻬﻝ ﻣﺭﺍﺟﻌﺔ ﻛﻳﻔﻳﺔ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻁﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﻗﺩ ﻻ ﻳﺗﻁﺎﺑﻕ ﺳﻁﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺳﻁﻭﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻁﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻻﺣﻅ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻱ ﺗﺷﻭﻳﺵ ﻟﻠﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺣﺭﻙ ﻣﺗﻘﻁﻊ ﻟﻠﻬﺩﻑ ﻟﻥ ﻳﺅﺛﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ”ﺗﺑﺩﻳﻝ ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ“ )= ‪.(۸۹‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ‪FUNC.‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﻋﻧﺻﺭ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <o><p‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻋﻧﺻﺭ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ <m‬ﺃﻭ >‪.<r‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺑﻧﺎ ًء ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻧﺻﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺑﺑﺳﺎﻁﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ <m‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ <r‬ﺃﻭ ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ‬
‫ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﻟﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۲٥‬‬
‫• ﻹﻟﻐﺎء ﺃﻳﺔ ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﻋﺭﺿﻳﺔ ﻟﻺﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﺳﺗﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺗﺭﺍﺿﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ )= ‪.(۱٥۹‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻣﺱ ﻟﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺭﻭﺿﺔ ﻗﺑﻝ ﻗﻳﺎﻣﻙ ﺑﺎﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ <m‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪ ۱‬ﻣﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻗﻣﺕ ﺑﺗﻬﻳﺋﺗﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺎﺋﻌﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ‪ FUNC.‬ﻛﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻﺣﻅ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻧﺎﺻﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﻭﺧﻳﺎﺭﺍﺗﻬﺎ ﺗﺧﺗﻠﻑ ﻭﻓ ًﻘﺎ ﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ )= ‪ (۱۹٦ – ۱۹٥‬ﺃﻭ ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫)= ‪.(۲۰۱‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ‪.FUNC.‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﻛﻣﺎﻝ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻧﺎﺻﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻧﺎﺻﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <o><p‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻋﻧﺻﺭ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫[ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ‬
‫‪ z‬ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻣﻳﺯﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﺭﻣﺯ ]‬
‫ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<n‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻟﻠﻌﻭﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻧﺎﺻﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<q‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ‪ FUNC.‬ﺑﺎﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ‬
‫>‪ ،<m‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺳﺣﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺳﻔﻝ ﻟﻼﻧﺗﻘﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺧﻼﻟﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﻋﻧﺻﺭ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩﻩ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭ ﻣﺭ ًﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﻟﺗﺄﻛﻳﺩ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭﻙ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻭﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺭﻭﺿﺔ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻣﻳﺯﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﺭﻣﺯ‬
‫[ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻟﻣﺱ ]‬
‫]‬
‫[‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﺋﻡ‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻥ ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﺋﻡ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪ .‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﻋﻧﺎﺻﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻥ ﻋﻣﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ‪ ،‬ﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ]‪ ،[4‬ﻭﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ]‪ ،[1‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ‪ .‬ﻻﺣﻅ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻧﺎﺻﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺎﺣﺔ ﺗﺧﺗﻠﻑ ﻭﻓ ًﻘﺎ ﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩ )= ‪.(۲۰۱ – ۱۹۷‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<n‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﻋﻧﺻﺭ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <o><p‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻋﻧﺻﺭ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺑﺎﻟﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﻟﻌﻧﺎﺻﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺯﻭﺩﺓ ﺑﺧﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻅﺎﻫﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ‬
‫ﺃﻭﻻً ﺑﺎﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ <m‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ <r‬ﻟﻠﺗﺑﺩﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <o><p‬ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ‬
‫ﻋﻧﺻﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻟﻠﻌﻭﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<n‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺣﺭﻳﻙ ﺫﺭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻐﻳﺭ ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺑﻌﺩ ﻗﻳﺎﻣﻙ ﺑﺎﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <o><p‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻣﺑﺩﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﺩﻳﻝ ﺑﻳﻥ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ﺑﺎﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪.<q><r‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <q><r‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﻛﻣﺎﻝ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ <n‬ﻟﻠﻌﻭﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺭﻭﺿﺔ ﻗﺑﻝ ﻗﻳﺎﻣﻙ ﺑﺎﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪<n‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪.۱‬‬
‫• ﻹﻟﻐﺎء ﺃﻳﺔ ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﻋﺭﺿﻳﺔ ﻟﻺﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﺳﺗﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺗﺭﺍﺿﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ )= ‪.(۱٥۹‬‬
‫‪۲٦‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۲۷‬‬
‫ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻣﺱ‬
‫• ﻟﻠﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ <n‬ﻟﻠﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺳﺣﺏ ﻋﻧﺎﺻﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻭ ﻷﺳﻔﻝ ﻟﻼﻧﺗﻘﺎﻝ ﺧﻼﻟﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﻋﻧﺻﺭ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭﻩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩﻩ‪ .‬ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭﺓ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺭﻣﺯﻳﻥ ]‪ [q][r‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ ﺟﺎﻧﺏ‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻟﻣﺱ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺭﻣﻭﺯ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺑﺎﻟﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﻟﻌﻧﺎﺻﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺭﻭﺽ ﻣﻌﻬﺎ ﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﻳﺷﻳﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻳﻁ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻟﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ ﻋﻧﺎﺻﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻻ ﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﺧﻳﺎﺭﺍﺗﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺃﻭﻻً ﻋﻧﺻﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺣﺏ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻋﻧﺻﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﻌﻭﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫[‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ]‬
‫• ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﻟﻣﺱ ﻋﻧﺎﺻﺭ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ )ﻣﺛﻝ ﻣﺭﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺧﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻧﺻﻭﺹ( ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ‬
‫ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻧﺹ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻟﻣﺱ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫[ ﺑﺩﻻً ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ <m‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻧﺕ ﺗﻔﺿﻝ ﺫﻟﻙ‪.‬‬
‫[‪ ،‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﻟﻣﺱ ]‬
‫• ﻋﻧﺩ ﻅﻬﻭﺭ ]‬
‫[ ﺑﺩﻻً ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ <n‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻧﺕ ﺗﻔﺿﻝ ﺫﻟﻙ‪.‬‬
‫[‪ ،‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﻟﻣﺱ ]‬
‫• ﻋﻧﺩ ﻅﻬﻭﺭ ]‬
‫• ﻟﻠﺧﺭﻭﺝ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ <n‬ﻣﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﻫﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ )= ‪ (٤۲‬ﻭﺍﺗﺻﺎﻻﺕ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫)= ‪ ،(۱۲۸‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ‪ .‬ﻻﺣﻅ ﺃﻥ ﻁﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻭﻧﻭﻋﻬﺎ ﻳﺧﺗﻠﻔﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺧﺗﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺎﺣﺔ‬
‫ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﻭﻑ‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﻭﻑ ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻟﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻳﺧﺗﻠﻑ ﻣﻘﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺧﺗﻼﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺣﺭﻳﻙ ﺍﻟﻣﺅﺷﺭ‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ]‬
‫[ ﺃﻭ ]‬
‫[‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻓﻭﺍﺻﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﻁﺭ‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ]‬
‫[‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺑﺩﻳﻝ ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ‬
‫‪ z‬ﻟﻠﺗﺑﺩﻳﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺭﻣﻭﺯ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ]‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ] [ ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺃﺣﺭﻑ ﻛﺑﻳﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺗﺧﺗﻠﻑ ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﺧﺗﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫[‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۲۸‬‬
‫ﺣﺫﻑ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﻭﻑ‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ]‬
‫[ ﻟﺣﺫﻑ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﻳﺩ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻭﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<n‬‬
‫ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﺅﺷﺭ‬
‫ﻳﺿﻲء ﺍﻟﻣﺅﺷﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺟﺯء ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻔﻲ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ )= ‪ (۳‬ﺃﻭ ﻳﻭﻣﺽ ﻭﻓ ًﻘﺎ ﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺿﺭ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺅﺷﺭ‬
‫ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻣﺽ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻣﺗﺻﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ )= ‪ (۱۷۰‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ )= ‪(۱٥٥ ،۱٥٤ ،۲۳‬‬
‫ﺑﺩء ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ‪/‬ﻗﺭﺍءﺓ‪/‬ﻧﻘﻝ ﺻﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺑﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺇﺿﺎءﺓ ﻁﻭﻳﻠﺔ‬
‫)= ‪ ،(٦۹‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻣﺗﺻﻠﺔ‪/‬ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺑﺎﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻋﺑﺭ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫• ﻋﻧﺩ ﻭﻣﻳﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﺅﺷﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﺧﺿﺭ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﻘﻡ ﻣﻁﻠ ًﻘﺎ ﺑﺎﻷﺷﻳﺎء ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺩ ﺗﺅﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺗﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬‫ ﻫﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺭﺟﺣﺗﻬﺎ‬‫‪ -‬ﻓﺗﺢ ﻏﻁﺎء ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺳﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﻣﺭﺍﺟﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻣﺭﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺳﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻧﺕ ﺗﺣﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﺭﺃﺳﻲ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺳﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳﻲ‪ .‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <q><r‬ﻟﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﻟﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ <m‬ﻣﺭ ًﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﻹﻟﻐﺎء ﻋﺭﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺳﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۲۹‬‬
‫• ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻣﺭﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ ،<m‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ‬
‫‪ ON/OFF‬ﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﻣﻼﺋﻡ ﻟﻠﻘﻁﺎﺕ ﺳﻬﻠﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﺃﻛﺑﺭ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۳۰‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺣﺩﺩﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ‪۳۱...................‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻫﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ ‪٤۱....................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﻳﺯﺍﺕ ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﻔﻳﺩﺓ‪٥۰.....................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ )‪۳۱ ................................................(Smart Auto‬‬
‫ﺭﻣﻭﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﺎﻫﺩ‪۳٤ ...............................................................‬‬
‫ﺭﻣﻭﺯ ﻣﻭﺍﺯﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪۳٥ ......................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﻁﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪۳٦ ...........................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﻫﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ‪٤۲ ...............................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ‪٤۳ .....................................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﺭﺍﺟﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺟﻠﺔ ﻭﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭﻫﺎ‪٤٤ ....................................‬‬
‫ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﻁ‪٥۰ .............................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺅﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ ‪٥۰ .................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻘﻕ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻷﻋﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻐﻠﻘﺔ ‪٥۱ ..................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﻳﺯﺍﺕ ﺗﺧﺻﻳﺹ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ‪٤۷...............................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺧﺻﻳﺹ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪٥۱................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﺣﺗﻰ ﺗﺑﺩﻭ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﻗﺭﺑًﺎ )ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻐﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻣﻲ( ‪۳٦ ..........‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﺗﻲ‪۳۷ ......................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ )ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻣﺱ( ‪۳۹ ......................‬‬
‫ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻁﺎﺑﻊ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ‪۳۹ ..........................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻣﺭ ‪٤۰ ...........................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ‪٤۷ ..........................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺩﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ )ﺍﻟﺣﺟﻡ( ‪٤۷ ................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﺭﺍء‪٤۸ ......................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﻣﻧﺎﻁﻕ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﺧﺿﺭ ﺑﺳﺑﺏ‬
‫ﻣﺻﺎﺑﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﺯﺋﺑﻕ‪٤۹ ..............................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻓﻳﻠﻡ‪٤۹ .....................................................‬‬
‫ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﻧﺷﻳﻁ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﻣﺳﺎﻋﺩ‪٥۱ .............................................AF-‬‬
‫ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﻧﺷﻳﻁ ﻣﺻﺑﺎﺡ ﺗﺧﻔﻳﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﺭﺍء‪٥۲ ...............................‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺃﺳﻠﻭﺏ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪٥۲ ...............................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺋﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻼﺋﻣﺔ‪۳٦..............................................‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺣﺩﺩﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻟﺗﻭﻓﻳﺭ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﺎﻣﻝ ﻷﻓﺿﻝ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻣﺷﺎﻫﺩ ﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻳﻙ ﺳﻭﻯ ﺗﺭﻙ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻟﺗﻘﻭﻡ‬
‫ﺑﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻬﺩﻑ ﻭﺃﺣﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻐﻳﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ )‪(Smart Auto‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ‪.ON/OFF‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺑﺩء ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۳۱‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻁﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻟﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻬﺩﻑ ﻭﺗﺿﺧﻳﻣﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺣﺭﻳﻙ ﺫﺭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻐﻳﺭ‬
‫ﺗﺟﺎﻩ >‪) <i‬ﻣﻘﺭﺏ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻠﺗﺻﻐﻳﺭ ﺑﻌﻳ ًﺩﺍ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﺩﻑ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ‬
‫ﺑﺗﺣﺭﻳﻛﻪ ﺗﺟﺎﻩ >‪) <j‬ﻋﻥ ﺑُﻌﺩ(‪) .‬ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺷﺭﻳﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻐﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻳﻌﺭﺽ ﻣﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻐﻳﺭ‪(.‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺩﺧﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ]‬
‫[‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ ﺗﺑﺩﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[4‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ ،<m‬ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ‬
‫>‪ <o><p‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]‬
‫[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ‬
‫>‪ <m‬ﻣﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪.‬‬
‫[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <o><p‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻭﺟﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻧﺣﻭ ﺍﻟﻬﺩﻑ‪ .‬ﺳﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺑﺈﺻﺩﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺻﻭﺕ ﻁﻘﻁﻘﺔ ﺿﻌﻳﻑ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﻬﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺭﻣﻭﺯ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﻬﺩ ﻭﻧﻣﻁ ﻣﻭﺍﺯﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ )= ‪.(۳٥ ،۳٤‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺗﺷﻳﺭ ﺍﻹﻁﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺭﻭﺿﺔ ﺣﻭﻝ ﺃﻳﺔ ﺃﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﻣﻠﺗﻘﻁﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺑﺅﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٤‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺻﻭﺭ ﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺟﺯﺋﻳًﺎ‪ .‬ﺗﺻﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺻﻭﺕ‬
‫ﺗﻧﺑﻳﻪ ﻣﺭﺗﻳﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺇﻁﺎﺭﺍﺕ ‪ AF‬ﻟﻺﺷﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻧﺎﻁﻕ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﻋﺩﺓ ﺇﻁﺎﺭﺍﺕ ‪ AF‬ﻋﻧﺩ ﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﻣﻧﺎﻁﻕ ﻣﺗﻌﺩﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺑﺅﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫‪ z‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻅﻬﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ]ﺍﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ[ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ‬
‫ﺑﺭﻓﻊ ﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ >‪ <h‬ﻟﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ‪ .‬ﻭﺳﻳﻧﻁﻠﻕ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ﻋﻧﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻧﺕ ﺗﻔﺿﻝ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺩﻓﻌﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺈﺻﺑﻌﻙ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺳﻔﻝ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺳﻔﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﻣﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻋﻧﺩ ﻗﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪ ،‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻕ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺧﻔﺿﺔ ﻭﻋﻧﺩ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ‪ ،‬ﻳﻧﻁﻠﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺣﺎﻓﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺛﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻳﺗﻭﻗﻑ ﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺑﻌﺩ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻗﻣﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺳﺗﻌﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺑﺩء ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۳۲‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻘﺿﻲ‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‪ .‬ﺗﺻﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺻﻭﺕ ﺗﻧﺑﻳﻪ ﻣﺭ ًﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺑﺩء ﺍﻟﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ]‪ [ Rec‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻘﺿﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻷﺷﺭﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺳﻭﺩﺍء ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺣﻭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻭﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺳﻔﻠﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻬﺩﻑ ﻗﻠﻳﻼً‪ .‬ﺗﺷﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺷﺭﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺳﻭﺩﺍء‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻧﺎﻁﻕ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻻ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺗﺷﻳﺭ ﺍﻹﻁﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺭﻭﺿﺔ ﺣﻭﻝ ﺃﻳﺔ ﺃﻭﺟﻪ ﻣﻠﺗﻘﻁﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺑﺅﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺑﻣﺟﺭﺩ ﺑﺩء ﺍﻟﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺇﺻﺑﻌﻙ ﻋﻥ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻌﺩﻳﻝ ﺣﺟﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﺩﻑ ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻁﺔ ﻛﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻠﺯﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻟﺗﻌﺩﻳﻝ ﺣﺟﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﺩﻑ‪ ،‬ﻛﺭﺭ ﺍﻹﺟﺭﺍء ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪۳‬‬
‫)= ‪ .(۳۱‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺗﺟﺏ ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺻﻭﺕ‬
‫ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪ ،‬ﻛﻣﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﻭﺍﻣﻝ‬
‫ﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ‪/‬ﺗﺻﻐﻳﺭ ﻣﻭﺿﺣﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﺯﺭﻕ ﺳﺗﺑﺩﻭ ﻣﺣﺑﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻋﻧﺩ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻁﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ ﻭﺍﻟﺳﻁﻭﻉ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﻟﻭﺍﻥ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٣‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﻧﻬﺎء ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﻣﺭ ًﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪ُ .‬ﺗﺻﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺻﻭﺕ ﺗﻧﺑﻳﻪ ﻣﺭﺗﻳﻥ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﻭﻗﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺳﻳﺗﻭﻗﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻣﺗﻼء ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﺷﻳﺭ ﺍﻧﻁﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻁﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺣﺎﻭﻟﺕ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ ﺿﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﻟﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﻠﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﺩﻑ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺧﻠﻔﻳﺔ )ﺗﻭﺍﺯﻥ ﺍﻷﺑﻳﺽ ﻟﻣﻧﺎﻁﻕ ﻣﺗﻌﺩﺩﺓ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ ،<p‬ﻟﻥ ﺗﺻﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺃﺻﻭﺍﺕ ﺑﻌﺩﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﺗﻧﺷﻳﻁ ﺃﺻﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻣﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ ،<n‬ﻭﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺻﺎﻣﺕ[ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ]‪ ،[3‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <q><r‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫•‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫•‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﻳﻘﻭﻡ ﺭﻣﺯ ] [ ﻭﺍﻣﺽ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺣﺫﻳﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺍﺣﺗﻣﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﺗﺷﻭﻳﺵ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺑﺳﺑﺏ ﺍﻫﺗﺯﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺎﻣﻝ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﺋﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺗﺧﺫ ﺗﺩﺍﺑﻳﺭ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﻟﻠﺣﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻳﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺛﺎﺑﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻁﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﻛﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﻏﻡ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻧﻁﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻡ ﺑﺎﻻﻗﺗﺭﺍﺏ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﺩﻑ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ ﺣﻭﻝ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ”ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ“ )= ‪.(۲۰٤‬‬
‫ﻗﺩ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﺩﻑ ﻗﺭﻳﺑًﺎ ﺟ ًﺩﺍ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺻﺩﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺻﻭﺕ ﺗﻧﺑﻳﻪ ﻣﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺟﺯﺋﻳًﺎ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ ﺣﻭﻝ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ )ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ(‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ”ﻧﻁﺎﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ“ )= ‪.(۲۰٤‬‬
‫ﻟﺗﻘﻠﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﺭﺍء ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ‪ ،‬ﻗﺩ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻧﺷﻳﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﺑﺎﺡ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻅﺭﻭﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺧﻔﺿﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺭﻣﺯ ]‪ [h‬ﻳﻭﻣﺽ ﻋﻧﺩ ﻣﺣﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻟﻳﺷﻳﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻳﺗﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧﺗﻬﺎء ﻣﻥ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺷﺣﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ‪ .‬ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﺋﻧﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺑﻣﺟﺭﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻌﺩﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﻟﺫﺍ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺳﻔﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﻣﻝ ﻭﺍﻧﺗﻅﺭ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭﻩ ﻭﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻳﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻥ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻕ ﻋﻧﺩ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺭﻣﻭﺯ ﺍﻟﻧﻭﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺭﺿﻊ )ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﻧﻭﻡ( )= ‪.(۳٤‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﻏﻡ ﻣﻥ ﺇﻣﻛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﻗﺑﻝ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪ ،‬ﻗﺩ ﺗﺣﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ ﻭﺍﻟﺳﻁﻭﻉ ﻭﺍﻷﻟﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﻣﺩﺓ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ )= ‪.(٥۲‬‬
‫‪۳۳‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫• ﻗﺩ ﺗﺭﺗﻔﻊ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺟﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺃﻓﻼﻡ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻣﺗﻛﺭﺭ ﻟﻔﺗﺭﺓ ﻣﻣﺗﺩﺓ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻛﻥ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺷﻳﺭ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭﻓﻭﻥ‬
‫• ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺃﺻﺎﺑﻌﻙ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭﻓﻭﻥ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺩ ﻳﻣﻧﻊ ﺣﺟﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭﻓﻭﻥ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺩ ﻳﺗﺳﺑﺏ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺧﻔﺕ ﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺟﻧﺏ ﻟﻣﺱ ﻋﻧﺎﺻﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺑﺧﻼﻑ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻷﺻﻭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺻﺩﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﻳﺑﺩﺃ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﺗﺗﻐﻳﺭ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻭﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﻹﺗﺎﺣﺔ ﺇﻣﻛﺎﻧﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺍﻫﺗﺯﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﺷﺩﻳﺩ‪ .‬ﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﺑﺎﻟﺣﺟﻡ ﺫﺍﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻌﺩﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﻣﻭﺍﺯﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ )= ‪.(۸٥‬‬
‫• ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺑﺻﻳﻐﺔ ﺍﺳﺗﺭﻳﻭ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﻘﻠﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﻭﺵ ﺍﻟﻧﺎﺗﺞ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﻳﺎﺡ ﻗﻭﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﻗﺩ ﻳﺑﺩﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻁﺑﻳﻌﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺩﻡ ﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺭﻳﺎﺡ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﻳﺎﺡ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻗﻭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺧﺗﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ ‪(۲٦ =) MENU‬‬
‫< ]‪ [4‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ < ]ﻣﺭﺷﺢ ﻟﻠﻬﻭﺍء[ < ]ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ )= ‪.(۲٦‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺭﻣﻭﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﺎﻫﺩ‬
‫[‪ ،‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺷﺎﻫﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﺭﻣﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺭﻭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ]‬
‫ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ ﻭﺳﻁﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻬﺩﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﺛﻝ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻧﺎ ًء ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﻬﺩ‪ ،‬ﻗﺩ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁ ﺻﻭﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺗﺗﺎﺑﻌﺔ )= ‪.(۳٥‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻔﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﺩﻑ‬
‫ﻧﺎﺱ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻅﻼﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫ﻋﺎﺩﻱ‬
‫ﺇﺿﺎءﺓ ﺧﻠﻔﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺗﻡ*‬
‫ﻏﺭﻭﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺷﻣﺱ‬
‫ﻛﺷﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺿﻭﺋﻳﺔ‬
‫–‬
‫ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﺣﺭﻛﺔ‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫•‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺑﺳﻡ‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻭﻡ‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫ﺍﻟﺭﺿﻊ‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺑﺳﻡ‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻭﻡ‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﺣﺭﻛﺔ‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﻗﺭﻳﺏ‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫ﺍﻷﻁﻔﺎﻝ )ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﺣﺭﻛﺔ(‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫ﺃﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺑﺷﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫* ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺣﺎﻣﻝ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﺋﻡ‬
‫ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻟﻭﻥ ﺧﻠﻔﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﻣﻭﺯ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺗﺢ ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻔﻳﺔ ﺳﻣﺎء ﺯﺭﻗﺎء‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻠﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻛﻥ ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻔﻳﺔ ﺩﺍﻛﻧﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻠﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﻣﺎﺩﻱ ﻟﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻔﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻟﻭﻥ ﺧﻠﻔﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﻣﻭﺯ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺗﺢ ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻔﻳﺔ ﺳﻣﺎء ﺯﺭﻗﺎء‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻠﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﻣﺎﺩﻱ ﻟﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻔﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‪.‬‬
‫‪۳٤‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻟﻭﻥ ﺧﻠﻔﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﻣﻭﺯ ]‬
‫] [ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺗﻘﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺭﻣﻭﺯ ﻧﺎﺱ ﻭﺃﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺑﺷﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﻗﺭﻳﺏ ﻓﻘﻁ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﺗﻲ‪ ،‬ﻟﻥ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺭﻣﻭﺯ ﻧﺎﺱ )ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﺣﺭﻛﺔ( ﻭﺗﺑﺳﻡ ﻭﻧﻭﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺭﺿﻊ )ﺗﺑﺳﻡ( ﻭﺍﻟﺭﺿﻊ‬
‫)ﻧﻭﻡ( ﻭﺃﻁﻔﺎﻝ ﻭﺃﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺑﺷﺭﻳﺔ )ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﺣﺭﻛﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺭﻣﻭﺯ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻏﻳﺭ ] [ )= ‪ ،(٤۰ ،۳٥‬ﻭﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ]ﺗﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﻣﺻﺑﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺯﺋﺑﻕ[ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫]ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ[ ﻭﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﺎﻫﺩ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ )= ‪ :(٤۹‬ﺗﺑﺳﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻭﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺭﺿﻊ )ﺗﺑﺳﻡ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺭﺿﻊ )ﻧﻭﻡ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻁﻔﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ﻋﻠﻰ ] [‪ ،‬ﻟﻥ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺭﻣﻭﺯ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻔﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺗﺑﺳﻡ ﻭﺍﻷﻁﻔﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺭﻣﻭﺯ ﺍﻟﺭﺿﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺭﺿﻊ )ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﺗﺑﺳﻡ( ﻭﺍﻟﺭﺿﻊ )ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﻧﻭﻡ( ﻭﺍﻷﻁﻔﺎﻝ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ]ﻫﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ[ ﻋﻠﻰ ]ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ[‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻛﺗﺷﺎﻑ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺭﺿﻳﻊ ﻣﺳﺟﻝ )ﺃﻗﻝ ﻣﻥ ﻋﺎﻣﻳﻥ( ﺃﻭ ﻁﻔﻝ ﻣﺳﺟﻝ )ﻣﻥ ﻋﺎﻣﻳﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺛﻧﻲ ﻋﺷﺭ ﻋﺎﻣًﺎ( )= ‪ .(٤۲‬ﻟﺫﺍ ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﺳﺑ ًﻘﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﺣﻳﺣﻳﻥ )= ‪.(۱٥‬‬
‫[ ﻭ]‬
‫[ ﻭ]‬
‫[ ﻭ]‬
‫[ ﻭ]‬
‫[ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻛﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻟﻭﻥ ﺧﻠﻔﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﻣﻭﺯ‬
‫• ﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ]‪ (۷۱ =) [G‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺭﻣﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﻬﺩ ﻻ ﻳﺗﻁﺎﺑﻕ ﻣﻊ ﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻠﻭﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺳﻁﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﻗﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﻣﺷﺎﻫﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻣﺭ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻣﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ ﻋﻧﺩ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺭﻣﻭﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﺎﻫﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺣﻭ ﻣﺳﺗﻣﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺿﻐﻁﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺟﺯﺋﻳًﺎ ﻋﻧﺩ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﻣﻭﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻭﻝ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺃﺣﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺭﻣﻭﺯ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻹﺧﻁﺎﺭﻙ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺳﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁ ﺻﻭﺭ ﻣﺗﺗﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ ،[ ] :‬ﺃﻭ ] [‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ]‪.[W‬‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺑﺳﻡ )ﺑﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﺭﺿﻊ(‬
‫‪ :‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁ ﺻﻭﺭ ﻣﺗﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺑﺗﺣﻠﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ ﻣﺛﻝ ﺗﻌﺑﻳﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ ﻟﺣﻔﻅ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ ﻛﺄﻓﺿﻝ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻭﻡ )ﺑﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﺭﺿﻊ(‬
‫‪ :‬ﻟﻘﻁﺎﺕ ﺟﻣﻳﻠﺔ ﻟﻭﺟﻭﻩ ﻧﺎﺋﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺇﻧﺷﺎﺋﻬﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺩﻣﺞ ﻟﻘﻁﺎﺕ ﻣﺗﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻟﺗﻘﻠﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻫﺗﺯﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻭﺗﺷﻭﺵ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻥ ﻳﺿﻲء ‪-AF‬ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﻣﺳﺎﻋﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻥ ﻳﻧﻁﻠﻕ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ‪ ،‬ﻛﻣﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻥ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۳٥‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻁﻔﺎﻝ‬
‫‪ :W‬ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﻥ ﺗﻔﻭﺕ ﺃﻳﺔ ﻓﺭﺻﺔ ﻻﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁ ﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻷﻁﻔﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺣﺭﻛﻳﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺗﻘﻭﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁ ﺛﻼﺙ ﺻﻭﺭ ﻣﺗﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻟﻛﻝ ﻟﻘﻁﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﻏﺑﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁ ﺻﻭﺭ ﻓﺭﺩﻳﺔ ﻓﻘﻁ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ ،<m‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]‬
‫[ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺩﺩ ]‬
‫ﺭﻣﻭﺯ ﻣﻭﺍﺯﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻕ ﻣﻭﺍﺯﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﻠﻰ ﻟﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ )ﻣﻭﺍﺯﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺫﻛﻳﺔ(‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﻳﺗﻡ‬
‫[‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺭﻣﻭﺯ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ]‬
‫ﻣﻭﺍﺯﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ )ﻋﺎﺩﻱ(‬
‫ﻣﻭﺍﺯﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ‬
‫ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻁﺔ* )ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻁﺔ(‬
‫ﻣﻭﺍﺯﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﻘﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻐﺭﺓ )‪(Hybrid IS‬‬
‫[‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺗﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ]‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻣﻭﺍﺯﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻟﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ‪macro‬‬
‫ﻟﻸﻓﻼﻡ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﺎﻫﺩ‪ ،‬ﻗﺩ ﻻ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺣﻔﻅ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﻗﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﻻ ﺗﺑﺩﻭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻧﺣﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﻗﻊ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ ﻭﺳﻁﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻭﻥ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‪.‬‬
‫[‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫ﻣﻭﺍﺯﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻟﻸﻓﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻟﺗﻘﻠﻳﻝ ﺍﻻﻫﺗﺯﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﺷﺩﻳﺩ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪ ،‬ﻛﻣﺎ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻝ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء‬
‫ﺍﻟﺳﻳﺭ )ﺩﻳﻧﺎﻣﻳﻛﻲ(‬
‫ﻣﻭﺍﺯﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻟﻼﻫﺗﺯﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﻲء ﻟﻠﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪،‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺑﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﺑﻠﻘﻁﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺭﺑﺔ )ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌّﺎﻟﺔ(‬
‫ﻋﺩﻡ ﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﻣﻭﺍﺯﻧﺔ ﻟﻠﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺗﻡ‬
‫ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺑﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺎﻣﻝ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﺋﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻡ ﺣﻣﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺛﺑﺎﺕ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻁﺭﻕ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﻏﻡ ﻣﻥ ﺫﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‪،‬‬
‫ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ]‬
‫[‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻣﻭﺍﺯﻧﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻟﻣﻧﻊ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﻳﺎﺡ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻱ ﻣﺻﺎﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﻟﻼﻫﺗﺯﺍﺯ )ﻣﻭﺍﺯﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﺣﺎﻣﻝ‬
‫ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﺋﻡ(‪.‬‬
‫* ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺿﻬﺎ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻁﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺗﺑﺎﻉ ﺍﻷﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺣﺭﻛﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪ .‬ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺗﺑﻊ ﺃﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﺗﺗﺣﺭﻙ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﺃﻓﻘﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﺗﻔﺎﻋﻝ ﻣﻭﺍﺯﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻫﺗﺯﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳﻲ ﻓﻘﻁ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺗﻭﻗﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﺯﻧﺔ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻣﺛﻝ‪ ،‬ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺗﺑﻊ ﺃﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﺗﺗﺣﺭﻙ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ‬
‫ﺭﺃﺳﻲ‪ ،‬ﺗﺗﻔﺎﻋﻝ ﻣﻭﺍﺯﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻫﺗﺯﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ ﻓﻘﻁ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻹﻟﻐﺎء ﻣﻭﺍﺯﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ]ﻧﻣﻁ ‪ [IS‬ﻋﻠﻰ ]ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ )= ‪ .(۸٥‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺭﻣﺯ ‪.IS‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۳٦‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻁﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺇﻁﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻔﺔ ﺑﻣﺟﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻷﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﻗﻣﺕ ﺑﺗﻭﺟﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺇﻟﻳﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ﺃﺑﻳﺽ ﺣﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﺩﻑ )ﺃﻭ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺷﺧﺹ( ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩ ﺑﻭﺍﺳﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻟﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﺩﻑ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺇﻁﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺭﻣﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺣﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺗﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‪ .‬ﺗﺗﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻹﻁﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﻣﺗﺣﺭﻛﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ‬
‫ﻣﺣﺩﺩ ﻟﻠﻣﺣﺎﻓﻅﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻭﺩﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺅﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺟﺯﺋﻳًﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺣﺭﻛﺔ ﻫﺩﻑ‪ ،‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ﺃﺯﺭﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺗﻡ ﺿﺑﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ ﻭﺳﻁﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﻣﺭﺍﺭ )ﺑﺅﺭﺓ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺋﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻼﺋﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﺣﺗﻰ ﺗﺑﺩﻭ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﻗﺭ ًﺑﺎ )ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻐﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻣﻲ(‬
‫ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺑﻌﻳﺩﺓ ﺑﻌﻳﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻐﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺑﺻﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻐﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻣﻲ ﻟﻣﺎ ﻳﺻﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ۲۰‬ﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﻣﻛﺑﺭﺓ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫[‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺩﺧﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻣﻁ ‪ AF‬ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻣﺱ‪ .‬ﺳﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺟﺯﺋﻳًﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ‪ AF‬ﺃﺯﺭﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺗﺳﺗﻣﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺣﺗﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﺎﻟﻬﺩﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺅﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ ﻭﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﺿﺑﻁ ﺳﻁﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ )ﺑﺅﺭﺓ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ‪ AF‬ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻣﺱ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﺗﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺣﺭﻳﻙ ﺫﺭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻐﻳﺭ ﺑﺎﺗﺟﺎﻩ >‪.<i‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻣﺭﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺫﺭﺍﻉ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻳﺗﻭﻗﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ‪/‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻐﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺳﻳﺗﻭﻗﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻐﻳﺭ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺃﻛﺑﺭ ﻋﺎﻣﻝ ﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ‪/‬ﺗﺻﻐﻳﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻣﻛﻥ )ﻗﺑﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺻﺑﺢ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻣﺣﺑﺑﺔ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻣﻠﺣﻭﻅ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻱ‬
‫ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻭﺿﻳﺣﻪ ﻻﺣ ًﻘﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ]‪ (۷۱ =) [G‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻡ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺃﻳﺔ ﺇﻁﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻡ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ‬
‫ﺇﻁﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺣﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺇﻁﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻔﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﻁﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﺎﺑﻬﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ ﻋﻠﻳﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﻬﺩﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ]‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻐﻳﺭ‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺣﺭﻳﻙ ﺫﺭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻐﻳﺭ ﺑﺎﺗﺟﺎﻩ >‪<i‬‬
‫ﻣﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺳﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺑﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻬﺩﻑ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﺃﻗﺭﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫• ﺳﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺗﺣﺭﻳﻙ ﺫﺭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻐﻳﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻐﻳﺭ )ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻳﺷﻳﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻭﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻐﻳﺭ(‪ .‬ﻭﺳﻳﺗﻐﻳﺭ ﻟﻭﻥ ﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻐﻳﺭ ﻭﻓ ًﻘﺎ ﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻐﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻷﺑﻳﺽ‪ :‬ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻐﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺑﺻﺭﻱ ﺣﻳﺙ ﻟﻥ ﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻣﺣﺑﺑﺔ‪.‬‬‫ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻷﺻﻔﺭ‪ :‬ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻐﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻣﻲ ﺣﻳﺙ ﻟﻥ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻣﺣﺑﺑﺔ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻣﻠﺣﻭﻅ‬‫)‪.(ZoomPlus‬‬
‫ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﻕ‪ :‬ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻐﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻣﻲ ﺣﻳﺙ ﺳﺗﺑﺩﻭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻣﺣﺑﺑﺔ‪.‬‬‫ﻧﻅﺭً ﺍ ﻟﻌﺩﻡ ﺇﺗﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﻗﺔ )= ‪ ،(٤۷‬ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺻﻰ‬
‫ﺣﺩ ﻟﻌﺎﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻐﻳﺭ ﺑﺎﺗﺑﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪.۱‬‬
‫• ﻹﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﻧﺷﻳﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻐﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻣﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ ‪ < (۲٦ =) MENU‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ]‪< [4‬‬
‫]ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻐﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻣﻲ[ < ]ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ )= ‪.(۲٦‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﺗﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﺗﻲ‪ ،‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺗﺿﻣﻳﻥ ﻧﻔﺳﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻭﺭ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﻗﺗﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‪ .‬ﺳﺗﻘﻭﻡ‬
‫ﺛﻭﺍﻥ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑًﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺑﻌﺩ ‪۱۰‬‬
‫ٍ‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ ،<m‬ﻭﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]‬
‫ﺣﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭ ]][ )= ‪.(۲٥‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺑﻣﺟﺭﺩ ﺍﻛﺗﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ]][‪.‬‬
‫[ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۳۷‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻟﻠﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺟﺯﺋﻳًﺎ ﻟﻠﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﺩﻑ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻳﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺳﻔﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﻣﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻟﻸﻓﻼﻡ‪ :‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺑﻣﺟﺭﺩ ﺑﺩء ﺍﻟﻣﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﺗﻲ‪ ،‬ﺳﻳﻭﻣﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﺑﺎﺡ ﻭﺳﺗﻘﻭﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺑﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺻﻭﺕ ﻣﻭﻗﺕ ﺫﺍﺗﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺑﺛﺎﻧﻳﺗﻳﻥ‪ ،‬ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺳﺭﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻭﻣﻳﺽ ﻭﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺳﻳﻅﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﺑﺎﺡ ﻣﺿﻳ ًﺋﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻧﻁﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ‪(.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻹﻟﻐﺎء ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﺗﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<n‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻻﺳﺗﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ] [ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪.۱‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﺗﻲ ﻟﻣﻧﻊ ﺍﻫﺗﺯﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺳﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺄﺧﻳﺭ ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﻟﻣﺩﺓ ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺗﻳﻥ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑًﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﺳﺗﻘﺭﺓ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ‪ ،‬ﻓﺳﻳﺅﺛﺭ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻘﻁﺗﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪ ۱‬ﻓﻲ ”ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﺗﻲ“ )= ‪(۳۷‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺧﺗﺭ ][[‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺑﻣﺟﺭﺩ ﺍﻛﺗﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ][[‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪ ۲‬ﻓﻲ ”ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﺗﻲ“ )= ‪(۳۷‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺗﺧﺻﻳﺹ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﺗﻲ‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺄﺧﻳﺭ )ﻣﻥ ‪ ۰‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ۳۰‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ( ﻭﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻁﺎﺕ )ﻣﻥ ‪ ۱‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ۱۰‬ﻟﻘﻁﺎﺕ(‪.‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]‪.[$‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﺗﺑﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪ ۱‬ﻓﻲ ”ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﺗﻲ“‬
‫)= ‪ ،(۳۷‬ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]‪ ،[$‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<n‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <o><p‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]ﺗﺄﺧﻳﺭ[ ﺃﻭ‬
‫]ﻟﻘﻁﺎﺕ[‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <q><r‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺑﻣﺟﺭﺩ ﺍﻛﺗﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ]‪.[$‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪ ۲‬ﻓﻲ ”ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﺗﻲ“ )= ‪(۳۷‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺑﺎﻟﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﻟﻸﻓﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﺗﻲ‪ ،‬ﻳﻣﺛﻝ ]ﺗﺄﺧﻳﺭ[ ﻓﺗﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺄﺧﻳﺭ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺑﺩﺍﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ‪ ،‬ﻟﻛﻥ ﻟﻥ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻟﻺﻋﺩﺍﺩ ]ﻟﻘﻁﺎﺕ[ ﺃﻱ ﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻟﻘﻁﺎﺕ ﻣﺗﻌﺩﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺳﻁﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻭﺗﻭﺍﺯﻥ ﺍﻷﺑﻳﺽ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‪ .‬ﻳﺗﻁﻠﺏ ﻣﺯﻳﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ‬
‫ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻁﺎﺕ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻧﻁﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁ ﻋﺩﺓ ﻟﻘﻁﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﺳﻳﺗﻭﻗﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻣﺗﻼء ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺗﺄﺧﻳﺭ ﺃﻁﻭﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺗﻳﻥ‪ ،‬ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﺇﺳﺭﺍﻉ ﻭﻣﻳﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﺑﺎﺡ ﻭﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﺗﻲ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺗﻳﻥ ﻣﻥ ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻁﺔ‪) .‬ﺳﻳﻅﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﺑﺎﺡ ﻣﺿﻳ ًﺋﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻧﻁﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ‪(.‬‬
‫‪۳۸‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ )ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻣﺱ(‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺑﺩﻻً ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ‪ ،‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺑﺳﻬﻭﻟﺔ ﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻭﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ ﺇﺻﺑﻌﻙ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪ .‬ﺳﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﻭﺿﺑﻁ ﺳﻁﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻣﻛﻳﻥ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻣﺱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ ،<n‬ﻭﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻣﺱ[‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ]‪ ،[4‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ[ )= ‪.(۲٦‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻁﺎﺑﻊ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﺎﻧﺏ ﺍﻷﻳﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺳﻔﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺗﺟﺏ ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻁﻭﺍﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭﻫﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺗﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻓﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺻﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‬
‫ﻣﺳﺑ ًﻘﺎ )= ‪.(۱٥‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫[‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ <n‬ﻭﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﻁﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ]‪ ،[4‬ﺛﻡ ﺣﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ )= ‪.(۲٦‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺑﻣﺟﺭﺩ ﺍﻛﺗﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ] [‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﻬﺩﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺗﺭﻙ ﺇﺻﺑﻌﻙ ﻓﻭﺭً ﺍ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪ ،‬ﺑﻳﻧﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺇﺻﺩﺍﺭ ﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻹﻟﻐﺎء ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻣﺱ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪.۱‬‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫• ﺣﺗﻰ ﻋﻧﺩ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻁﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﻟﻠﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻟﻣﺱ ]^[‪.‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁ ﻟﻘﻁﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺃﻭ ﻭﻗﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺟﺎﻧﺏ ﺍﻷﻳﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺳﻔﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﺻﻭﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻻﺳﺗﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪.۱‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ ﻁﻭﺍﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺗﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪۳۹‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫• ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺗﻘﻁﺔ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻁﺎﺑﻊ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺗﻬﺎ ﻣﻊ ﻁﺎﺑﻊ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻧﺣﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﻗﺩ ﺗﺅﺩﻱ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻁﺎﺑﻊ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺣﺗﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻁﺎﺑﻊ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺗﻪ ﻣﺭﺗﻳﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ )= ‪(۱۷۱‬‬‫ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ‪ DPOF‬ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ )= ‪ (۱۷۷‬ﻟﻠﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ‬‫‪ -‬ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﺗﻧﺯﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﻥ ﻣﻭﻗﻊ ‪ Canon‬ﻟﻠﻘﻳﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ )= ‪(۱٦۹‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻣﺭ‬
‫[‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻣﺭﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺳﻔﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﻣﻝ ﻟﻠﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺣﻭ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ]‬
‫ﻣﺗﻭﺍﺻﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ ﺣﻭﻝ ﺳﺭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻣﺭ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ”ﺳﺭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻣﺭ“ )= ‪.(۲۰٥‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ ،<m‬ﻭﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]‪.(۲٥ =) [W‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺑﻣﺟﺭﺩ ﺍﻛﺗﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ]‪.[W‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻣﺭﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺳﻔﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﻣﻝ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺣﻭ ﻣﺗﻭﺍﺻﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪٤۰‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫[ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻣﺭ‪ ،‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﻗﻔﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺿﻊ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩ ﻋﻧﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺟﺯﺋﻳًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺗﻌﺫﺭ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﺗﻲ )= ‪.(۳۷‬‬
‫ﻗﺩ ﻳﺗﻭﻗﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻟﻠﺣﻅﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺩ ﻳﺗﺑﺎﻁﺄ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻣﺭ ﻭﻓ ًﻘﺎ ﻟﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻭﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻭﻣﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻐﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻧﺧﻔﺽ ﺳﺭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﺯﻳﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻁﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺩ ﺗﻧﺧﻔﺽ ﺳﺭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻧﻁﻠﻕ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻭﺍﺯﻥ ﺍﻷﺑﻳﺽ ﻟﻣﻧﺎﻁﻕ ﻣﺗﻌﺩﺩﺓ )= ‪ (۳۲‬ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﺗﺎﺡ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﺫﻟﻙ‪] ،‬ﺗﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﻣﺻﺑﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺯﺋﺑﻕ[ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ‬
‫)= ‪ (٤۹‬ﻋﻠﻰ ]ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻣﺱ )= ‪ ،(۳۹‬ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻣﺭ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻅﻝ‬
‫ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻣﺭ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻫﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩﻫﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻁﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺗﻡ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻛﻝ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺗﻘﻁﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺣﻭ ﻣﺗﻭﺍﺻﻝ ﻛﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ‬
‫[ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻣﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻺﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺟﺯء ﻣﻥ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ]‬
‫ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻣﺕ ﺑﻣﺳﺢ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻣﺟﻣﻌﺔ )= ‪ ،(۱۰۱‬ﻓﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﻣﺳﺢ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ‪ .‬ﻛﻥ ﺣﺫﺭً ﺍ ﻋﻧﺩ ﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪٤۱‬‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻓﺭﺩﻱ )= ‪ (۹۳‬ﻭﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﺟﻣﻳﻌﻬﺎ )= ‪.(۹۳‬‬
‫ﺳﺗﺅﺩﻱ ﺣﻣﺎﻳﺔ )= ‪ (۹۸‬ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻣﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﻣﺎﻳﺔ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻓﺭﺩﻱ ﻋﻧﺩ ﻋﺭﺿﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻣﻳﺯﺓ ﺑﺣﺙ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ )= ‪ (۹۲‬ﺃﻭ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻋﺷﻭﺍﺋﻲ ﺫﻛﻲ )= ‪ .(۹۷‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻣﺅﻗﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻳﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ﺍﻹﺟﺭﺍءﺍﺕ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺎﺣﺔ ﻟﻠﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻣﻌﺔ‪ :‬ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﻫﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ )= ‪ (۹٤‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ )= ‪(۹٥‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﻣﻳﻳﺯ ﻛﻣﻔﺿﻠﺔ )= ‪ (۱۰٤‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ )= ‪ (۱۱۱ – ۱۰۷‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ )= ‪ (۱۷۱‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺻﻭﺭ‬
‫ﻓﺭﺩﻳﺔ )= ‪ ،(۱۷۸‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻟﺑﻭﻡ ﺻﻭﺭ )= ‪ .(۱۸۰‬ﻭﻟﻠﻘﻳﺎﻡ ﺑﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻹﺟﺭﺍءﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺇﻣﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺑﻌﺭﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻓﺭﺩﻱ )= ‪ (۹۳‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﺈﻟﻐﺎء ﺍﻟﺗﺟﻣﻳﻊ )= ‪ً (۹۳‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﻻ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻫﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻣﺕ ﺑﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺷﺧﺹ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﺳﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺷﺧﺹ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺗﺣﺩﺩ ﺃﻭﻟﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ‬
‫[‪ ،‬ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﻟﻠﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺭﺿﻊ ﻭﺍﻷﻁﻔﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺳﻁﻭﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻭﻥ ﻟﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺷﺧﺹ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ]‬
‫ﺑﻧﺎ ًء ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻭﺍﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﻼﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺟﻠﺔ ﻭﺗﺣﺳﻳﻥ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﻥ ﺃﺟﻠﻬﻡ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﺑﺭﺯ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﻓﺎﺋﺩﺓ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﻋﻥ ﺷﺧﺹ ﻣﻌﻳﻥ ﻣﺳﺟﻝ ﺑﻳﻥ ﻋﺩﺩ ﻛﺑﻳﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ )= ‪.(۹۲‬‬
‫ﻛﺫﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺑﺩﺍﻳﺔ ﺑﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺷﺧﺹ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻭﱢ ﺭ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻛﺗﺷﺎﻑ ﻭﺟﻬﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻘﻁﺎﺕ ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺻﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺷﺧﺻﻳﺔ‬
‫• ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﺣﻔﻅ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻣﺛﻝ ﺻﻭﺭ ﻭﺟﻪ ﻣﺎ )ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ( ﻣﺳﺟﻝ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﻫﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺷﺧﺻﻳﺔ )ﺍﻻﺳﻡ ﻭﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﻼﺩ( ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪ .‬ﻋﻼﻭ ًﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻛﺗﺷﺎﻑ‬
‫ﺃﺷﺧﺎﺹ ﻣﺳﺟﻠﻳﻥ‪ ،‬ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺃﺳﻣﺎﺋﻬﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﻫﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻭﺥ ﺍﻟﺣﺫﺭ‬
‫ﻋﻧﺩ ﻣﺷﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻵﺧﺭﻳﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻋﻧﺩ ﻧﺷﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻧﺗﺭﻧﺕ ﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﺳﺗﻁﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻛﺛﻳﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﺍﻷﺷﺧﺎﺹ ﺭﺅﻳﺗﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺧﻠﺹ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻘﻝ ﻣﻠﻛﻳﺗﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺧﺹ ﺁﺧﺭ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﻫﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺣﺭﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺳﺢ ﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ )ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻭﻩ ﻭﺍﻷﺳﻣﺎء ﻭﺗﻭﺍﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﻼﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺟﻠﺔ( ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ )= ‪.(٤٦‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﻫﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ )ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ ﻭﺍﻷﺳﻣﺎء ﻭﺗﻭﺍﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﻼﺩ( ﻟﻣﺎ ﻳﺻﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ۱۲‬ﺷﺧﺻًﺎ ﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﻫﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ ،<n‬ﻭﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻫﻭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ[ ﻣﻥ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ]‪ ،[4‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ‬
‫>‪.(۲٦ =) <m‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <o><p‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺳﺟﻝ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺷﺧﺹ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﺍﻹﻁﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﻣﺎﺩﻱ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻧﺗﺻﻑ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻳﺷﻳﺭ ﺍﻹﻁﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺑﻳﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺣﻭﻝ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺷﺧﺹ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺭﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ‪ .‬ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ﺃﺑﻳﺽ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻁ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻡ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺭﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺑﻌﺩ ﻋﺭﺽ ]ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ؟[‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪<q><r‬‬
‫ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]ﻣﻭﺍﻓﻕ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ]ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ ﻣﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺭﻳﻑ[‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪٤۲‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <o><p‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻭﺟﻪ‬
‫ﺟﺩﻳﺩ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺍﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﺷﺧﺹ ﻭﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻣﻳﻼﺩﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ <m‬ﻟﻠﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺩﺧﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﻡ )= ‪.(۲۷‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪٤۳‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻟﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻣﻳﻼﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻥ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ]ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ ﻣﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺭﻳﻑ[‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <o><p‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﻼﺩ[‪،‬‬
‫ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <q><r‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <o><p‬ﻟﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻻﻧﺗﻬﺎء‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺣﻔﻅ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <o><p‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]ﺣﻔﻅ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺑﻌﺩ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪<q><r‬‬
‫ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]ﻧﻌﻡ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﻣﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻟﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺣﺗﻰ ‪ ٤‬ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻳﺔ ﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ )ﺗﻌﺑﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺯﻭﺍﻳﺎ(‪ ،‬ﻛﺭﺭ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪.۲‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺭﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻭﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺟﻠﺔ ﺑﻣﺯﻳﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺳﻬﻭﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻗﻳﺎﻣﻙ ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﻣﺗﻧﻭﻋﺔ ﻣﻥ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻭﺟﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺎﺋﻼً ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﺷﻲء ﻭﻟﻘﻁﺔ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﺳﻡ ﻭﻟﻘﻁﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﺩﺍﺧﻝ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺧﺎﺭﺝ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻟﻥ ﻳﻧﻁﻠﻕ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﺗﺑﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪.۲‬‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻡ ﺗﻘﻡ ﺑﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻣﻳﻼﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪ ،۳‬ﻓﻠﻥ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺭﻣﺯ ”ﺍﻟﺭﺿﻊ“ ﺃﻭ ”ﺃﻁﻔﺎﻝ“‬
‫[‪.‬‬
‫)= ‪ (۳٤‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ]‬
‫• ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻟﻘﻁﺎﺕ ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺻﺔ ﻟﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﺳﺗﺑﺩﺍﻝ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺟﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ ﻻﺣ ًﻘﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻡ ﺗﻘﻡ ﺑﻣﻝء ﻛﻝ ﺧﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺧﻣﺱ )= ‪.(٤٥‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻣﺕ ﺑﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺷﺧﺹ ﻣﺎ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻣﺳﺑﻕ‪ ،‬ﻓﺳﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺑﺈﻋﻁﺎء ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻭﻳﺔ ﻟﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺷﺧﺹ ﻛﺎﻟﻬﺩﻑ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﺣﺳﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ ﻭﺍﻟﺳﻁﻭﻉ ﻭﺍﻷﻟﻭﺍﻥ ﻟﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺷﺧﺹ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﻭﺟﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﻫﺩﻑ‪ ،‬ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺣﺗﻰ ‪ ۳‬ﺃﺳﻣﺎء‬
‫ﻷﺷﺧﺎﺹ ﻣﺳﺟﻠﻳﻥ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁﻬﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﻣﺎء ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺭﻭﺿﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‪ .‬ﺣﺗﻰ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻡ ﺍﻛﺗﺷﺎﻑ ﺍﻷﺷﺧﺎﺹ ﻭﻟﻡ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺃﺳﻣﺎﺋﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﺳﻳﺗﻡ‬
‫ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﻣﺎء )ﺣﺗﻰ ‪ ٥‬ﺃﺷﺧﺎﺹ( ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺩ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻛﺗﺷﺎﻑ ﺃﺷﺧﺎﺹ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻫﺅﻻء ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺟﻠﻳﻥ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻳﻕ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ ﻛﺄﺷﺧﺎﺹ ﻣﺳﺟﻠﻳﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﻭﺍ‬
‫ﻳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻛﻭﻥ ﻧﻔﺱ ﺳﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻭﻩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﻫﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ ﻟﻠﻣﺻﻭﱢ ﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﺎﻓﺫﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻋﻳﺔ ﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ )= ‪ ،(٥٥‬ﺣﺗﻰ‬
‫ﻭﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻭﺟﻬﻪ ﻣﻌﺭ ًﻓﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻘﻁﺎﺕ ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺻﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫•‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪٤٤‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﻗﺩ ﻻ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻛﺗﺷﺎﻑ ﺍﻷﺷﺧﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺟﻠﻳﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺣﻭ ﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺗﻘﻁ ﻳﺧﺗﻠﻑ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻛﺑﻳﺭ‬
‫ﻋﻥ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺟﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻡ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻛﺗﺷﺎﻑ ﻭﺟﻪ ﻣﺳﺟﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻡ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻛﺗﺷﺎﻓﻪ ﺑﺳﻬﻭﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺳﺗﺑﺩﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺟﻠﺔ ﺑﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻳﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﻓﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ ﻣﺑﺎﺷﺭ ًﺓ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺳﻳﺗﻳﺢ ﺍﻛﺗﺷﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻭﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺟﻠﺔ ﺑﻣﺯﻳﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺳﻬﻭﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻡ ﺍﻛﺗﺷﺎﻑ ﺷﺧﺹ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻳﻕ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ ﻛﺷﺧﺹ ﺁﺧﺭ ﻭﺗﺎﺑﻌﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ ﺍﻻﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺟﻝ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺳﺣﻪ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ )= ‪.(۹٤‬‬
‫ﻧﻅﺭً ﺍ ﻟﺗﻐﻳﺭ ﻭﺟﻭﻩ ﺍﻟﺭﺿﻊ ﻭﺍﻷﻁﻔﺎﻝ ﺳﺭﻳﻌًﺎ ﻣﻊ ﻧﻣﻭﻫﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻳﻧﺑﻐﻲ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺙ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺟﻭﻫﻬﻡ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻣﻧﺗﻅﻡ )= ‪.(٤٥‬‬
‫ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ )= ‪ ،(۲٤‬ﻟﻥ ﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﺍﻷﺳﻣﺎء‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻛﻥ ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻧﺕ ﻻ ﺗﺭﻳﺩ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﻣﺎء ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻫﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ[ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ]‪ ،[4‬ﺛﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﻫﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ[‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﻣﺭﺍﺟﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﻣﺎء ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺟﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ )ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺑﺳﻁﺔ( )= ‪.(۸۹‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻷﺳﻣﺎء ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺟﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻣﺭ )= ‪ (۸۲ ،٤۰‬ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻣﺭﺍﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺿﻊ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻫﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺣﺩﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﺣﺗﻰ ﻭﺇﻥ ﺗﺣﺭﻛﺕ ﺍﻷﻫﺩﺍﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺭﺍﺟﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺟﻠﺔ ﻭﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭﻫﺎ‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ]ﻣﺭﺍﺟﻌﺔ‪/‬ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻊ‪.[.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺑﺎﺗﺑﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪ ۱‬ﻓﻲ ”ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﻫﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ“‬
‫)= ‪ ،(٤۲‬ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﻣﺭﺍﺟﻌﺔ‪/‬ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻊ‪ ،[.‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﺻﺎ ﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻌﺗﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﺷﺧ ً‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ >‪ <o><p><q><r‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺷﺧﺹ ﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻌﺗﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ‬
‫>‪.<m‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪٤٥‬‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﻣﺭﺍﺟﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭﻫﺎ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﺯﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻌﺔ ﺍﺳﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻣﻳﻼﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ ﻣﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺭﻳﻑ[‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ ،<o><p‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ‬
‫>‪ .<m‬ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺭﻭﺿﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺳﻣﺎء ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺗﻭﺍﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﻼﺩ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻣﻭﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪ ۳‬ﻓﻲ ”ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﻫﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ“ )= ‪.(٤۲‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻌﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ‬
‫>‪ <o><p‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ .<m‬ﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ <m‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺭﻭﺿﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ >‪ <o><p><q><r‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺩ ﻣﺳﺣﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ .<m‬ﺑﻌﺩ‬
‫ﻋﺭﺽ ]ﻣﺳﺢ؟[‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <q><r‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ‬
‫]ﻣﻭﺍﻓﻕ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫• ﺣﺗﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺳﻣﺎء ﻣﻥ ]ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ ﻣﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺭﻳﻑ[‪ ،‬ﺳﺗﻅﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﻣﺎء ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺟﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺗﻘﻁﺔ ﻣﻥ ﻗﺑﻝ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻫﻭ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻱ ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ )= ‪ (۱٦۹‬ﻟﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺳﻣﺎء ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺟﻠﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﻻ ﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻷﺣﺭﻑ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻟﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ -‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻛﻥ ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﺻﺣﻳﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺑﺩﺍﻝ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ ﻭﺇﺿﺎﻓﺗﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﺳﺗﺑﺩﺍﻝ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﺑﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻳﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﻳﻧﺑﻐﻲ ﻋﻠﻳﻙ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺙ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﻁﻔﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻐﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻷﻁﻔﺎﻝ ﻧﻅﺭً ﺍ ﻟﺗﻐﻳﺭ ﻭﺟﻭﻫﻬﻡ ﺑﺳﺭﻋﺔ ﻟﻧﻣﻭﻫﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻧﺗﻅﺎﻡ؛‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺟﻪ ﻋﻧﺩ ﻋﺩﻡ ﻣﻝء ﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺑﺎﻟﻐﺔ ‪ ٥‬ﻧﻘﺎﻁ‪.‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ]ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ[‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺑﺎﺗﺑﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪ ۱‬ﻓﻲ ”ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﻫﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ“‬
‫)= ‪ ،(٤۲‬ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﺍﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﺷﺧﺹ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﺑﺩﺍﻟﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ >‪ <o><p><q><r‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﺷﺧﺹ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺗﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﺑﺩﺍﻝ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺟﻬﻪ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻝ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺧﻣﺳﺔ ﻋﻧﺎﺻﺭ ﻣﻥ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺳﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﻣﻭﺍﻓﻕ[ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ ،<q><r‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺕ ﻫﻧﺎﻙ ﺃﻗﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻣﺳﺔ ﻭﺟﻭﻩ ﻣﺳﺟﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻧﺗﻘﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪ ٤‬ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﺳﺗﺑﺩﺍﻟﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ >‪ <o><p><q><r‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﺑﺩﺍﻟﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ‬
‫>‪.<m‬‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪٤٦‬‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ )ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﺳﻣﺎء‪ ،‬ﺗﻭﺍﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﻼﺩ( ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺟﻠﺔ ﻟﻬﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﻟﻥ ﻳﺗﻡ‬
‫ﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻷﺳﻣﺎء ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺟﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺗﻘﻁﺔ ﻣﻥ ﻗﺑﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ]ﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ[‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪ ۱‬ﻓﻲ ”ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﻫﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ“‬
‫)= ‪ (٤۲‬ﻭﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ[‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫ﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺟﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪ ۲‬ﻓﻲ ”ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﻫﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ“‬
‫)= ‪ (٤۲‬ﻟﻠﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻳﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺭﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻭﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺟﻠﺔ ﺑﻣﺯﻳﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺳﻬﻭﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻗﻳﺎﻣﻙ ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﻣﺗﻧﻭﻋﺔ ﻣﻥ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻭﺟﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺎﺋﻼً ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﺷﻲء ﻭﻟﻘﻁﺔ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﺳﻡ ﻭﻟﻘﻁﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﺩﺍﺧﻝ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺧﺎﺭﺝ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻡ ﻣﻝء ﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﺎﻟﻐﺔ ‪ ٥‬ﻧﻘﺎﻁ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ ﻻﺳﺗﺑﺩﺍﻝ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﺗﺑﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ ﻟﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺟﺩﻳﺩﺓ ﻋﻧﺩ ﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻝ ﻣﺗﺎﺣﺔ؛ ﻭﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻙ؛ ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﺳﺗﺑﺩﺍﻝ ﺃﻱٍ ﻣﻥ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺩﻻً ﻣﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﺑﺩﺍﻝ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺃﻭﻻً ﺑﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻏﻭﺑﺔ )= ‪ ،(٤٦‬ﺛﻡ ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻳﺩﺓ )= ‪ (٤۲‬ﺣﺳﺏ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﺟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﺍﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﺷﺧﺹ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺗﺭﻳﺩ ﻣﺳﺢ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺗﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ >‪ <o><p><q><r‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﺷﺧﺹ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺩ ﻣﺳﺣﻪ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺑﻌﺩ ﻋﺭﺽ ]ﻣﺳﺢ؟[‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪<q><r‬‬
‫ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]ﻣﻭﺍﻓﻕ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺳﺢ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺷﺧﺹ ﻣﺳﺟﻝ‪ ،‬ﻟﻥ ﺗﺗﻣﻛﻥ ﻣﻥ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﺳﻣﻪ )= ‪ (۹۱‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺗﺑﺩﺍﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻪ )= ‪ (۹٤‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﻋﻥ ﺻﻭﺭ ﻟﻪ )= ‪.(۹۲‬‬
‫• ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻷﺳﻣﺎء ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ )= ‪.(۹٤‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻳﺯﺍﺕ ﺗﺧﺻﻳﺹ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺩﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ )ﺍﻟﺣﺟﻡ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻟﻠﺻﻭﺭﺓ )ﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ( ﻛﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ ،<m‬ﻭﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ )= ‪.(۲٥‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺑﻣﺟﺭﺩ ﺍﻛﺗﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺙ ﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻻﺳﺗﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻛﺭﺍﺭ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﻟﻛﻥ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ] [‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫ُﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻟﻠﻌﺭﺽ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ ﻋﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﻳﺿﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﻣﺎﺛﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺫﺍﺗﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻓﻳﻠﻡ ﻣﻘﺎﺱ ‪ ۳٥‬ﻣﻡ‪ُ ،‬ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺻﻭﺭ ﺑﺣﺟﻡ ‪ ۱۸۰ × ۱۳۰‬ﻣﻡ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺻﻭﺭ ﺑﺣﺟﻡ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺑﺭﻳﺩﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻳﺔ ﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪ُ ،‬ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﻟﻠﻌﺭﺽ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ ﻗﻳﺎﺳﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻗﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﻣﺎﺛﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ُﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺻﻭﺭ ﺑﺣﺟﻡ ‪ ۱۳۰ × ۹۰‬ﻣﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺻﻭﺭ ﺑﺄﺣﺟﺎﻡ ﺳﻠﺳﻠﺔ ‪.A‬‬
‫ﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﺭﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪٤۷‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ ،<m‬ﻭﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ )= ‪.(۲٥‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻗﻣﺕ ﺑﺗﻬﻳﺋﺗﻪ ﺍﻵﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻻﺳﺗﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻛﺭﺍﺭ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﻟﻛﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ] [‪.‬‬
‫[ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ‬
‫[ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺑﻳﻥ ‪ ٤‬ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻳﺎﺕ ﻟﺩﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻛﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻭﺟﻳﻬﺎﺕ ﺣﻭﻝ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻁﺎﺕ ﻟﻛﻝ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺩﻗﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻼﺋﻡ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ”ﻋﺩﺩ ﻟﻘﻁﺎﺕ ‪ ٤:۳‬ﻟﻛﻝ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ“ )= ‪.(۲۰۳‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪٤۸‬‬
‫ﺗﻭﺟﻳﻬﺎﺕ ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻗﺔ ﻭﻓ ًﻘﺎ ﻟﺣﺟﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ )ﻟﻠﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺗﻘﻁﺔ ﺑﻧﺳﺑﺔ ‪(٤:۳‬‬
‫ﺣﺟﻡ ‪ ٤۲۰) A2‬ﻣﻡ × ‪ ٥۹٤‬ﻣﻡ(‬
‫‪]z‬‬
‫[‪ :‬ﻟﻠﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺳﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﻹﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺟﻡ ‪× ۲۹۷) A3 – A5‬‬
‫‪ ۲۱۰ × ۱٤۸ − ٤۲۰‬ﻣﻡ(‬
‫‪ ۱۸۰ × ۱۳۰‬ﻣﻡ‬
‫ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺑﺭﻳﺩﻳﺔ‬
‫‪ ۱۳۰ × ۹۰‬ﻣﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﺭﺍء‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﺭﺍء ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺣﺩﺙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﺗﻭﻏﺭﺍﻓﻲ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ]ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ[‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ ،<n‬ﻭﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ[‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ]‪ ،[4‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪<m‬‬
‫)= ‪.(۲٦‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺗﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﻋﻳﻥ ﺡ‪ ،[.‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ[ )= ‪.(۲٦‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺑﻣﺟﺭﺩ ﺍﻛﺗﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ]‪.[R‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻻﺳﺗﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻛﺭﺍﺭ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﻟﻛﻥ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺩ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻕ ﺗﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﺭﺍء ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻧﺎﻁﻕ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﺑﺧﻼﻑ ﺍﻷﻋﻳﻥ )ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﺎﻣﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺑﺈﺳﺎءﺓ ﺗﻘﺩﻳﺭ ﻣﺳﺎﺣﻳﻕ ﺍﻟﺗﺟﻣﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﺭﺍء ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﺣﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻳﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﻋﻳﻭﻥ ﺣﻣﺭﺍء‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺑﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ(‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺗﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ )= ‪.(۱۱۱‬‬
‫• ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪ ۲‬ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪<r‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<n‬‬
‫• ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪ ۲‬ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪<r‬‬
‫ﺛﻡ ﻟﻣﺱ ]‬
‫[‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﻣﻧﺎﻁﻕ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﺧﺿﺭ ﺑﺳﺑﺏ ﻣﺻﺎﺑﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﺯﺋﺑﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻟﻘﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﺎﻫﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺿﻳﺋﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﺻﺎﺑﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﺯﺋﺑﻕ‪ ،‬ﻗﺩ ﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﺍﻷﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻔﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺻﺑﻐﺔ ﻣﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﺧﺿﺭ‪ .‬ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺻﺑﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﺧﺿﺭ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺗﻭﺍﺯﻥ ﺍﻷﺑﻳﺽ ﻟﻣﻧﺎﻁﻕ ﻣﺗﻌﺩﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻓﻳﻠﻡ‬
‫ﻳﺗﺎﺡ ‪ ۳‬ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻟﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻭﺟﻳﻬﺎﺕ ﺣﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﺩ ﺍﻷﻗﺻﻰ ﻟﻣﺩﺓ ﻁﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﻠﻡ ﻟﻛﻝ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ‬
‫ﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺳﺗﻼﺋﻡ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ”ﻣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﻟﻛﻝ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ“ )= ‪.(۲۰٤‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ ،<m‬ﻭﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]‬
‫ﺛﻡ ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ )= ‪.(۲٥‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻗﻣﺕ ﺑﺗﻬﻳﺋﺗﻪ ﺍﻵﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻻﺳﺗﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻛﺭﺍﺭ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﻟﻛﻥ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]‬
‫[‪.‬‬
‫[ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ‪،‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ <n‬ﻭﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺗﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﻣﺻﺑﺎﺡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﺋﺑﻕ[ ﻣﻥ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ]‪ ،[4‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ[‬
‫)= ‪.(۲٦‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺑﻣﺟﺭﺩ ﺍﻛﺗﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ] [‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻻﺳﺗﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻛﺭﺍﺭ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﻟﻛﻥ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫• ﺑﻌﺩ ﺇﻧﻬﺎء ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻋﻧﺩ ﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﻣﺻﺎﺑﻳﺢ ﺯﺋﺑﻕ‪ ،‬ﻳﺟﺏ ﻋﻠﻳﻙ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ]ﺗﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﻣﺻﺑﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺯﺋﺑﻕ[‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ]ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[‪ .‬ﺃﻭ‪ ،‬ﻗﺩ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﺧﺿﺭ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻧﺎﺗﺟﺔ ﻋﻥ ﻣﺻﺎﺑﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﺯﺋﺑﻕ ﻋﻥ‬
‫ﻁﺭﻳﻕ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫• ﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺟﺭﻳﺑﻳﺔ ﺃﻭﻻً‪ ،‬ﻟﻠﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺣﺻﻭﻟﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻧﺗﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻣﺭ )= ‪ ،(٤۰‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ]ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺟﻭﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻗﺔ‬
‫ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻹﻁﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ‬
‫‪ ۳۰‬ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺙ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺑﺩﻗﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻳﺔ )‪ (HD‬ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ‬
‫‪1280 x 720‬‬
‫‪ ۳۰‬ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺙ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺑﺩﻗﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻳﺔ )‪(HD‬‬
‫‪640 x 480‬‬
‫‪ ۳۰‬ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺙ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺑﺩﻗﺔ ﻗﻳﺎﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫‪*1920 × 1080‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫*‪ ۱‬ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺩﻗﻳﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﻔﻳﻠﻡ )ﺗﻌﻣﻝ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻟﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺳﺭﻳﻌﺔ ﻟﻛﻣﻳﺔ ﻛﺑﻳﺭﺓ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻣﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﻳﺢ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ّ‬
‫ﺃﺩﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‪(.‬‬
‫[ ﻭ]‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁﻳﻥ ]‬
‫[‪ ،‬ﺗﺷﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﺍﺋﻁ ﺍﻟﺳﻭﺩﺍء ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺭﻭﺿﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻓﺗﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻳﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺳﻔﻠﻳﺔ ﻣﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻧﺎﻁﻕ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻻ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪٤۹‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻳﺯﺍﺕ ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﻔﻳﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺅﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﻁ‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻟﻠﺗﻭﺟﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳﻲ ﻭﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ ،<n‬ﻭﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺧﻁﻭﻁ[ ﻣﻥ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ]‪ ،[4‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ[ )= ‪.(۲٦‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺑﻣﺟﺭﺩ ﺍﻛﺗﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻻﺳﺗﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻛﺭﺍﺭ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﻟﻛﻥ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻘﻕ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺟﺯﺋﻳًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣﻳﺙ ﺳﻳﻛﺑﱢﺭ ﺍﻟﺟﺯء ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻣﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺅﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﻁﺎﺭ ‪.AF‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ ،<n‬ﻭﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺯﻭﻭﻡ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ‪[AF‬‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ]‪ ،[4‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ[ )= ‪.(۲٦‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫• ﻻ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻘﻁﺎﺗﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﻣﺭﺍﺟﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺟﺯﺋﻳًﺎ‪ .‬ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺗﻘﻁ ﻛﻬﺩﻑ ﺭﺋﻳﺳﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻻﺳﺗﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪.۱‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫• ﻟﻥ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ ﻋﻠﻳﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺟﺯﺋﻳًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻡ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻛﺗﺷﺎﻑ ﺃﻱ ﻭﺟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺧﺹ ﻗﺭﻳﺑًﺎ ﺟﺩًﺍ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻭﺟﻬﻪ ﻛﺑﻳﺭً ﺍ ﺟﺩًﺍ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻻ‬‫ﺗﺳﺗﻭﻋﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻛﺗﺷﻔﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺣﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﺩﻑ‬
‫ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻐﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻣﻲ )=‪( ۳٦‬‬‫‪ -‬ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ ﻛﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﺭﺽ )=‪( ۱٦۳‬‬
‫‪٥۰‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻘﻕ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻷﻋﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻐﻠﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ]‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫[ ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁ ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﻷﺷﺧﺎﺹ ﻷﻋﻳﻧﻬﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ ،<n‬ﻭﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁ ﻭﻣﻳﺽ[ ﻣﻥ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ]‪ ،[4‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ[ )= ‪.(۲٦‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺗﺧﺻﻳﺹ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺧﺻﻳﺹ ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﻥ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ]‪ [4‬ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ ‪ MENU‬ﻛﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺣﻭﻝ ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ”ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﺋﻡ“ )= ‪.(۲٦‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﻧﺷﻳﻁ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﻣﺳﺎﻋﺩ‪AF-‬‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﻧﺷﻳﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﺑﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻳﺿﻲء ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻣﻌﺗﺎﺩ ﻟﻣﺳﺎﻋﺩﺗﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ‬
‫ﺟﺯﺋﻳًﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺧﻔﺿﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ ،<n‬ﻭﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﻣﺳﺎﻋﺩ‪[AF-‬‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ]‪ ،[4‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ )= ‪.(۲٦‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻻﺳﺗﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻛﺭﺍﺭ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﻟﻛﻥ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ[‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻳﻭﻣﺽ ] [ ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﺗﻠﺗﻘﻁ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺷﺧﺻًﺎ ﺑﺄﻋﻳﻥ ﻣﻐﻠﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻻﺳﺗﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪.۱‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪٥۱‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻟﻘﻁﺎﺕ ﻣﺗﻌﺩﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ]‪ ،[$‬ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﻣﺗﺎﺣﺔ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻟﻠﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﻳﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ﺣﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﺷﺧﺎﺹ ﺻﺎﺣﺑﺔ ﺍﻷﻋﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻐﻠﻘﺔ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]‪ 2‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ[ ﺃﻭ ]‪ 4‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ[ ﺃﻭ ]‪ 8‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ[ ﺃﻭ‬
‫]ﺍﺣﻔﻅ[ ﻓﻲ ]ﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ[ )= ‪.(٥۲‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺗﻭﻓﺭ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺓ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻣﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ] [ )= ‪.(۳٥‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺗﻭﻓﺭ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺓ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻣﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ )= ‪.(۸۲ ،٤۰‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﻧﺷﻳﻁ ﻣﺻﺑﺎﺡ ﺗﺧﻔﻳﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﺭﺍء‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﻧﺷﻳﻁ ﻣﺻﺑﺎﺡ ﺗﺧﻔﻳﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﺭﺍء ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻳﺿﻲء ﻟﺗﻘﻠﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﺭﺍء ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻁﺎﺕ ﻣﻧﺧﻔﺿﺔ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺃﺳﻠﻭﺏ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﻣﺩﺓ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺿﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻻﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﺑﺎﺷﺭ ًﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﻣﺩﺓ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ]ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ[‪.‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ ،<n‬ﻭﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ[‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ]‪ ،[4‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪<m‬‬
‫)= ‪.(۲٦‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ <n‬ﻭﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﻣﺭﺍﺟﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ[ ﻣﻥ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ]‪ ،[4‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.(۲٦ =) <m‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﻣﺻﺑﺎﺡ ﻋﻳﻥ ﺡ‪ ،[.‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ )= ‪.(۲٦‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻻﺳﺗﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻛﺭﺍﺭ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﻟﻛﻥ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ[‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪٥۲‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <o><p‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]ﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ[‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <q><r‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻻﺳﺗﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻛﺭﺍﺭ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﻟﻛﻥ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]ﺳﺭﻳﻊ[‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ]ﻣﺭﺍﺟﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺑﻌﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ[‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺭﻳﻊ‬
‫‪ 2‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ‪،‬‬
‫‪ 4‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ‪،‬‬
‫‪ 8‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺣﻔﻅ‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫ﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻓﻘﻁ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺻﻭﺭ ﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﻣﺣﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺣﺗﻰ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻁﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁ ﻟﻘﻁﺔ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺟﺯﺋﻳًﺎ ﻣﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺣﺗﻰ ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺟﺯﺋﻳًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺿﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ]ﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ[ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ 2‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ[ ﺃﻭ‬
‫]‪ 4‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ[ ﺃﻭ ]‪ 8‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ[ ﺃﻭ ]ﺍﺣﻔﻅ[ )= ‪.(٥۲‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <o><p‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ[‪ .‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <q><r‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻻﺳﺗﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻛﺭﺍﺭ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﻟﻛﻥ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪٥۳‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫ﺗﻔﺻﻳﻠﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻓﻘﻁ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ )= ‪.(۱۹۲‬‬
‫• ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ]ﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ[ )= ‪ (٥۲‬ﻋﻠﻰ ]ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﺃﻭ ]ﺳﺭﻳﻊ[‪ ،‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ]ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ[ ﻋﻠﻰ ]ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[‬
‫ﻭﻳﺗﻌﺫﺭ ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭﻩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻭﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ <l‬ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﻋﺭﺽ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪ ،‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺗﺑﺩﻳﻝ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻﺣﻅ ﺃﻥ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ]ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ[ ﻟﻡ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭﻫﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ <m‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺇﺟﺭﺍء ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ ﺣﻣﺎﻳﺔ )= ‪(۹۸‬‬‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺢ )= ‪(۱۰۱‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪ /‬ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺗﺿﻣﻳﻥ ﺗﻔﺎﻋﻼﺗﻙ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻁﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺻﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪٥٤‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪٥٥.......................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺣﺭﻳﻙ ﻭﺗﻌﺩﻳﻝ ﺣﺟﻡ ﺍﻟﻧﺎﻓﺫﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻋﻳﺔ‪٥٦ ........................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻁﻳﻝ ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺻﺔ‪٥۷ ........................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺿﻣﻳﻥ ﺗﻔﺎﻋﻼﺗﻙ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ )ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ(‪٥۷.......‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﻫﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺩﺧﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ] [‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪ ۲‬ﻓﻲ ”ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ )‪(۳۱ =) “(Smart Auto‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺧﺗﺭ ] [‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﻭﺟﻬﻙ‪ ،‬ﻛﻣﺎ ﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁﻪ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺻﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﺎﻓﺫﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻋﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﺎﻓﺫﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻋﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪ ٤‬ﻓﻲ ”ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ )‪(۳۱ =) “(Smart Auto‬‬
‫ﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺻﻭﺭ ﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺑﻌﺩ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻕ‪ ،‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺗﻔﺎﻋﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻭﱢ ﺭ ﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻁﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻓﻳﻠﻡ ﻟﻣﺩﺓ ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺗﻳﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺇﻥ ﻛﻝ ﻣﻘﻁﻊ ﻣﺳﺟﻝ ﻣﻊ ﻟﻘﻁﺔ ﻳُﻌﺩ ﺟﺯءًﺍ ﻣﻥ ﻣﻠﺧﺹ ﻓﻳﻠﻡ‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻠﻪ )= ‪ (۹۰‬ﺃﻭ ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭﻩ )= ‪ (۱۱۳‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺣﻭ‬
‫ﻣﻧﻔﺻﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ”ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﻫﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ“‬
‫)= ‪ (٤۳ – ٤۲‬ﻟﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﻫﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ ﻟﻠﻣﺻﻭﱢ ﺭ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﻫﺩﺍﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻁﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺗﻳﻥ ‪ ۳‬ﻭ‪ ٤‬ﻓﻲ ”ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ )‪“(Smart Auto‬‬
‫)= ‪ (۳۱‬ﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻁﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺯﻳﺩ ﻣﻥ ﻣﻠﺧﺻﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺋﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ‬
‫ﺛﻭﺍﻥ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‬
‫ﺑﺗﻭﺟﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻧﺣﻭ ﺍﻷﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﻟﻣﺩﺓ ﺃﺭﺑﻊ‬
‫ٍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﻓﻳﻠﻡ ﻗﺻﻳﺭ ﻷﺣﺩ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ ﺑﻣﺟﺭﺩ ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺻﻭﺭ ﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺗﺿﻣﻥ ﻣﻠﺧﺻﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﻫﺫﻩ ﻛﻝ ﻟﻘﻁﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻘﺎﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻁﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻔﺎﻋﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻭﱢ ﺭ ﻗﺑﻝ ﻭﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪ ،‬ﻛﻣﺎ ﺗﻡ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﻭﺍﺳﻁﺔ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺻﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﺿﻔﺎء ﻣﺯﻳﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺳﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺋﻌﺔ )ﺍﻟﻣﻣﺗﻌﺔ( ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻟﺑﻭﻣﺎﺕ )= ‪ (۱۱٤‬ﺗﺗﺿﻣﻥ ﻣﻠﺧﺻﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﺳﺟّ ﻝ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﻫﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ ﻟﻸﻫﺩﺍﻑ )= ‪ (٤۱‬ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫‪٥٥‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺗﻡ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻧﻭﺍﻓﺫ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻋﻳﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﻏﻡ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻷﺳﻣﺎء ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻣﺕ ﺑﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﻫﻭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺗﺗﻡ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺻﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﻫﺗﺯﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺣﺩﺙ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻠﺧﺹ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻋﻣﺭ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺃﻗﺻﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ]‬
‫[‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﻣﻠﺧﺻﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻛﻝ ﻟﻘﻁﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫•‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫[ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﻠﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻠﺧﺹ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﻫﻲ ]‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺻﻭﺍﺕ ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺟﺯﺋﻳًﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﺗﻲ )= ‪.(۱٥۲‬‬
‫ﻳﺗﻡ ﺣﻔﻅ ﻣﻠﺧﺻﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﻛﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺃﻓﻼﻡ ﻣﻧﻔﺻﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﺣﺗﻰ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻡ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻳﻭﻡ ﺫﺍﺗﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ‬
‫] [‪.‬‬
‫ ﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺣﺟﻡ ﻣﻠﻑ ﻣﻠﺧﺹ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ٤‬ﺟﻳﺟﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺕ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑًﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﺟﻣﺎﻟﻲ ﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ۱۳‬ﺩﻗﻳﻘﺔ‬‫ﻭ‪ ۲۰‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻠﺧﺹ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﻣﺣﻣﻳًﺎ )= ‪.(۹۸‬‬‫ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﻗﻳﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻔﻲ )= ‪ (۱٥‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻣﻧﻳﺔ )= ‪.(۱٥۳‬‬‫ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺇﻧﺷﺎء ﻣﺟﻠﺩ ﺟﺩﻳﺩ )= ‪.(۱٥۸‬‬‫ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﻌﺩﻳﻝ ﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺟﻝ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺳﺣﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﻌﺩﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺟﺯﺍء ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺩﻳﺔ )= ‪.(۱۱۳‬‬
‫ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﻛﺱ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﺎﻓﺫﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻋﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻛﻭﺳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺫﻩ ﻫﻲ ﻛﻳﻔﻳﺔ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻧﺕ ﺗﻔﺿﻝ‬
‫ﻋﺭﺽ ﻭﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺻﻭﺭ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﻌﻛﻭﺳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺧﺗﺭ ‪ < (۲٦ =) MENU‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ]‪] < [4‬ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺻﺔ[ < ]ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﻌﻛﻭﺳﺔ[‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺭﻣﺯ ﻣﺷﻬﺩ )= ‪ .(۳٤‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﻏﻡ ﻣﻥ ﺫﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺳﻭﻯ ﺭﻣﻭﺯ ﻟﻛﻝ ﻣﻥ ﻧﺎﺱ ﻭﻅﻼﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ ﻭﺃﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺑﺷﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﻗﺭﻳﺏ‪.‬‬
‫[‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺭﻣﺯ ﻟﻣﻭﺍﺯﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ )= ‪ .(۳٥‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﻏﻡ ﻣﻥ ﺫﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺭﻣﺯ ]‬
‫ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻣﻠﺧﺹ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﻌﺭﺽ ﻟﻘﻁﺔ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ]‬
‫)= ‪.(۹۰‬‬
‫[ ﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻣﻠﺧﺹ ﻓﻳﻠﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻣﻠﺧﺹ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﻠﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺩ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪٥٦‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺗﺿﻣﻥ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺟﻠﺔ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﺗﻔﺎﻋﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻭﱢ ﺭ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻫﻲ ﻅﺎﻫﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﺎﻓﺫﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻋﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺗﺣﺭﻳﻙ ﻭﺗﻌﺩﻳﻝ ﺣﺟﻡ ﺍﻟﻧﺎﻓﺫﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻋﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺗﺣﺭﻳﻙ ﻭﺗﻌﺩﻳﻝ ﺣﺟﻡ ﺍﻟﻧﺎﻓﺫﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻋﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻣﺱ‪.‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﻧﺎﻓﺫﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻋﻳﺔ )= ‪.(٥٥‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻳﺗﻐﻳﺭ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻧﺎﻓﺫﺓ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﺑﻳﺽ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺗﻘﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺣﺭﻳﻙ ﺍﻟﻧﺎﻓﺫﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻋﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺑﻌﺩ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺇﺻﺑﻌﻙ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﻧﺎﻓﺫﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻋﻳﺔ ﻣﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺣﺑﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭﺓ ﺑﻠﻭﻥ ﺭﻣﺎﺩﻱ ﻓﺎﺗﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺭﻓﻊ ﺇﺻﺑﻌﻙ ﺑﻣﺟﺭﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﺎﻓﺫﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻋﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ‪.‬‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺩﻳﻝ ﺣﺟﻡ ﺍﻟﻧﺎﻓﺫﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻋﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻧﺎﻓﺫﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻋﻳﺔ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻣﻭﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪،۱‬‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﻟﻣﺳﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺣﻭ ﻣﺗﻛﺭﺭ ﻟﻠﺗﺑﺩﻳﻝ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﺟﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻐﻳﺭ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ ﻭﺍﻟﻛﺑﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺑﻌﺩ ﻓﺗﺭﺓ ﻗﺻﻳﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺗﺣﺭﻳﻙ ﺍﻟﻧﺎﻓﺫﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻋﻳﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺳﺣﺑﻬﺎ ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﻐﻳﺭ ﻟﻭﻥ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻧﺎﻓﺫﺓ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﺑﻳﺽ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺗﻘﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﻌﺩ ﻟﻣﺳﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪.۱‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪٥۷‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺿﻣﻳﻥ ﺗﻔﺎﻋﻼﺗﻙ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ )ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ(‬
‫ﺗﻌﻁﻳﻝ ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺻﺔ‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪ ۱‬ﻓﻲ ”ﺗﺣﺭﻳﻙ ﻭﺗﻌﺩﻳﻝ ﺣﺟﻡ ﺍﻟﻧﺎﻓﺫﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻋﻳﺔ“‬
‫ﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻣﻭﺿﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﻣﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻔﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺧﻔﺎء ﺍﻟﻧﺎﻓﺫﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻋﻳﺔ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻳﻕ ﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﻣﺯ ] [ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺟﺎﻧﺏ ﺍﻷﻳﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻭﻱ‪ .‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺭﻣﺯ ]‬
‫[ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺃﺳﻔﻝ ﻳﻣﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫[‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻻﺳﺗﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ]‬
‫• ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻳﻕ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ‪ < (۲٦ =) MENU‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ]‪] < [4‬ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺻﺔ[‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﻣﻠﺧﺻﺎﺕ ﺃﻓﻼﻡ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺻﻭﺭ ﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﻌﻁﻳﻝ ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺻﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ‪< (۲٦ =) MENU‬‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ]‪] < [4‬ﻧﻭﻉ ﻣﻠﺧﺹ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ[ < ]ﺑﻼ ﺻﻭﺭ ﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ[‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺿﻣﻳﻥ ﺗﻔﺎﻋﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻭﱢ ﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻘﻁﻊ ﻣُﺭﺍﻓﻕ ﻟﻠﻘﻁﺎﺕ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺩﺧﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ]‬
‫[‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ ﺗﺑﺩﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‬
‫[‪.‬‬
‫‪ ۲‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺻﻭﺭ ﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪ ٤‬ﻓﻲ ”ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ )‪(۳۱ =) “(Smart Auto‬‬
‫ﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺻﻭﺭ ﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ ﺗﺗﺿﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻭﱢ ﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪ ٤‬ﻓﻲ ”ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ )‪(۳۱ =) “(Smart Auto‬‬
‫ﻟﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﻓﻳﻠﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﻓﻳﻠﻡ ﻳﺗﺿﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻭﱢ ﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪٥۸‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﺣﺭﻳﻙ ﺍﻟﻧﺎﻓﺫﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻋﻳﺔ ﻭﺗﻌﺩﻳﻝ ﺣﺟﻣﻬﺎ )= ‪.(٥٦‬‬
‫ﺩﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻫﻲ ] [ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﻠﻡ ﻫﻲ ]‬
‫[ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﺎﻓﺫﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻋﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻭﺿﻊ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻑ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺿﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ] [‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﻛﺱ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﺎﻓﺫﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻋﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻛﻭﺳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺫﻩ ﻫﻲ ﻛﻳﻔﻳﺔ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻧﺕ ﺗﻔﺿﻝ‬
‫ﻋﺭﺽ ﻭﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺻﻭﺭ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﻌﻛﻭﺳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺧﺗﺭ ‪ < (۲٦ =) MENU‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ]‪] < [4‬ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺻﺔ[ < ]ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﻌﻛﻭﺳﺔ[‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺗﻡ ﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺻﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ‪ .‬ﻻ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻕ ﺗﻌﺩﻳﻼﺕ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺑﻛﻔﺎءﺓ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺷﺎﻫﺩ ﻣﺗﻌﺩﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺳﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻳﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪٥۹‬‬
‫ﻣﺷﺎﻫﺩ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ‪٦۰............................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻕ ﺍﻟﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ‪٦۱................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻣﺗﺎﻉ ﺑﺻﻭﺭ ﻣﺗﻧﻭﻋﺔ ﻣﻥ ﻛﻝ ﻟﻘﻁﺔ )ﻟﻘﻁﺔ ﺇﺑﺩﺍﻋﻳﺔ(‪٦۲ ...................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﻋﺩﺳﺔ ﻋﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺳﻣﻛﺔ )ﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭ ﻋﻳﻥ ﺳﻣﻛﺔ(‪٦۳ ......‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁ ﻟﻘﻁﺎﺕ ﺗﺑﺩﻭ ﻛﻧﻣﻭﺫﺝ ﻣﺻﻐﺭ )ﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭ ﻣﺻﻐﺭ( ‪٦۳ .......................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺑﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻟﻌﺑﺔ )ﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺑﺔ( ‪٦٤ ....................‬‬
‫ﺇﺑﺭﺍﺯ ﺍﻷﻫﺩﺍﻑ )ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻔﻳﺔ(‪٦٥ ................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ ﺍﻟﺑﺅﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﺱ‪٦٥ .......................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺻﻭﺭ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻭﻥ‪٦٦ ....................................‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻷﻏﺭﺍﺽ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ‪٦٦...........................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ )ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﺫﻛﻲ( ‪٦٦ .........................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺇﺿﺎءﺓ ﻁﻭﻳﻠﺔ )ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﻁﻭﻳﻝ( ‪٦۹ ......................‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺃﻓﻼﻡ ﻣﺗﻧﻭﻋﺔ ‪۷۰....................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺃﻓﻼﻡ ‪۷۰ .................................................... iFrame‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻣﺷﺎﻫﺩ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﻧﻣﻁ ﻳﺗﻭﺍﻓﻕ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺷﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ ﺑﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻁﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺛﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺩﺧﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ]‪.[4‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ ﺗﺑﺩﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[4‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫‪ z‬ﻟﻘﻁﺎﺕ ﺟﻣﻳﻠﺔ ﻟﻣﺷﺎﻫﺩ ﻟﻳﻠﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺻﻭﺭ ﺷﺧﺻﻳﺔ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻣﺷﺎﻫﺩ‬
‫ﻟﻳﻠﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻔﻳﺔ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﺟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﺣﺗﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺛﺎﺑﺕ‪ ،‬ﻣﺛﻝ ﻭﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ )ﺣﺎﻣﻝ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﺋﻡ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺇﻧﺷﺎء ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺩﻣﺞ ﻟﻘﻁﺎﺕ ﻣﺗﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻠﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻫﺗﺯﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻭﺗﺷﻭﺵ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ ،<m‬ﻭﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ )= ‪.(۲٥‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﺷﺎﻫﺩ ﻟﻳﻠﻳﺔ ﺑﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺣﺎﻣﻝ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﺋﻡ )ﻣﺷﻬﺩ ﻟﻳﻠﻲ ﺑﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻣﺣﻣﻭﻟﺔ(‬
‫[ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫‪ P‬ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﻊ ﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺧﻠﻔﻳﺎﺕ ﺛﻠﺟﻳﺔ )ﺛﻠﺞ(‬
‫‪ z‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁ ﻟﻘﻁﺎﺕ ﺳﺎﻁﻌﺔ ﺑﺄﻟﻭﺍﻥ ﻁﺑﻳﻌﻳﺔ ﻟﻸﺷﺧﺎﺹ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺧﻠﻔﻳﺎﺕ ﺛﻠﺟﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪٦۰‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫‪ I‬ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁ ﺻﻭﺭ ﺷﺧﺻﻳﺔ )ﻁﻭﻟﻲ(‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻁ ﻟﻘﻁﺎﺕ ﻟﻸﺷﺧﺎﺹ ﻣﻊ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭ ﺭﻗﻳﻕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫‪ t‬ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁ ﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻷﻟﻌﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻧﺎﺭﻳﺔ )ﺃﻟﻌﺎﺏ ﻧﺎﺭﻳﺔ(‬
‫‪ z‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁ ﻟﻘﻁﺎﺕ ﺯﺍﻫﻳﺔ ﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻷﻟﻌﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻧﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﺍﻷﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﺑﺣﺟﻡ ﺃﻛﺑﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ] [‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ] [‪ ،‬ﻗﺩ ﺗﺑﺩﻭ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻁﺎﺕ ﻣﺣﺑﺑﺔ ﺑﺳﺑﺏ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺳﺭﻋﺔ ‪ (۷٤ =) ISO‬ﻟﺗﻼﺋﻡ ﻅﺭﻭﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺣﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺑﺛﺑﺎﺕ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺣﻭ ﻣﺗﻭﺍﺻﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ] [‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ] [‪ ،‬ﻗﺩ ﻳﻣﻧﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻭﻳﺵ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﺋﺩ ﺃﻭ ﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﻌﻳﻧﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻧﺗﺎﺋﺞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ]‪ ،[t‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺎﻣﻝ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﺋﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺗﺧﺫ ﺗﺩﺍﺑﻳﺭ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﻟﻼﺣﺗﻔﺎﻅ‬
‫ﺑﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺛﺎﺑﺕ ﻭﻣﻧﻌﻬﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻻﻫﺗﺯﺍﺯ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﻳﺟﺏ ﻋﻠﻳﻙ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ]ﻧﻣﻁ ‪ [IS‬ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫]ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺣﺎﻣﻝ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﺋﻡ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻝ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﻟﺗﺄﻣﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ )= ‪.(۸٥‬‬
‫ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻕ ﺍﻟﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﻣﺗﻧﻭﻋﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﻣﻥ ‪ ۱‬ﻭ‪ ۲‬ﻓﻲ ”ﻣﺷﺎﻫﺩ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ“ )= ‪(٦۰‬‬
‫ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫[ ﺑﺩﻻً ﻣﻥ‬
‫• ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺣﺎﻣﻝ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﺋﻡ ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺷﺎﻫﺩ ﻟﻳﻠﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﻳﻣﻧﺣﻙ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ]‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ] [ ﻧﺗﺎﺋﺞ ﺃﻓﺿﻝ )= ‪.(۳۱‬‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ]‪ ،[t‬ﻳﺳﺗﻣﺭ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ ﺍﻷﻣﺛﻝ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺟﺯﺋﻳًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﻏﻡ ﻣﻥ ﻋﺩﻡ‬
‫ﻋﺭﺽ ﺃﻱ ﺇﻁﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻟﻘﻁﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺃﻟﻭﺍﻥ ﺯﺍﻫﻳﺔ )ﺯﺍﻫﻲ ﻣﻣﺗﺎﺯ(‬
‫‪ z‬ﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻟﻘﻁﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺃﻟﻭﺍﻥ ﻏﻧﻳﺔ ﻭﺯﺍﻫﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻟﻘﻁﺎﺕ ﺑﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺻﻘﺎﺕ )ﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭ ﻣﻠﺻﻕ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫‪ z‬ﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻟﻘﻁﺎﺕ ﺗﺑﺩﻭ ﻛﻣﻠﺻﻕ ﺃﻭ ﺭﺳﻡ ﺗﻭﺿﻳﺣﻲ ﻗﺩﻳﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁﻳﻥ]‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪٦۱‬‬
‫[ ﻭ]‬
‫[‪ ،‬ﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺟﺭﻳﺑﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻧﺗﺎﺋﺞ‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪٦۲‬‬
‫• ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺳﺗﺔ ﻣﻌًﺎ ﺑﺎﻋﺗﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ )= ‪.(۹۳‬‬
‫• ﺑﻌﺩ ﻗﻳﺎﻣﻙ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪ ،‬ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻣﻛﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺯﺍﻣﻥ ﻟﻠﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺳﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﺭ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻣﻭﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪.۲‬‬
‫• ﺳﻭﻑ ﻳﺳﺗﻐﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻧﻁﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻛﻥ ﺛﺑّﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻕ‬
‫ﺛﻼﺙ ﻣﺭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻣﺗﺎﻉ ﺑﺻﻭﺭ ﻣﺗﻧﻭﻋﺔ ﻣﻥ ﻛﻝ ﻟﻘﻁﺔ )ﻟﻘﻁﺔ ﺇﺑﺩﺍﻋﻳﺔ(‬
‫ﺗﺣﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻬﺩﻑ ﻭﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻁﺑﻕ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ ﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻌﻳﺩ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻁﺔ ﻟﻠﺗﺄﻛﻳﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﺩﻑ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺳﺕ ﺻﻭﺭ ﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ ﻟﻛﻝ ﻟﻘﻁﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁ ﻋﺩﺓ ﺻﻭﺭ ﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ ﺑﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺣﺩﺩﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪.‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺩﺧﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ]‬
‫[‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺗﻳﻥ ‪ ۱‬ﻭ‪ ۲‬ﻓﻲ ”ﻣﺷﺎﻫﺩ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ“ )= ‪ ،(٦۰‬ﺛﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ] [‪.‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﻟﻠﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺗﻘﻁﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ]‬
‫‪ z‬ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ] [‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<p‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <q><r‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺳﻔﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﻣﻝ‪ .‬ﺑﻳﻧﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﻭﻡ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪ ،‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺇﺻﺩﺍﺭ ﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻕ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻣﺭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺑﻌﺩ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺳﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺗﺎﺑﻊ‪ ،‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺿﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ‬
‫ﺫﺍﺗﻪ ﻟﻣﺩﺓ ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺗﻳﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻟﻺﺑﻘﺎء ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺣﺗﻰ ﺗﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻕ‬
‫ﺟﺯﺋﻳًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ .<m‬ﻟﻠﻌﺭﺽ ﺑﻣﻝء ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻳﻕ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ >‪ ،<o><p><q><r‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ‬
‫>‪.<m‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻟﻠﻌﻭﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<n‬‬
‫[‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫ﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻗﺩﻳﻡ‬
‫ﺻﻭﺭ ﺗﺷﺑﻪ ﺻﻭﺭً ﺍ ﻗﺩﻳﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺻﻭﺭ ﺗﻡ ﺇﻧﺷﺎﺅﻫﺎ ﺑﻠﻭﻥ ﻭﺍﺣﺩ‬
‫ﺧﺎﺹ‬
‫ﺻﻭﺭ ﺇﻳﺣﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﻣﻣﻳﺯﺓ‬
‫ﻁﺑﻳﻌﻲ‬
‫ﺻﻭﺭ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺑﺭّ ﺍﻗﺔ ﺗﺷﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻅﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﻳﻌﻲ‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﻋﺩﺳﺔ ﻋﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺳﻣﻛﺔ )ﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭ ﻋﻳﻥ ﺳﻣﻛﺔ(‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺭﱢ ﻑ ﻟﻌﺩﺳﺔ ﻋﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺳﻣﻛﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ] [‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺗﻳﻥ ‪ ۱‬ﻭ‪ ۲‬ﻓﻲ ”ﻣﺷﺎﻫﺩ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ“ )= ‪ ،(٦۰‬ﺛﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ] [‪.‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ ،<p‬ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ‬
‫>‪ <q><r‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ‬
‫>‪.<m‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻧﺔ ﻟﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻁﺔ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻕ ﺍﻟﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺟﺭﻳﺑﻳﺔ ﺃﻭﻻً‪ ،‬ﻟﻠﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺣﺻﻭﻟﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻧﺗﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁ ﻟﻘﻁﺎﺕ ﺗﺑﺩﻭ ﻛﻧﻣﻭﺫﺝ ﻣﺻﻐﺭ )ﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭ ﻣﺻﻐﺭ(‬
‫ﻳﻘﻭﻡ ﺑﺈﻧﺷﺎء ﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻭﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻐﺭ‪ ،‬ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﺷﻭﻳﺵ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﻁﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺳﻔﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻣﺎ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺃﻓﻼﻡ ﺗﺑﺩﻭ ﻛﻣﺷﺎﻫﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻣﺎﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻐﺭﺓ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺳﺭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻳﻠﻡ‪ .‬ﺳﻳﺗﺣﺭﻙ ﺍﻷﺷﺧﺎﺹ ﻭﺍﻷﺟﺳﺎﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﻬﺩ ﺑﺳﺭﻋﺔ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪ .‬ﻻﺣﻅ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻡ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ] [‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺗﻳﻥ ‪ ۱‬ﻭ‪ ۲‬ﻓﻲ ”ﻣﺷﺎﻫﺩ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ“ )= ‪ ،(٦۰‬ﺛﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ] [‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ﺃﺑﻳﺽ ﺍﻟﻠﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﻣﺷﻳﺭً ﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻟﻥ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺷﻭﻳﺷﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻻﺣﺗﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺅﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<p‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺣﺭﻳﻙ ﺫﺭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻐﻳﺭ ﻟﺗﻌﺩﻳﻝ ﺣﺟﻡ ﺍﻹﻁﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <o><p‬ﻟﺗﺣﺭﻳﻛﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪٦۳‬‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﻟﻸﻓﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﺳﺭﻋﺔ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﻠﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ ،<n‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ‬
‫>‪ <q><r‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺳﺭﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ <n‬ﻟﻠﻌﻭﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪،‬‬
‫ﺛﻡ ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ُﻋﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻭﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻭﻣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﺭﺓ )ﻟﻣﻘﺎﻁﻊ ﻣﺩﺗﻬﺎ ﺩﻗﻳﻘﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﺳﺭﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺛﻭﺍﻥ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑًﺎ‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫ٍ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﻟﺗﺣﻭﻳﻝ ﺍﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﺍﻹﻁﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <q><r‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪ .۲‬ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻹﻁﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪.<o><p‬‬
‫ﻟﺗﺣﺭﻳﻙ ﺍﻹﻁﺎﺭ ﻋﻧﺩ ﻭﺟﻭﺩﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ ،<o><p‬ﻭﻟﺗﺣﺭﻳﻙ ﺍﻹﻁﺎﺭ ﻋﻧﺩ ﻭﺟﻭﺩﻩ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ‪.<q><r> ،‬‬
‫ﺳﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺣﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺍﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﺍﻹﻁﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﻠﻡ ﻫﻲ ] [ ﻋﻧﺩ ﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ] [ ﻭ] [ ﻋﻧﺩ ﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ] [‬
‫)= ‪ .(٤۷‬ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻫﺫﻩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺗﺣﺭﻳﻙ ﺍﻹﻁﺎﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻣﺱ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺳﺣﺏ ﻋﺑﺭ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪٦٤‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ] [‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺗﻳﻥ ‪ ۱‬ﻭ‪ ۲‬ﻓﻲ ”ﻣﺷﺎﻫﺩ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ“ )= ‪ ،(٦۰‬ﺛﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ] [‪.‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻟﻭﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ ،<p‬ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ‬
‫>‪ <q><r‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻟﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ‬
‫>‪.<m‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻧﺔ ﻟﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻁﺔ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻕ ﺍﻟﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻐﻳﺭ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﺗﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﺣﺭﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ‪/‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻐﻳﺭ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺟﺭﻳﺑﻳﺔ ﺃﻭﻻً‪ ،‬ﻟﻠﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺣﺻﻭﻟﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻧﺗﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﻳﺟﻌﻝ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺗﺑﺩﻭ ﻛﺄﻧﻬﺎ ﻟﻘﻁﺎﺕ ﺗﻡ ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻟﻌﺑﺔ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻅﻠﻳﻝ‬
‫)ﺻﻭﺭ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺟﻭﺍﻧﺏ ﺃﻏﻣﻕ ﻭﻣﺷﻭﺷﺔ( ﻭﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻠﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ۱۲‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑًﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺑﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻟﻌﺑﺔ )ﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺑﺔ(‬
‫ﻣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺛﻭﺍﻥ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑًﺎ‬
‫‪٦‬‬
‫ٍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻘﻁﺎﺕ ﺗﺑﺩﻭ ﻛﺄﻧﻬﺎ ﺻﻭﺭ ﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻟﻌﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺍﻓﺊ‬
‫ﻹﺿﻔﺎء ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻟﻭﻥ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﺩﻓ ًﺋﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻣﻥ ]ﻗﻳﺎﺳﻲ[‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺎﺩﺉ‬
‫ﻹﺿﻔﺎء ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻟﻭﻥ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﺑﺭﻭﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻣﻥ ]ﻗﻳﺎﺳﻲ[‪.‬‬
‫• ﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺟﺭﻳﺑﻳﺔ ﺃﻭﻻً‪ ،‬ﻟﻠﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺣﺻﻭﻟﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻧﺗﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺇﺑﺭﺍﺯ ﺍﻷﻫﺩﺍﻑ )ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻔﻳﺔ(‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺑﺎﺭﺯﺓ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻔﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁ ﺻﻭﺭﺗﻳﻥ ﻣﺗﺗﺎﺑﻌﺗﻳﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭ ُﺗﺣﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧﺕ ﺳﺗﺗﻡ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻔﻳﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺳﺔ ﺣﺳﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﻬﺩ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ] [‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺗﻳﻥ ‪ ۱‬ﻭ‪ ۲‬ﻓﻲ ”ﻣﺷﺎﻫﺩ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ“ )= ‪ ،(٦۰‬ﺛﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ] [‪.‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺣﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺑﺛﺑﺎﺕ ﻋﻧﺩ ﻗﻳﺎﻣﻙ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪ .‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁ‬
‫ﺻﻭﺭﺗﻳﻥ ﻣﺗﺗﺎﺑﻌﺗﻳﻥ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻕ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﻣﻝ‬
‫ﻟﻸﺳﻔﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻳﺷﻳﺭ ﺭﻣﺯ ] [ ﻭﺍﻣﺽ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺟﺗﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ ﺍﻟﺑﺅﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﺱ‬
‫ﺗﺗﻳﺢ ﻟﻙ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻟﻭ ﺗﻡ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﻣﺭﺷﺢ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ ﺭﻗﻳﻕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺿﺑﻁ‬
‫ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭ ﻛﻣﺎ ﺗﺭﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ] [‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺗﻳﻥ ‪ ۱‬ﻭ‪ ۲‬ﻓﻲ ”ﻣﺷﺎﻫﺩ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ“ )= ‪ ،(٦۰‬ﺛﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ] [‪.‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ ،<p‬ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ‬
‫>‪ <q><r‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ‬
‫>‪.<m‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻧﺔ ﻟﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻁﺔ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻕ ﺍﻟﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫• ﻗﺩ ﻳﻣﻧﻌﻙ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻭﻳﺵ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﺋﺩ ﺃﻭ ﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﻌﻳﻧﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻧﺗﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪٦٥‬‬
‫• ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻓﺿﻝ ﺍﻟﻧﺗﺎﺋﺞ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭ‪ ،‬ﺟﺭّ ﺏ ﺍﻻﻗﺗﺭﺍﺏ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﺩﻑ ﻭﺍﺣﺭﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺳﻌﺔ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﺩﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﺧﻠﻔﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺩ ﻳﺣﺩﺙ ﺗﺄﺧﻳﺭ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺗﻣﻛﻥ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪.‬‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺟﺭﻳﺑﻳﺔ ﺃﻭﻻً‪ ،‬ﻟﻠﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺣﺻﻭﻟﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻧﺗﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺻﻭﺭ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻭﻥ‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻭﻧﻳﻥ ﺍﻷﺑﻳﺽ ﻭﺍﻷﺳﻭﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺑﻧﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﻕ ﻭﺍﻷﺑﻳﺽ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪٦٦‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻟﻭﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ ،<p‬ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ‬
‫>‪ <q><r‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻟﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ‬
‫>‪.<m‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻧﺔ ﻟﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻁﺔ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻕ ﺍﻟﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ] [‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺗﻳﻥ ‪ ۱‬ﻭ‪ ۲‬ﻓﻲ ”ﻣﺷﺎﻫﺩ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ“ )= ‪ ،(٦۰‬ﺛﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ] [‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫ﺃﺑﻳﺽ ﻭﺃﺳﻭﺩ‬
‫ﺑﻧﻲ‬
‫ﺃﺯﺭﻕ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻘﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﻭﺩ ﻭﺍﻷﺑﻳﺽ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻘﻁﺎﺕ ﺑﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻧﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻘﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﻕ ﻭﺍﻷﺑﻳﺽ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻷﻏﺭﺍﺽ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ )ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﺫﻛﻲ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﺳﻡ‬
‫ﺳﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁ ﺗﺑﺳﻡ‪ ،‬ﺣﺗﻰ ﺑﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ‪.‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ] [‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺗﻳﻥ ‪ ۱‬ﻭ‪ ۲‬ﻓﻲ ”ﻣﺷﺎﻫﺩ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ“ )= ‪ (٦۰‬ﻭﺍﺧﺗﺭ‬
‫] [‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<p‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <q><r‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ] [‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺳﺗﺩﺧﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻌﺩﺍﺩ ﻟﻠﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻳﺗﻡ‬
‫ﻋﺭﺽ ]ﺗﻡ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﺳﻡ[‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻭﺟﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺍﻷﺷﺧﺎﺹ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺳﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻝ ﻣﺭﺓ ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﻓﻳﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁ‬
‫ﺗﺑﺳﻣًﺎ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺇﺿﺎءﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﺑﺎﺡ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﺳﻡ ﻣﺅﻗ ًﺗﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<q‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ <q‬ﻣﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﻻﺳﺗﺋﻧﺎﻑ ﺍﻻﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪٦۷‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻁﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺗﺑﺩﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﻧﻣﺎﻁ )= ‪(٦۸ ،٦۷‬‬
‫• ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺑﺩﻳﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻣﻁ ﺁﺧﺭ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻻﻧﺗﻬﺎء ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺳﺗﺳﺗﻣﺭ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻝ ﻣﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁ ﺗﺑﺳﻣًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻛﻣﺎ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻛﺎﻟﻣﻌﺗﺎﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﻟﻠﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﺳﻡ ﺑﺳﻬﻭﻟﺔ ﻋﻧﺩ ﻣﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻷﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﻟﻠﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻣﻊ ﻓﺗﺢ ﻓﻣﻬﻡ ﺑﻭﺳﻊ ﻛﺎ ٍ‬
‫ﻑ ﻹﻅﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺳﻧﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻟﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻁﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <o><p‬ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ] [ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪ .۱‬ﻭﺗﺗﻭﻓﺭ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ]ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻳﺽ[ )= ‪ (٥۱‬ﻟﻠﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﻳﺭﺓ ﻓﻘﻁ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]‬
‫[ ﻟﻠﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻣﺱ ]‬
‫ﻭﻟﻣﺱ ]‬
‫[ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺗﻳﻥ ‪ ۱‬ﻭ‪ ۲‬ﻓﻲ ”ﻣﺷﺎﻫﺩ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ“ )= ‪،(٦۰‬‬
‫[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭ ﺫﺍﺗﻪ ﺃﻭ ]‬
‫[‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻣﻭﻗﺕ ﺫﺍﺗﻲ ﻟﻠﻐﻣﺯ‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻭﺟﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺍﻷﺷﺧﺎﺹ ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺳﻔﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﻣﻝ‪ .‬ﺳﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺗﻳﻥ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑًﺎ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁ ﻏﻣﺯﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ] [‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺗﻳﻥ ‪ ۱‬ﻭ‪ ۲‬ﻓﻲ ”ﻣﺷﺎﻫﺩ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ“ )= ‪ (٦۰‬ﻭﺍﺧﺗﺭ‬
‫] [‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<p‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <q><r‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ] [‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻁﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ‬
‫ﺟﺯﺋ ًﻳﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺷﺧﺹ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺳﻳﻘﻭﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﻣﺯ‬
‫ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭﻩ )‪ AF‬ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻣﺱ(‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺟﺯﺋﻳًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ﺃﺧﺿﺭ ﺍﻟﻠﻭﻥ ﺣﻭﻝ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺷﺧﺹ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺳﻳﻘﻭﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﻣﺯ‪.‬‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺳﻔﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﻣﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺳﺗﺩﺧﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻌﺩﺍﺩ ﻟﻠﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻳﺗﻡ‬
‫ﻋﺭﺽ ]ﺍﻏﻣﺯ ﻻﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ[‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺳﻳﻭﻣﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﺑﺎﺡ ﻭﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﺗﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﻣﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻭﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﻣﺯ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺳﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺗﻳﻥ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑًﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁ ﻏﻣﺯﺓ‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺧﺹ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﻭﺟﻬﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﺍﻹﻁﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻹﻟﻐﺎء ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﺗﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<n‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪٦۸‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺑﺗﺄﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻐﻣﺯﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻏﻣﺯ ﻣﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﺑﺑﻁء‬
‫ٍ‬
‫ﻗﺩ ﻻ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻐﻣﺯ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻳﻭﻥ ﻣﻐﻁﺎﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﺷﻌﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺑﻌﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻅﺎﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁ ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﻛﻠﺗﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻳﻧﻳﻥ ﻭﻓﺗﺣﻬﻣﺎ ﻣﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ ﻛﻐﻣﺯﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻐﻣﺯ‪ ،‬ﺳﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺑﻌﺩ ‪ ۱٥‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻁﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <o><p‬ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ] [ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪ .۱‬ﻭﺗﺗﻭﻓﺭ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ]ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻳﺽ[ )= ‪ (٥۱‬ﻟﻠﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﻳﺭﺓ ﻓﻘﻁ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻡ ﻳﺗﻭﺍﺟﺩ ﺃﺷﺧﺎﺹ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺳﻔﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﻣﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﺳﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺩﺧﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺷﺧﺹ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻭﻗﻳﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﻣﺯ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]‬
‫[ ﻟﻠﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻣﺱ ]‬
‫ﻭﻟﻣﺱ ]‬
‫[ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺗﻳﻥ ‪ ۱‬ﻭ‪ ۲‬ﻓﻲ ”ﻣﺷﺎﻫﺩ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ“ )= ‪،(٦۰‬‬
‫[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭ ﺫﺍﺗﻪ ﺃﻭ ]‬
‫[‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻣﻭﻗﺕ ﺃﻭﺟﻪ ﺫﺍﺗﻲ‬
‫ﺳﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺗﻳﻥ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑًﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁ ﺩﺧﻭﻝ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺷﺧﺹ ﺁﺧﺭ )ﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻭﺭ( ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ )= ‪ .(۷۹‬ﻳﻌﺩ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻣﻔﻳ ًﺩﺍ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺿﻣﻳﻥ ﻧﻔﺳﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻘﻁﺎﺕ ﻣﺷﺎﺑﻬﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ] [‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺗﻳﻥ ‪ ۱‬ﻭ‪ ۲‬ﻓﻲ ”ﻣﺷﺎﻫﺩ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ“ )= ‪ (٦۰‬ﻭﺍﺧﺗﺭ‬
‫] [‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<p‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <q><r‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ] [‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻁﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ‬
‫ﺟﺯﺋ ًﻳﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ﺃﺧﺿﺭ ﺣﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺗﻘﻭﻡ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ ﻋﻠﻳﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻅﻬﻭﺭ ﺇﻁﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻳﺿﺎء ﺣﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﺟﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‪.‬‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺳﻔﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﻣﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺳﺗﺩﺧﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻌﺩﺍﺩ ﻟﻠﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻭﺳﻳﺗﻡ‬
‫ﻋﺭﺽ ]ﺍﻧﻅﺭ ﻣﺑﺎﺷﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻟﺑﺩء ﺍﻟﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﻧﺎﺯﻟﻲ[‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺳﻳﻭﻣﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﺑﺎﺡ ﻭﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﺗﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺿﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻧﻅﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺟﺩﻳﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﺗﺯﺩﺍﺩ ﺳﺭﻋﺔ ﻭﻣﻳﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺻﺑﺎﺡ ﻭﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﺗﻲ‪) .‬ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻧﻁﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ‪،‬‬
‫ﺳﻳﻅﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﺑﺎﺡ ﻣﺿﻳ ًﺋﺎ‪ (.‬ﻭﺑﻌﺩ ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺗﻳﻥ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺳﺗﻘﻭﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻹﻟﻐﺎء ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﺗﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<n‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺇﺿﺎءﺓ ﻁﻭﻳﻠﺔ )ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﻁﻭﻳﻝ(‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺳﺭﻋﺔ ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﻣﻥ ‪ ۱‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ۱٥‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺇﺿﺎءﺓ ﻁﻭﻳﻠﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺎﻣﻝ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﺋﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺗﺧﺫ ﺗﺩﺍﺑﻳﺭ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﻟﻣﻧﻊ ﺍﻫﺗﺯﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪.‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]‪.[N‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺍﺕ ‪ ۱‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ۲‬ﻓﻲ ”ﻣﺷﺎﻫﺩ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ“ )= ‪ ،(٦۰‬ﺛﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]‪.[N‬‬
‫• ﺣﺗﻰ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻡ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁ ﻭﺟﻬﻙ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻧﺿﻣﺎﻣﻙ ﻟﻶﺧﺭﻳﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﺳﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺑﻌﺩ ‪ ۱٥‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻟﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻁﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <o><p‬ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ] [ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪ .۱‬ﻭﺗﺗﻭﻓﺭ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ]ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻳﺽ[ )= ‪ (٥۱‬ﻟﻠﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﻳﺭﺓ ﻓﻘﻁ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]‬
‫[ ﻟﻠﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻣﺱ ]‬
‫ﻭﻟﻣﺱ ]‬
‫[ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺗﻳﻥ ‪ ۱‬ﻭ‪ ۲‬ﻓﻲ ”ﻣﺷﺎﻫﺩ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ“ )= ‪،(٦۰‬‬
‫[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭ ﺫﺍﺗﻪ ﺃﻭ ]‬
‫[‪.‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺳﺭﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ ،<o‬ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ‬
‫>‪ <q><r‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺳﺭﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ‬
‫>‪.<m‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪٦۹‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﻣﺭﺍﺟﻌﺔ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺟﺯﺋﻳًﺎ ﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺳﺭﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۷۰‬‬
‫• ﻗﺩ ﻻ ﻳﺗﻭﺍﻓﻕ ﺳﻁﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪ ۳‬ﻣﻊ ﺳﻁﻭﻉ ﻟﻘﻁﺎﺗﻙ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺟﺯﺋﻳًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺳﺭﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ‪ ۱٫۳‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻗﻝ‪ ،‬ﺳﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻫﻧﺎﻙ ﺗﺄﺧﻳﺭً ﺍ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪ ،‬ﺣﻳﺙ ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺑﻣﻌﺎﻟﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻟﺗﻘﻠﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻭﻳﺵ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ]ﻧﻣﻁ ‪ [IS‬ﻋﻠﻰ ]ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺣﺎﻣﻝ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﺋﻡ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻝ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﻟﺗﺄﻣﻳﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ )= ‪.(۸٥‬‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻧﻁﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ‪ ،‬ﻗﺩ ﺗﺗﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻁﺔ ﻟﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺇﺿﺎءﺓ ﻋﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﺟﺩًﺍ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫]![ ﻭﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ )= ‪.(۸۳‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺃﻓﻼﻡ ﻣﺗﻧﻭﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺃﻓﻼﻡ ‪iFrame‬‬
‫ﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺃﻓﻼﻡ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﻣﺗﻭﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ‪ .iFrame‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ ﺃﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫‪ iFrame‬ﻭﺣﻔﻅﻬﺎ ﻭﺇﺩﺍﺭﺗﻬﺎ ﺑﺳﺭﻋﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ )= ‪.(۱٦۹‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ] [‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺗﻳﻥ ‪ ۱‬ﻭ‪ ۲‬ﻓﻲ ”ﻣﺷﺎﻫﺩ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ“ )= ‪ ،(٦۰‬ﺛﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ] [‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻷﺷﺭﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺳﻭﺩﺍء ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺣﻭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻭﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺳﻔﻠﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻬﺩﻑ ﻗﻠﻳﻼً‪ .‬ﺗﺷﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺷﺭﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺳﻭﺩﺍء‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻧﺎﻁﻕ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻻ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﻠﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﻣﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪.‬‬
‫[ )= ‪ (٤۹‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﺩﻗﺔ ﻫﻲ ]‬
‫• ‪ iFrame‬ﻫﻭ ﺗﻧﺳﻳﻕ ﻓﻳﺩﻳﻭ ﺗﻡ ﺗﻁﻭﻳﺭﻩ ﻣﻥ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺷﺭﻛﺔ ‪.Apple Inc.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﻁﺎﺕ ﻣﻣﻳﺯﺓ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﺑﺄﺳﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺿﻝ ﻟﺩﻳﻙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫• ﺗﻧﻁﺑﻕ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ]‪ [G‬ﻣﻊ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ ﺗﺑﺩﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ >‪.<4‬‬
‫• ]‪ :[G‬ﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪AE‬؛ ﺗﺷﻳﺭ ‪ AE‬ﺇﻟﻰ‪ :‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳﺔ‬
‫• ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺇﺣﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ ﺑﺧﻼﻑ ]‪ ،[G‬ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺗﻭﻓﺭ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ )= ‪.(۱۹۹ – ۱۹٤‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪) AE‬ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ]‪۷۲................................ ([P‬‬
‫ﺳﻁﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ )ﺗﻌﻭﻳﺽ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ( ‪۷۲.............................‬‬
‫ﺿﺑﻁ ﺳﻁﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ )ﺗﻌﻭﻳﺽ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ(‪۷۲ .........................‬‬
‫ﻗﻔﻝ ﺳﻁﻭﻉ ‪ /‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺇﺿﺎءﺓ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ )ﻗﻔﻝ ‪۷۳ .......................... (AE‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺱ‪۷۳ .........................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺳﺭﻋﺔ ‪۷٤ ..........................................................ISO‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺳﻁﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ )ﺗﺑﺎﻳﻥ ﺫﻛﻲ( ‪۷٤ .....................................‬‬
‫ﺃﻟﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪۷٥............................................................‬‬
‫ﺿﺑﻁ ﺗﻭﺍﺯﻥ ﺍﻷﺑﻳﺽ ‪۷٥ .......................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻟﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ )ﺍﻷﻟﻭﺍﻥ( ‪۷٦ .....................................‬‬
‫‪۷۱‬‬
‫ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ‪۷۷.................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ‪۸۳....................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻟﻘﻁﺎﺕ ﻗﺭﻳﺑﺔ )‪۷۷ .......................................... (Macro‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺃﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﺑﻌﻳﺩﺓ ﺟﺩًﺍ )ﻻﻣﺣﺩﻭﺩ( ‪۷۸ ......................................‬‬
‫ﻣﺣﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺭﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻣﻲ‪۷۸ ......................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﻧﻣﻁ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ‪۷۸ ....................................................... AF‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ‪۸۰ .........................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺃﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﻟﻠﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ ﻋﻠﻳﻬﺎ )‪ AF‬ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻣﺱ( ‪۸۱ ...............................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻗﻔﻝ ‪۸۲ ................................................ AF‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺣﻭ ﻣﺗﻭﺍﺻﻝ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﺩﻑ‪۸۲ ...........‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ‪۸۳ ...........................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻗﻔﻝ ‪۸٤ ................................................ FE‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ‪۸٤...........................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﻣﻌﺩﻝ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ )ﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ( ‪۸٤ ......................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻧﻣﻁ ‪۸٥ .....................................................IS‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪) AE‬ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ]‪([P‬‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺗﺧﺻﻳﺹ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﻳﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﻟﺗﻧﺎﺳﺏ ﺃﺳﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺿﻝ ﻟﺩﻳﻙ‪.‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺩﺧﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ]‪.[G‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺗﻳﻥ ‪ ۱‬ﻭ‪ ۲‬ﻓﻲ ”ﻣﺷﺎﻫﺩ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ“ )= ‪ ،(٦۰‬ﺛﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]‪.[G‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۷۲‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺧﺻﻳﺹ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺣﺳﺏ ﺭﻏﺑﺗﻙ‬
‫)= ‪ ،(۸٥ – ۷۲‬ﺛﻡ ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻌﺫﺭ ﺍﻟﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺇﺿﺎءﺓ ﻣﻼﺋﻣﺔ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺟﺯﺋﻳًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺳﺭﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﻭﻗﻳﻡ ﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺗﻘﺎﻟﻲ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺿﺑﻁ ﺳﺭﻋﺔ ‪ (۷٤ =) ISO‬ﺃﻭ ﺗﻧﺷﻳﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ )ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺕ ﺍﻷﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﻣﻌﺗﻣﺔ‪ ،(۸۳ = ،‬ﻣﻣﺎ ﻗﺩ ﻳﺳﺑﺏ ﺗﻣﻛﻳﻥ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺇﺿﺎءﺓ ﻣﻼﺋﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ]‪ [G‬ﺑﺎﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺿﺑﻁ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ‬
‫‪ (۲٥ =) FUNC.‬ﻭ‪ (۲٦ =) MENU‬ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ ﻟﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ ﺣﻭﻝ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ]‪ ،[G‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ”ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ“ )= ‪.(۲۰٤‬‬
‫ﺳﻁﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ )ﺗﻌﻭﻳﺽ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺿﺑﻁ ﺳﻁﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ )ﺗﻌﻭﻳﺽ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ(‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺿﺑﻁ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺳﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻭﺍﺳﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺑﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ‪ ۱/۳‬ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺗﻭﻗﻑ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﻣﻥ‬
‫‪ –2‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪.+2‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ .<o‬ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﻣﺷﺎﻫﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <q><r‬ﻟﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﺳﻁﻭﻉ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻋﺭﺽ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻗﻣﺕ ﺑﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﻊ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺷﺭﻳﻁ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻭﻳﺽ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁ ﺻﻭﺭ ﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﺗﻌﻭﻳﺽ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺭﻭﺽ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ]&[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻗﻔﻝ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﺳﻁﻭﻉ ﺑﺎﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ ،<o‬ﺛﻡ ﻟﻣﺱ ﺃﻭ ﺳﺣﺏ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻳﻁ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪ ،‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﻗﻔﻝ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻣﻧﻔﺻﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﻧﺷﻳﻁ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ )= ‪.(۸۳‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﻘﻔﻝ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫‪ z‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻭﺟﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻧﺣﻭ ﺍﻟﻬﺩﻑ ﻟﻠﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﻊ ﻗﻔﻝ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ‪ .‬ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺟﺯﺋﻳًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<o‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ]&[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻗﻔﻝ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻹﻟﻐﺎء ﻗﻔﻝ ‪ ،AE‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ <o‬ﻣﺭ ًﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ‬
‫]&[ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻵﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۷۳‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫ﻗﻔﻝ ﺳﻁﻭﻉ ‪ /‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺇﺿﺎءﺓ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ )ﻗﻔﻝ ‪(AE‬‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫• ﺗﺷﻳﺭ ‪ AE‬ﺇﻟﻰ‪ :‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻁﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺱ‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺿﺑﻁ ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺱ )ﻛﻳﻔﻳﺔ ﻗﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺳﻁﻭﻉ( ﻟﺗﻼﺋﻡ ﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ ،<m‬ﻭﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ )= ‪.(۲٥‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻗﻣﺕ ﺑﺗﻬﻳﺋﺗﻪ ﺍﻵﻥ‪.‬‬
‫[ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ‬
‫ﻟﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻁﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻔﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺿﻳﺋﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﺿﺑﻁ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻳﻳﻣﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻣﻁﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺗﻧﺎﺳﺏ ﺳﻁﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺿﻭء ﻋﺑﺭ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﻣﻝ‪ ،‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺣﺳﺎﺑﻬﺎ ﻋﺑﺭ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺳﻁﻭﻉ‬
‫ﺗﻧﺎﺳﺏ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ ﺍﻟﻭﺳﻁ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺳﻁﻰ ﻛﺄﻛﺛﺭ ﺃﻫﻣﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻭﺿﻌﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻣﺣﺩﻭﺩًﺍ ﺿﻣﻥ ] [ )ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ﻣﻭﺿﻊ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ‪ ،(AE‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺿﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺳﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺣﻅ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻣﻁ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ‪ 1] AF‬ﻧﻘﻁﺔ[ )= ‪ ،(۷۸‬ﻳﻘﻭﻡ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ﻣﻭﺿﻊ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ‪AE‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺭﺑﻁ ﺑﺈﻁﺎﺭ ‪.AF‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺳﺭﻋﺔ ‪ISO‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺗﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺳﻁﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ )ﺗﺑﺎﻳﻥ ﺫﻛﻲ(‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ ،<m‬ﻭﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ )= ‪.(۲٥‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻗﻣﺕ ﺑﺗﻬﻳﺋﺗﻪ ﺍﻵﻥ‪.‬‬
‫[ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫‪AUTO‬‬
‫‪200 ،100 ،80‬‬
‫‪800 ،400‬‬
‫‪6400 ،3200 ،1600‬‬
‫ﻟﺿﺑﻁ ﺳﺭﻋﺔ ‪ ISO‬ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ ﻟﺗﻼﺋﻡ ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻭﻅﺭﻭﻓﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻧﺧﻔﺽ ﻟﻠﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﺥ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺗﺩﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻧﺩ ﻣﻐﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﺷﻣﺱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺎﻝ‬
‫ٍ‬
‫ﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺷﺎﻫﺩ ﻟﻳﻠﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻐﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﻅﻠﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۷٤‬‬
‫ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪ ،‬ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﻛﺗﺷﺎﻑ ﻣﻧﺎﻁﻕ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﻁﻌﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺗﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺣﻭ ﺯﺍﺋﺩ )ﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﺟﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻔﻳﺎﺕ(‬
‫ﻭﺿﺑﻁﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺳﻁﻭﻉ ﺍﻷﻣﺛﻝ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ‪ .‬ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺗﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺗﺑﺎﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻛﻠﻲ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻟﺟﻌﻝ ﺍﻷﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﺗﺑﺩﻭ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﺃﻓﺿﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ ،<n‬ﻭﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺗﺑﺎﻳﻥ ﺫﻛﻲ[ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ]‪ ،[4‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ[ )= ‪.(۲٦‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺑﻣﺟﺭﺩ ﺍﻛﺗﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ]@[‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫• ﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺳﺭﻋﺔ ‪ ISO‬ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩﻫﺎ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ ﻋﻧﺩ ﻗﻳﺎﻣﻙ ﺑﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﺳﺭﻋﺔ ‪ ISO‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ]‪ ،[AUTO‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺟﺯﺋﻳًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﻏﻡ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺳﺭﻋﺔ ‪ ISO‬ﺃﻗﻝ ﻗﺩ ﻳﻘﻠﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺗﺣﺑﺏ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺩ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻫﻧﺎﻙ ﺧﻁﻭﺭﺓ ﺃﻛﺑﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻫﺗﺯﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﺩﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺽ ﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺳﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺳﺭﻋﺔ ‪ ISO‬ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺳﺭﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻗﺩ ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺑﺗﻘﻠﻳﻝ ﺍﻫﺗﺯﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻬﺩﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻭﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﻗﺩ ﺗﺑﺩﻭ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻁﺎﺕ ﻣﺣﺑﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺽ ﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪ ،‬ﻗﺩ ﻻ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺩﻗﻳ ًﻘﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺩ ﻳﺗﺳﺑﺏ ﻓﻲ ﻅﻬﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻣﺣﺑﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺗﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ )= ‪.(۱۱۰‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻟﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﺿﺑﻁ ﺗﻭﺍﺯﻥ ﺍﻷﺑﻳﺽ‬
‫ﺑﻭﺍﺳﻁﺔ ﺿﺑﻁ ﺗﻭﺍﺯﻥ ﺍﻷﺑﻳﺽ )‪ ،(WB‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺟﻌﻝ ﺃﻟﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﺣﻳﻭﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﺷﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ ،<m‬ﻭﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ )=‪.(۲٥‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻗﻣﺕ ﺑﺗﻬﻳﺋﺗﻪ ﺍﻵﻥ‪.‬‬
‫[ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫ﻟﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺍﺯﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﺛﻝ ﻟﻠﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﺑﻳﺽ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ ﻟﻳﻧﺎﺳﺏ ﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﻭء ﺍﻟﻧﻬﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﺥ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺗﺩﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻏﺎﺋﻡ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻅﻝ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻧﺩ ﻣﻐﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﺷﻣﺱ‪.‬‬
‫‪Tungsten‬‬
‫‪Fluorescent‬‬
‫‪Fluorescent H‬‬
‫ﻣﺧﺻﺹ‬
‫‪۷٥‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﻫﺟﺔ )‪ (tungsten‬ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﺇﺿﺎءﺓ ﻣﺻﺎﺑﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻔﻠﻭﺭﻳﺳﻧﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻭﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﺎﺑﻬﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺿﺎءﺓ ﻣﺻﺎﺑﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻔﻠﻭﺭﻳﺳﻧﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﺑﻳﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻱ )ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻟﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﺎﺑﻬﺔ(‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺑﻳﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺗﺩﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺻﺎﺑﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻔﻠﻭﺭﻳﺳﻧﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺿﻭء ﺍﻟﻧﻬﺎﺭ ﻭﺇﺿﺎءﺓ ﻣﺻﺎﺑﻳﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻠﻭﺭﻳﺳﻧﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻭﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﺎﺑﻬﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺿﺑﻁ ﺗﻭﺍﺯﻥ ﻣﺧﺻﺹ ﻟﻠﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﺑﻳﺽ ﻳﺩﻭﻳًﺎ )= ‪.(۷٥‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺗﻭﺍﺯﻥ ﺍﻷﺑﻳﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺻﺹ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻟﻭﺍﻥ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻣﻅﻬﺭ ﻁﺑﻳﻌﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺿﻭء ﻟﻠﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺿﺑﻁ ﺗﻭﺍﺯﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺑﻳﺽ ﻟﻣﻼءﻣﺔ ﻣﺻﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﺿﻭء ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻓﻳﻪ‪ .‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﺗﻭﺍﺯﻥ ﺍﻷﺑﻳﺽ ﺗﺣﺕ ﻣﺻﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺿﻭء ﺫﺍﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻳﻘﻭﻡ ﺑﺈﺿﺎءﺓ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻁﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ”ﺿﺑﻁ ﺗﻭﺍﺯﻥ ﺍﻷﺑﻳﺽ“ )=‪(۷٥‬‬
‫ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ] [‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻭﺟﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻧﺣﻭ ﻫﺩﻑ ﺃﺑﻳﺽ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ؛ ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺑﻳﺿﺎء ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﻣﻝ‪ .‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<n‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺳﻳﺗﻐﻳﺭ ﻟﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺑﻣﺟﺭﺩ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺗﻭﺍﺯﻥ ﺍﻷﺑﻳﺽ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺩ ﺗﺑﺩﻭ ﺍﻷﻟﻭﺍﻥ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻁﺑﻳﻌﻳﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻣﺕ ﺑﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺗﻭﺍﺯﻥ ﺍﻷﺑﻳﺽ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺗﻭﺍﺯﻥ ﺍﻷﺑﻳﺽ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻟﻣﺱ ]‬
‫[‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻟﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ )ﺍﻷﻟﻭﺍﻥ(‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻟﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺣﺳﺑﻣﺎ ﺗﺭﻳﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺛﻝ ﺗﺣﻭﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻧﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺳﻭﺩ ﻭﺍﻷﺑﻳﺽ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ ،<m‬ﻭﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ )= ‪.(۲٥‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻗﻣﺕ ﺑﺗﻬﻳﺋﺗﻪ ﺍﻵﻥ‪.‬‬
‫[ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻷﻟﻭﺍﻥ‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫–‬
‫ﺯﺍﻫﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺗﺄﻛﻳﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﺎﻳﻥ ﻭﺗﺷﺑﱡﻊ ﺍﻷﻟﻭﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻣﻣﺎ ﻳﺟﻌﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﺣﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻣﺣﺎﻳﺩ‬
‫ﻟﺧﻔﺽ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﺎﻳﻥ ﻭﺗﺷﺑﱡﻊ ﺍﻷﻟﻭﺍﻥ ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻭﺭ ﺃﻟﻁﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺑﻧﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻭﺭ ﺑﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻧﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺃﺑﻳﺽ ﻭﺃﺳﻭﺩ‬
‫ﻹﻧﺷﺎء ﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻷﺳﻭﺩ ﻭﺍﻷﺑﻳﺽ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻳﻠﻡ ﺍﻳﺟﺎﺑﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺟﻣﻊ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻫﻲ ﻭﺍﻷﺧﺿﺭ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻫﻲ ﻭﺍﻷﺣﻣﺭ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻫﻲ ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻟﻭﺍﻥ ﻛﺛﻳﻔﺔ ﺗﺑﺩﻭ ﻁﺑﻳﻌﻳﺔ ﺗﺷﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻳﻠﻡ ﺇﻳﺟﺎﺑﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻭﻥ ﺑﺷﺭﺓ ﻓﺎﺗﺢ‬
‫ﻟﺗﻔﺗﻳﺢ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺃﻟﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﺷﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻭﻥ ﺑﺷﺭﺓ ﻏﺎﻣﻕ‬
‫ﻟﺗﻐﻣﻳﻕ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺃﻟﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﺷﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺿﺭ ﺯﺍﻫﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺗﺄﻛﻳﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‪ .‬ﻟﺟﻌﻝ ﻟﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺳﻣﺎء ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺣﻳﻁ ﻭﺍﻷﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﻕ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﺇﺷﺭﺍ ًﻗﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺗﺄﻛﻳﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﺧﺿﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‪ .‬ﻟﺟﻌﻝ ﻟﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﺑﺎﻝ ﻭﺃﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻧﺑﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﻫﺩﺍﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﺧﺿﺭ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﺇﺷﺭﺍ ًﻗﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺗﺄﻛﻳﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﺣﻣﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‪ .‬ﻟﺟﻌﻝ ﻟﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﺣﻣﺭ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ‬
‫ﺇﺷﺭﺍ ًﻗﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺧﺻﻳﺹ ﺍﻟﻠﻭﻥ‬
‫ﻟﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﺎﻳﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺣﺩﺓ ﻭﺗﺷﺑﱡﻊ ﺍﻷﻟﻭﺍﻥ ﻭﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ ﺣﺳﺑﻣﺎ ﺗﺭﻳﺩ )= ‪.(۷۷‬‬
‫ﺃﺯﺭﻕ ﺯﺍﻫﻲ‬
‫ﺃﺣﻣﺭ ﺯﺍﻫﻲ‬
‫‪۷٦‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﺗﻭﺍﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﺑﻳﺽ )= ‪ (۷٥‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ] [ ﺃﻭ ] [‪.‬‬
‫• ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁﻳﻥ ] [ ﻭ] [‪ ،‬ﻗﺩ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺃﻟﻭﺍﻥ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﺑﺧﻼﻑ ﻟﻭﻥ ﺑﺷﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﺷﺧﺎﺹ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﻻ‬
‫ﺗﺅﺩﻱ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻧﺗﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﻗﻌﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺃﻟﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﺷﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺗﺧﺻﻳﺹ ﺍﻟﻠﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻟﺗﺑﺎﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻭﺣﺩﺗﻬﺎ ﻭﺗﺷﺑﱡﻊ ﺍﻷﻟﻭﺍﻥ ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﺣﻣﺭ ﻭﺍﻷﺧﺿﺭ ﻭﺍﻷﺯﺭﻕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺑﺷﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﻣﻥ ‪.٥ – ۱‬‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ”ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻟﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ‬
‫)ﺍﻷﻟﻭﺍﻥ(“ )= ‪ (۷٦‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ] [‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ‬
‫>‪.<n‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻟﻘﻁﺎﺕ ﻗﺭﻳﺑﺔ )‪(Macro‬‬
‫ﻟﺗﻘﻳﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﻗﺭﻳﺏ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ .[e‬ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺣﻭﻝ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ”ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ“ )= ‪.(۲۰٤‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ ،<q‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ‬
‫>‪ <q><r‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]‪ ،[e‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺑﻣﺟﺭﺩ ﺍﻛﺗﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ]‪.[e‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۷۷‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <o><p‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﺛﻡ ﺣﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪.<q><r‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ ﺃﻗﻭﻯ‪/‬ﺃﻛﺑﺭ )ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺃﻟﻭﺍﻥ ﺃﻏﻣﻕ ﻟﻠﺑﺷﺭﺓ(‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻳﻣﻳﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﺿﻌﻑ‪/‬ﺃﻓﺗﺢ )ﺃﻭ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺃﻟﻭﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺃﻓﺗﺢ ﻟﻠﺑﺷﺭﺓ(‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻳﺳﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ <n‬ﻹﻛﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻟﻣﺱ ﺃﻭ ﺳﺣﺏ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻳﻁ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻧﻁﻠﻕ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺩ ﻳﺣﺩﺙ ﺗﻅﻠﻳﻝ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﻧﻣﻁ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ‪ AF‬ﻋﻠﻰ ]ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ ‪ ،[AiAF‬ﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻣﺱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ] [‪.‬‬
‫• ﻟﻣﻧﻊ ﺍﻫﺗﺯﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪ ،‬ﺟﺭﺏ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺎﻣﻝ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﺋﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﻊ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ][[‬
‫)= ‪.(۳۸‬‬
‫• ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ ،<q‬ﻭﻟﻣﺱ ]‪ ،[e‬ﺛﻡ ﻟﻣﺳﻪ ﻣﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺃﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﺑﻌﻳﺩﺓ ﺟﺩًﺍ )ﻻﻣﺣﺩﻭﺩ(‬
‫ﻟﺗﻘﻳﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻌﻳﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ .[u‬ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ ﺣﻭﻝ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ”ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ“ )= ‪.(۲۰٤‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ ،<q‬ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ‬
‫>‪ <q><r‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]‪ ،[u‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺑﻣﺟﺭﺩ ﺍﻛﺗﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ]‪.[u‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫• ﻗﺩ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺳﺭﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﻣﻛﺎﻓﺋﺔ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺣﺭﻳﻙ ﺫﺭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻐﻳﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﻣﻝ ﺑﺎﺗﺟﺎﻩ >‪ <i‬ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻗﺻﻰ‬
‫ﺣﺩ ﻟﻠﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺭﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ ﻟﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻬﺩﻑ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺣﺟﻡ ﺫﺍﺗﻪ ﺑﺎﺗﺑﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪ ۲‬ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ”ﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﺣﺗﻰ‬
‫ﺗﺑﺩﻭ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﻗﺭﺑًﺎ )ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻐﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻣﻲ(“ )= ‪.(۳٦‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﻧﻣﻁ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ‪AF‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﻧﻣﻁ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ‪) AF‬ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ( ﻟﻣﻼءﻣﺔ ﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ <n‬ﻭﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺇﻁﺎﺭ‪ [AF‬ﻣﻥ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ]‪ ،[4‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ )= ‪.(۲٦‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫ﻣﺣﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺭﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻣﻲ‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﺅﺭﻱ ﻟﻠﻌﺩﺳﺔ ﺑﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﺎﺩﻝ ‪ ۱٫٥‬ﻣﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ‪ ۲٫۰‬ﻣﺭﺗﻳﻥ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑًﺎ‪ .‬ﻗﺩ ﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻘﻠﻳﻝ ﺍﻫﺗﺯﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻧﻅﺭً ﺍ ﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺳﺭﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﻋﻣﺎ ﻳﺣﺩﺙ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻣﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ )ﺑﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻐﻳﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻣﻲ( ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺎﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻐﻳﺭ ﺫﺍﺗﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ <n‬ﻭﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻐﻳﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻣﻲ[ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ]‪ ،[4‬ﺛﻡ ﺣﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ‬
‫)= ‪.(۲٦‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﻋﺎﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻐﻳﺭ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻣﺣﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺭﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻣﻲ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻐﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻣﻲ )= ‪ (۳٦‬ﺃﻭ ﺯﻭﻭﻡ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ‪.(٥۰ =) AF‬‬
‫‪۷۸‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫‪ ۱‬ﻧﻘﻁﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ‪ AF‬ﻭﺍﺣﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻟﻠﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺛﻭﻕ‪ .‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺗﺣﺭﻳﻙ ﺍﻹﻁﺎﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫)= ‪.(۸۱‬‬
‫• ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ‪ AF‬ﺑﻠﻭﻥ ﺃﺻﻔﺭ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ]‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺟﺯﺋﻳًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫[ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻡ ﺗﺳﺗﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۷۹‬‬
‫• ﻟﺗﻘﻠﻳﻝ ﺣﺟﻡ ﺍﻹﻁﺎﺭ ‪ ،AF‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ ،<n‬ﺛﻡ ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ]ﺣﺟﻡ ﺍﻹﻁﺎﺭ ‪ [AF‬ﻓﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ‬
‫]‪ [4‬ﻋﻠﻰ ]ﺻﻐﻳﺭ[ )= ‪.(۲٦‬‬
‫• ﻟﺗﻛﻭﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻁﺎﺕ ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﺍﻷﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺭﻛﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﻪ ﺃﻭﻻً ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻻﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻬﺩﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ‪ ،AF‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻣﺭﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﺟﺯﺋﻲ‪ .‬ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻣﺭﺍﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﺟﺯﺋﻳًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ‪ ،‬ﺃﻋﺩ ﺗﻛﻭﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻁﺔ ﺣﺳﺏ ﺭﻏﺑﺗﻙ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﻣﻝ )ﻗﻔﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ(‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ ﻣﻭﺿﻊ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ‪ AF‬ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺟﺯﺋﻳًﺎ ﻭﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ]ﺯﻭﻭﻡ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ‪ (٥۰ =) [AF‬ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫]ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ[‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫‪ AiAF‬ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ‬
‫• ﻳﻌﻣﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁ ﺃﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻷﺷﺧﺎﺹ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ )ﻗﻳﺎﺱ ﺗﻘﻳﻳﻣﻲ ﻓﻘﻁ( ﻭﺗﻭﺍﺯﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺑﻳﺽ )] [ ﻓﻘﻁ(‪.‬‬
‫• ﺑﻌﺩ ﺗﻭﺟﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻧﺣﻭ ﺍﻟﻬﺩﻑ‪ ،‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ﺃﺑﻳﺽ ﺣﻭﻝ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺷﺧﺹ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺗﺣﺩﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻟﻳﻛﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﺩﻑ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻲ ﻭﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺣﺗﻰ ﺇﻁﺎﺭﻳﻥ ﺑﻠﻭﻥ ﺭﻣﺎﺩﻱ ﺣﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻛﺗﺷﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻟﻠﺣﺭﻛﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﻳﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻹﻁﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺣﺭﻛﺔ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﻣﻌﻳﻥ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺟﺯﺋﻳًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺣﺗﻰ ﺗﺳﻌﺔ ﺇﻁﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺧﺿﺭﺍء ﺣﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﺟﻪ ﻣﺣﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻡ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁ ﺃﻭﺟﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻧﺩ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺇﻁﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺭﻣﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻓﻘﻁ )ﺑﺩﻭﻥ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ﺃﺑﻳﺽ(‪ ،‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺣﺗﻰ ﺗﺳﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺇﻁﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺧﺿﺭﺍء ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﻁﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺟﺯﺋﻳًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻡ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁ ﻭﺟﻪ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﺑﺅﺭﺓ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳﺔ )= ‪ (۸۰‬ﻋﻠﻰ ]ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ[‪ ،‬ﻓﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ‪ AF‬ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻁ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺟﺯﺋﻳًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺛﻠﺔ ﻟﻸﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﺗﻌﺫﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ ﺍﻷﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺑﻌﻳﺩﺓ ﺟ ًﺩﺍ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﻳﺑﺔ ﺟ ًﺩﺍ‬‫ ﺍﻷﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻣﻕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺗﺢ‬‫ ﺍﻷﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻛﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﺎﻧﺑﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺑﻌﻳﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺧﻔﻳﺔ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﺟﺯﺋﻲ‬‫ﻗﺩ ﺗﺳﻲء ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺗﻭﺿﻳﺢ ﺍﻷﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺑﺷﺭﻳﺔ ﻛﺄﻭﺟﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺇﻁﺎﺭﺍﺕ ‪ AF‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻡ ﺗﺳﺗﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺟﺯﺋﻳًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺑﺅﺭﺓ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺳﺎﻋﺩ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﻘﻭﺩﺓ ﻟﻸﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺣﺭﻛﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﺳﺑﺏ ﻣﻭﺍﺻﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻟﻠﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﺩﻑ ﻭﺿﺑﻁ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ ﻁﺎﻟﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺟﺯﺋﻳًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻻﻓﺗﺭﺍﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻣﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻬﺔ ﺇﻟﻳﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣﺗﻰ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻡ‬
‫ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺟﺯﺋﻳًﺎ‪ .‬ﺑﺩﻻً ﻣﻥ ﺫﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﺣﻅﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﻓﻳﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺟﺯﺋﻳًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ ،<n‬ﻭﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺑﺅﺭﺓ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳﺔ[ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ]‪ ،[4‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ[ )= ‪.(۲٦‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ ،<n‬ﻭﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﻣﺳﺗﻣﺭ ‪ [AF‬ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ]‪ ،[4‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ )= ‪.(۲٦‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫‪ z‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﺣﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ ﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ‬
‫ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ‪ AF‬ﺍﻷﺯﺭﻕ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺟﺯﺋﻳًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫‪۸۰‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺩ ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺽ ﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺧﻔﺿﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺩ ﻻ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻧﺷﻳﻁ ﺑﺅﺭﺓ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳﺔ )ﻗﺩ ﻻ ﺗﺗﺣﻭﻝ ﺇﻁﺎﺭﺍﺕ ‪ AF‬ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﻕ( ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺟﺯﺋﻳًﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ ﻭﻓ ًﻘﺎ ﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ‪ AF‬ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻡ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺇﺿﺎءﺓ ﻛﺎﻓﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺳﺭﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﻭﻗﻳﻡ ﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺳﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺗﻘﺎﻟﻲ‪ .‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻳﻪ ﺟﺯﺋﻳًﺎ ﻣﺭ ًﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺗﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻗﻔﻝ ‪.AF‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺗﺎﺡ ]ﺯﻭﻭﻡ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ‪ [AF‬ﻓﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ]‪.(۲٦ =) [4‬‬
‫ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﺗﺎﺡ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﺗﻲ )= ‪.(۳۷‬‬
‫ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻣﺳﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎﺩﻱ ﻓﺭﺹ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﺟﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﻧﻅﺭً ﺍ ﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﻣﺭﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﺣﺗﻰ ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺿﻐﻁ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺟﺯﺋﻳًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻣﺣﺎﻓﻅﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻧﻅﺭً ﺍ ﻟﻌﺩﻡ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﻣﺭﺍﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺃﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﻟﻠﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ ﻋﻠﻳﻬﺎ )‪ AF‬ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻣﺱ(‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺷﺧﺹ ﺃﻭ ﻫﺩﻑ ﺁﺧﺭ ﻟﻠﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ ﻋﻠﻳﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ‪ AF‬ﻋﻠﻰ ]ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ ‪[AiAF‬‬
‫)= ‪.(۷۹‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺷﺧﺹ ﺃﻭ ﻫﺩ ًﻓﺎ ﺁﺧﺭ ﻟﻠﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ ﻋﻠﻳﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﻬﺩﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺷﺧﺹ ﺍﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻛﺗﺷﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻬﺩﻑ‪ ،‬ﺗﺻﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺻﻭﺕ ﺗﻧﺑﻳﻪ ﻭﻳﺗﻡ‬
‫ﻋﺭﺽ ] [‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺎﻓﻅﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ ﺣﺗﻰ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﺣﺭﻙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﺩﻑ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻹﻟﻐﺎء ‪ AF‬ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻣﺱ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ]^[‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۸۱‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫•‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺟﺯﺋﻳًﺎ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺩ ﻗﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ‪،‬‬
‫ﻳﺗﻐﻳﺭ ] [ ﺇﻟﻰ ] [ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﺧﺿﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺳﻔﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﻣﻝ ﻟﻠﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻧﺕ ﺗﻔﺿﻝ ﻋﺩﻡ ﻗﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻋﻧﺩ ﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﻧﺷﻳﻁ ﻧﻣﻁ‬
‫]ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻣﺱ[‪ .‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ ،<n‬ﻭﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻣﺱ[ ﻣﻥ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ‬
‫]‪ ،[4‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ )= ‪.(۲٦‬‬
‫ﻗﺩ ﻻ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺗﺑﻊ ﻣﻣﻛ ًﻧﺎ ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﺻﻐﻳﺭﺓ ﺟ ًﺩﺍ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺗﺣﺭﻙ ﺑﺳﺭﻋﺔ ﻛﺑﻳﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻫﻧﺎﻙ ﺗﺑﺎﻳ ًﻧﺎ ﻛﺎﻓﻳًﺎ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻷﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﺧﻠﻔﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺗﻰ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻧﺕ ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ]‪ ،(۷۷ =) [e‬ﻓﺳﺗﺭﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ] [ ﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﻟﻣﺳﺕ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻣﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ]ﻫﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ[ ﻋﻠﻰ ]ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ[‪ ،‬ﻟﻥ ﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﺍﻷﺳﻣﺎء ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻛﺗﺷﺎﻑ ﺃﺷﺧﺎﺹ ﻣﺳﺟﻠﻳﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻛﻥ ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ )= ‪ .(٤۱‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﺳﻡ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﺩﻑ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ‬
‫ﺗﻡ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭﻩ ﻟﻠﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ ﻋﻠﻳﻪ ﻫﻭ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺷﺧﺹ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁﻪ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻫﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻗﻔﻝ ‪AF‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺣﻭ ﻣﺗﻭﺍﺻﻝ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﺩﻑ‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﻗﻔﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺩ ﻗﻔﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ‪ ،‬ﻟﻥ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﻣﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺑﺅﺭﺓ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ ﺍﻹﺻﺑﻊ ﻋﻥ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ‪.‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺣﻭ ﻣﺗﻭﺍﺻﻝ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﺩﻑ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ ﺣﻭﻝ ﺳﺭﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻣﺭ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ”ﺳﺭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻣﺭ“ )= ‪.(۲۰٥‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﻘﻔﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ‪.‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺟﺯﺋﻳًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<q‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺗﻡ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻗﻔﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ]‪.[%‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻹﻟﻐﺎء ﻗﻔﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ <q‬ﻣﺭ ًﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ‬
‫]‪ [%‬ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻵﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻁﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫• ﻳﺗﻌﺫﺭ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻣﺱ )= ‪.(۳۹‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫‪۸۲‬‬
‫[‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻣﺭﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺳﻔﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﻣﻝ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺣﻭ ﻣﺗﻭﺍﺻﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻣﻌًﺎ ﺑﺎﻋﺗﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ‬
‫)= ‪.(۹۳‬‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ ،<m‬ﻭﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ] [ )= ‪.(۲٥‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺑﻣﺟﺭﺩ ﺍﻛﺗﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ]‬
‫[ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ]‪ (٦۰ =) [t‬ﺃﻭ ﻗﻔﻝ ‪ ،(۸۲ =) AF‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ]‬
‫ﻳﺗﻌﺫﺭ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﺗﻲ )= ‪.(۳۷‬‬
‫ﻗﺩ ﻳﺗﻭﻗﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻟﻠﺣﻅﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺩ ﻳﺗﺑﺎﻁﺄ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻣﺭ ﻭﻓ ًﻘﺎ ﻟﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻭﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻭﻣﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻐﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻧﺧﻔﺽ ﺳﺭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﺯﻳﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻁﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺩ ﺗﻧﺧﻔﺽ ﺳﺭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻧﻁﻠﻕ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻣﺱ )= ‪ ،(۳۹‬ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻣﺭ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫[ ﺇﻟﻰ ]‬
‫[‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ‬
‫]‪ [Z‬ﺗﺯﺍﻣﻥ ﺑﻁﻲء‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ﻟﻳﺗﻭﺍﻓﻕ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺷﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ ﺣﻭﻝ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ‬
‫”ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ“ )= ‪.(۲۰٤‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺣﺭﻳﻙ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ >‪.<h‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫• ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ <r‬ﻋﻧﺩ ﺧﻔﺽ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ‪ .‬ﻗﻡ‬
‫ﺑﺗﺣﺭﻳﻙ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ >‪ <h‬ﻟﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫] [ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫ﻳﻧﻁﻠﻕ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺧﻔﺿﺔ‪.‬‬
‫]‪ [h‬ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻳﻧﻁﻠﻕ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻝ ﻟﻘﻁﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪۸۳‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ ،<r‬ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ‬
‫>‪ <q><r‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ‬
‫>‪.<m‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻗﻣﺕ ﺑﺗﻬﻳﺋﺗﻪ ﺍﻵﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻧﻁﻠﻕ ﻟﺗﻭﺿﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻬﺩﻑ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻲ )ﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻷﺷﺧﺎﺹ( ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺳﺭﻋﺔ ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﺃﺑﻁﺊ ﻟﺗﻭﺿﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻔﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ]‪ ،[Z‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺎﻣﻝ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﺋﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺗﺧﺫ ﺗﺩﺍﺑﻳﺭ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﻟﻼﺣﺗﻔﺎﻅ‬
‫ﺑﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺛﺎﺑﺕ ﻭﻣﻧﻌﻬﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻻﻫﺗﺯﺍﺯ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﻳﺟﺏ ﻋﻠﻳﻙ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ]ﻧﻣﻁ ‪ [IS‬ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫]ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺣﺎﻣﻝ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﺋﻡ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻝ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﻟﺗﺄﻣﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ )= ‪.(۸٥‬‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ]‪ ،[Z‬ﺣﺗﻰ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻧﻁﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺗﺣﺭﻙ ﺍﻟﻬﺩﻑ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻳﻧﺗﻬﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻕ‪.‬‬
‫]![ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺑﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺭﻣﺯ ] [ ﻭﺍﻣﺽ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺟﺯﺋﻳًﺎ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﺍﻫﺗﺯﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺧﻔﺿﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻡ ﺑﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺎﻣﻝ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﺋﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺗﺧﺫ‬
‫ﺗﺩﺍﺑﻳﺭ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﻹﺑﻘﺎﺋﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺛﺎﺑﺕ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺇﺟﺭﺍء ﺍﻟﺿﺑﻁ ﺑﺎﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ ،<r‬ﻭﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﻟﻣﺳﻪ ﻣﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻗﻔﻝ ‪FE‬‬
‫ﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻔﻝ ‪ ،(۷۳ =) AE‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﻗﻔﻝ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ ﻟﻠﻘﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳُﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻓﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ‪.‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫‪ ۲‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﻘﻔﻝ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺇﺿﺎءﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ﻭﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻌﻳﻳﻧﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.(۸۳ =) [h‬‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻭﺟﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻧﺣﻭ ﺍﻟﻬﺩﻑ ﻟﻠﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﻊ ﻗﻔﻝ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ‪ .‬ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺟﺯﺋﻳًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<o‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻳﻧﻁﻠﻕ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻧﺩ ﻋﺭﺽ ]([؛ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻻﺣﺗﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ‬
‫ﺇﺧﺭﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻹﻟﻐﺎء ﻗﻔﻝ ‪ ،FE‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ <o‬ﻣﺭ ًﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ‬
‫]([ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻵﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۸٤‬‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫• ﺗﺷﻳﺭ ‪ FE‬ﺇﻟﻰ‪ :‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺇﺿﺎءﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻁﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﻣﻌﺩﻝ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ )ﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ(‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﻣﻥ ﻣﻌﺩﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ] [ )ﻓﺎﺋﻕ ﺍﻟﺩﻗﺔ( ﻭ] [ )ﺩﻗﻳﻕ( ﻛﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻭﺟﻳﻬﺎﺕ ﺣﻭﻝ ﻋﺩﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻁﺎﺕ ﻟﻛﻝ ﻣﻌﺩﻝ ﺿﻐﻁ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻼﺋﻡ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ”ﻋﺩﺩ ﻟﻘﻁﺎﺕ ‪ ٤:۳‬ﻟﻛﻝ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ“‬
‫)= ‪.(۲۰۳‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ ،<m‬ﻭﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ )= ‪.(۲٥‬‬
‫[ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻧﻣﻁ ‪IS‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﺑﺎﻷﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺣﺟﻡ ﺫﺍﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ <n‬ﻭﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ‪[IS‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ]‪ ،[4‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪<m‬‬
‫)= ‪.(۲٦‬‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۸٥‬‬
‫ﻋﺎﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﻳﺑﺩﺃ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﺗﺗﻐﻳﺭ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻭﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﻹﺗﺎﺣﺔ ﺇﻣﻛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﺗﺻﺣﻳﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻫﺗﺯﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﺷﺩﻳﺩ‪ .‬ﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﺑﺎﻟﺣﺟﻡ ﺫﺍﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪ ،‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺗﻘﻠﻳﻝ ﺍﻫﺗﺯﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﺷﺩﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ”ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻧﻣﻁ ‪“IS‬‬
‫)= ‪ (۸٥‬ﻟﻠﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ]ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ‪.[IS‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﻣﺛﺑﺕ ﺻﻭﺭ ﻧﺷﻁ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]‪.(۲٦ =) [2‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﻧﻣﻁ ‪ ،[IS‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ )= ‪.(۲٦‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫ﻣﺳﺗﻣﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺕ ﻓﻘﻁ*‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻕ ﻣﻭﺍﺯﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﻠﻰ ﻟﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ )ﻣﻭﺍﺯﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺫﻛﻳﺔ( )= ‪.(۳٥‬‬
‫ﻟﺗﻧﺷﻳﻁ ﻣﻭﺍﺯﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻟﺣﻅﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﻧﺷﻳﻁ ﻣﻭﺍﺯﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫* ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ]ﻣﺳﺗﻣﺭ[ ﻟﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻌﺫﺭ ﻣﻧﻊ ﻣﻭﺍﺯﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻻﻫﺗﺯﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻡ ﺑﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺎﻣﻝ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﺋﻡ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺧﺫ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻳﺭ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﻟﻠﻣﺣﺎﻓﻅﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺛﺑﺎﺗﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ]ﻧﻣﻁ ‪ [IS‬ﻋﻠﻰ ]ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺿﺑﻁ ]ﻧﻣﻁ ‪ [IS‬ﻋﻠﻰ ]ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[‪ ،‬ﺣﺗﻰ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﺑﺎﻟﺣﺟﻡ ﺫﺍﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﻣﺗﻊ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﻌﺭﺍﺽ ﻟﻘﻁﺎﺗﻙ ﻭﺗﺻﻔﺣﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﻌﺩﺓ ﻁﺭﻕ‬
‫• ﻟﺗﺟﻬﻳﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻟﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ <1‬ﻟﻠﺩﺧﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺩ ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻣﺕ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺳﻣﻳﺗﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻡ ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺗﻘﻁﺔ ﺑﻭﺍﺳﻁﺔ ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ‪۸۷...................................................................‬‬
‫ﺣﻣﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ‪۹۸............................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻣﻼﺋﻡ‪ :‬ﺇﺟﺭﺍءﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻣﺱ ‪۱۰٦.........................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺑﺩﻳﻝ ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ‪۸۹ ........................................................‬‬
‫ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺻﻳﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﺇﻧﺷﺎﺅﻫﺎ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫)ﻣﻠﺧﺻﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ(‪۹۰ ..........................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻘﻕ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻷﺷﺧﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺗﻘﻁﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ ‪۹۱ ...........................‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ ‪۹۸ ..............................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻣﻧﻔﺭﺩ‪۹۸ .................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻣﺩﻯ‪۹۹ ..................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺩﻓﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ‪۱۰۰ ...........................................‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﻣﺧﺻﺻﺔ ﻟـ ] [ ‪۱۰٦ ......................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺇﺟﺭﺍءﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻣﺱ ‪۱۰٦ ...........................................‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﻌﺭﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻭﺗﺭﺷﻳﺣﻬﺎ ‪۹۱...........................................‬‬
‫ﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ‪۱۰۱...........................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻧﻘﻝ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻓﻬﺭﺱ‪۹۱ ....................................‬‬
‫ﺇﻳﺟﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ ‪۹۲ ...................................‬‬
‫ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺩﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ‪۹۳ .......................................‬‬
‫ﻣﺳﺢ ﺻﻭﺭ ﻣﺗﻌﺩﺩﺓ ﺩﻓﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ ‪۱۰۱ ..........................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﻫﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ ‪۹٤...........................................‬‬
‫ﺧﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ‪۹٥..................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‪۹٥ ................................................................‬‬
‫ﻋﺭﺽ ﻋﺭﻭﺽ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﺍﺋﺢ ‪۹٦ ...................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﻠﺻﻭﺭ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻠﺔ )ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻋﺷﻭﺍﺋﻲ ﺫﻛﻲ( ‪۹۷ ................‬‬
‫‪۸٦‬‬
‫ﺗﺩﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‪۱۰۳...........................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ ‪۱۰۳ ............................................................‬‬
‫ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﻧﺷﻳﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺩﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ‪۱۰٤ ..............................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻣﻳﻳﺯ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺑﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﻛﻣﻔﺿﻠﺔ ‪۱۰٤.......................................‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ ‪۱۰٥ ............................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ ‪۱۰۷..................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺩﻳﻝ ﺣﺟﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‪۱۰۷ ........................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻬﺫﻳﺏ‪۱۰۸ ......................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻟﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ )ﺍﻷﻟﻭﺍﻥ( ‪۱۰۹ ...................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺳﻁﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ )ﺗﺑﺎﻳﻥ ﺫﻛﻲ( ‪۱۱۰ ...................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﺭﺍء‪۱۱۱ ....................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‪۱۱۲...........................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻘﻠﻳﻝ ﺃﺣﺟﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ‪۱۱۳ .......................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ ﻣﻠﺧﺹ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ‪۱۱۳ ....................................................‬‬
‫ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻷﻟﺑﻭﻣﺎﺕ )‪۱۱٤........................(Story Highlights‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫‪ z‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺭﻣﺯ ]‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪.۳‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ‬
‫[‪ .‬ﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺗﻘﻝ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺩ ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﻋﺭﺿﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺩﺧﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<1‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺁﺧﺭ ﻟﻘﻁﺔ ﻗﻣﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻟﺑﺩء ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ ،<m‬ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <o><p‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ] [‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ‬
‫>‪ <m‬ﻣﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﻌﺭﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ .<q‬ﻟﻌﺭﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<r‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺿﺑﻁ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <o><p‬ﻟﺿﺑﻁ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻟﺿﺑﻁ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻣﺅﺷﺭ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺧﻔﻳًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪.<o><p‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۸۷‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻟﻠﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﻋﺭﺽ ﻗﺻﺎﺻﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻣﺭﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <q><r‬ﻟﻣﺩﺓ ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻗﻝ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪<q><r‬‬
‫ﻻﺳﺗﻌﺭﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻟﻠﻌﻭﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻣﻔﺭﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻻﺳﺗﻌﺭﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﺗﺟﻣﻳﻌﻬﺎ ﺣﺳﺏ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <o><p‬ﻓﻲ ﻧﻣﻁ ﻋﺭﺽ‬
‫ﻗﺻﺎﺻﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺅﺷﺭ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻣﺅﻗ ًﺗﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻣﺅﻗ ًﺗﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺗﺋﻧﺎﻓﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ‬
‫>‪.<m‬‬
‫[ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻧﺗﻬﺎء ﺍﻟﻔﻳﻠﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ]‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺗﺑﺩﻳﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﻥ ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺟﺯﺋﻳًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﻧﺷﻳﻁ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﺻﺎﺻﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ ‪ < (۲٦ =) MENU‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ]‪] < [1‬ﻋﺭﺽ‬
‫ﻗﺻﺎﺻﺎﺕ[ < ]ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺃﺣﺩﺙ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻁﺎﺕ ﻋﻧﺩ ﻗﻳﺎﻣﻙ ﺑﺎﻟﺩﺧﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ ‪ < (۲٦ =) MENU‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ]‪] < [1‬ﺍﺳﺗﺋﻧﺎﻑ[ < ]ﺁﺧﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁ[‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺗﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺭﻭﺽ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ ‪ ،(۲٦ =) MENU‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺗﺭﻳﺩﻩ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ]‪] < [1‬ﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭ ﺍﻧﺗﻘﺎﻝ[‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻣﺱ‬
‫‪ z‬ﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺣﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻳﺳﺎﺭ ﻋﺑﺭ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ؛‬
‫ﻭﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺣﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻳﻣﻳﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۸۸‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻟﻠﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻣﻁ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﺻﺎﺻﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺣﺏ ﺳﺭﻳﻌًﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻳﺳﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻳﻣﻳﻥ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻣﺗﻛﺭﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻣﻁ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﺻﺎﺻﺎﺕ ﻣﻥ‬
‫ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﺣﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻳﺳﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻳﻣﻳﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺳﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻛﺯﻳﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺳﺗﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺭﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺭﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻻﺳﺗﻌﺭﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﺣﺳﺏ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻣﻁ‬
‫ﻋﺭﺽ ﻗﺻﺎﺻﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺣﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺳﻔﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻟﺑﺩء ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ]‬
‫)= ‪.(۸۷‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻟﺿﺑﻁ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﻠﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺣﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺃﺳﻔﻝ ﺳﺭﻳﻌًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺿﺣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻳﻣﻳﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻣﺗﺎﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ] [ ﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺱ‬
‫]‪ [o][p‬ﻟﺿﺑﻁ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ‪ .‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ] [ ﻋﻧﺩ‬
‫ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ‪.۰‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻟﺗﺑﺩﻳﻝ ﺍﻹﻁﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﻣﺭﻳﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺣﺏ ﻟﻠﻳﺳﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻳﻣﻳﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻻﺳﺗﺋﻧﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ] [‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ]^[ ﻟﻠﻌﻭﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺿﺣﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪ ۲‬ﻓﻲ‬
‫”ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ“ )= ‪.(۸۷‬‬
‫[ ﺑﺎﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪ ۳‬ﻓﻲ ”ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ“‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺗﺑﺩﻳﻝ ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﻋﺭﺽ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ‪GPS‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ <p‬ﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻹﺧﻔﺎء ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ ﺣﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺭﻭﺿﺔ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ”ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ )ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺻﻳﻠﻳﺔ(“ )= ‪.(۱۹۲‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﻋﺭﺽ ﺑﺩﻭﻥ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﺑﺳﻁﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺻﻳﻠﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻋﺭﺽ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ‪GPS‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺗﺣﺫﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺭﺽ ﻹﺿﺎءﺓ ﻣﺭﺗﻔﻌﺔ )ﻷﺟﺯﺍء ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﻁﻌﺔ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺭﺳﻡ ﺗﻭﺿﻳﺣﻲ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻝ‬
‫ٍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫ﻣﻧﺧﻔﺽ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻁﻊ‬
‫‪۸۹‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺗﻭﻣﺽ ﺍﻷﺟﺯﺍء ﺍﻟﺳﺎﻁﻌﺔ ً‬
‫ﻗﻠﻳﻼ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺻﻳﻠﻳﺔ )= ‪.(۸۹‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺗﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﻟﺭﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺻﻳﻠﻳﺔ‬
‫)= ‪ (۸۹‬ﻫﻭ ﺭﺳﻡ ﺗﻭﺿﻳﺣﻲ ﻳﻌﺭﺽ ﺗﻭﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺳﻁﻭﻉ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﻳﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺳﻁﻭﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻣﺛﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳﻲ ﻣﻘﺩﺍﺭ ﻛﻝ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺳﻁﻭﻉ ﻟﻠﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻌﺩ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺭﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺿﻳﺣﻲ ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﺗﺣﻘﻕ ﻣﻥ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻫﺎﺗﻑ ﺫﻛﻲ ﻣﺗﺻﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻋﺑﺭ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪،Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺟﻐﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺭ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻳﻌﻧﻲ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻣﺛﻝ ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ )= ‪ .(۱٤۷‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻣﻳﻳﺯ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺿﻭﻉ ﻋﻠﻳﻬﺎ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺟﻐﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ ﺑﺭﻣﺯ ] [ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺭﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺻﻳﻠﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ <o‬ﻟﻌﺭﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺟﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﺧﻁ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﻭﺧﻁ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻝ ﻭﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻭﻗﻳﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻲ )‪) (UTC‬ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ( ﻣﻥ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺳﻔﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ <o‬ﻣﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﻟﻠﻌﻭﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺭﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺻﻳﻠﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ]‪ [---‬ﺑﺩﻻً ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻣﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻧﺎﺻﺭ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﺍﻟﺫﻛﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻠﻙ ﻏﻳﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺟﻠﺔ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﺻﺣﻳﺢ‪.‬‬
‫• ‪) UTC: Coordinated Universal Time‬ﺍﻟﺗﻭﻗﻳﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺳﱠﻕ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﻣﻣﺎﺛﻝ ﻟﺗﻭﻗﻳﺕ ﺟﺭﻳﻧﺗﺵ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻲ‬
‫• ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻋﺭﺽ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ‪ GPS‬ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﺗﺎﺡ ﻟﻠﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻔﺗﻘﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﺩﻳﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ‪ GPS‬ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻳﻕ ﺳﺣﺏ ﺍﻟﺟﺯء ﺍﻟﺳﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻭ ﻷﺳﻔﻝ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺭﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺻﻳﻠﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺻﻳﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﺇﻧﺷﺎﺅﻫﺎ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ )ﻣﻠﺧﺻﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ(‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﻌﺭﺽ ﻣﻠﺧﺻﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺟﻠﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ]‬
‫ﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ ﻓﻳﻬﺎ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫[‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺣﺳﺏ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﻋﺭﺽ ﻣﻠﺧﺹ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﺣﺳﺏ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﻠﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ <m‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]‬
‫)= ‪.(۲٥‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﻣﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﻠﻡ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻳﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺗﻡ ﻓﻳﻪ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﺩﺍﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫[ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫• ﺑﻌﺩ ﻟﺣﻅﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻥ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ]‬
‫)= ‪.(۸۹‬‬
‫[ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻣﻊ ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﻧﺷﻳﻁ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫[ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪ ،۱‬ﺛﻡ ﻟﻣﺱ ]‬
‫[‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﻓﻳﻠ ًﻣﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ <n‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ‪/‬ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻣﻠﺧﺻﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ[ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ]‪ ،[1‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺧﺗﺭ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺧﺎ )= ‪.(۲٦‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫• ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻣﻠﺧﺻﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻟﻣﺱ ]‬
‫ﻣﺭﺗﻳﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪۹۰‬‬
‫[‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ ﻣﻣﻳﺯﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﺭﻣﺯ ]‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ] [ ﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺎﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁ‬
‫ﺻﻭﺭ ﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﻣﻠﺧﺻﺎﺕ ﺃﻓﻼﻡ ﻓﻘﻁ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪ ،‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻣﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪.‬‬
‫[ )= ‪ (٥٥‬ﻓﻲ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ ﻣﻣﻳﺯﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﺭﻣﺯ ]‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺎﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺟﻠﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺻﻭﺭ ﻓﻘﻁ‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﻠﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ <m‬ﻟﺑﺩﺃ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻘﻕ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻷﺷﺧﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺗﻘﻁﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺑﺩﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻣﻁ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺑﺳﻁﺔ )= ‪ ،(۸۹‬ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺃﺳﻣﺎء ﻣﺎ ﻳﺻﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺧﻣﺳﺔ ﺃﺷﺧﺎﺹ ﻣﻛﺗﺷﻔﻳﻥ ﺗﻡ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻠﻬﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﻫﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ )= ‪.(٤۱‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ <p‬ﻋﺩﺓ ﻣﺭﺍﺕ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻧﺷﻳﻁ‬
‫ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺑﺳﻁﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ‬
‫>‪ <q><r‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻷﺳﻣﺎء ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺷﺧﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺗﻘﻁﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۹۱‬‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻧﺕ ﺗﻔﺿﻝ ﻋﺩﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻷﺳﻣﺎء ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻫﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺧﺗﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ ‪MENU‬‬
‫)= ‪ < (۲٦‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ]‪] < [1‬ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﻫﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ[ < ]ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻻﺳﻡ[ < ]ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﻌﺭﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻭﺗﺭﺷﻳﺣﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻧﻘﻝ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻓﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻋﺭﺽ ﻋﺩﺓ ﺻﻭﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻓﻬﺭﺱ‪ ،‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﻟﻌﺛﻭﺭ ﺑﺳﺭﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺑﺣﺙ ﻋﻧﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻓﻬﺭﺱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺣﺭﻳﻙ ﺫﺭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻐﻳﺭ ﺗﺟﺎﻩ >‪ <g‬ﻟﻌﺭﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻓﻬﺭﺱ‪ .‬ﺳﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺗﺣﺭﻳﻙ ﺫﺭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ‪/‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻐﻳﺭ ﻣﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺭﻭﺿﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺻﻭﺭ ﺃﻗﻝ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺣﺭﻳﻙ ﺫﺭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻐﻳﺭ ﺗﺟﺎﻩ‬
‫>‪ .<k‬ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺻﻭﺭ ﺃﻗﻝ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻝ ﻣﺭﺓ ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﻓﻳﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺗﺣﺭﻳﻙ ﺍﻟﺫﺭﺍﻉ‪.‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ >‪ <o><p><q><r‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺇﺣﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ﺑﺭﺗﻘﺎﻟﻲ ﺣﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ <m‬ﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺭﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻹﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﻧﺷﻳﻁ ﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺛﻼﺛﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ )ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺿﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻣﺭﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ‬
‫>‪ ،(<o><p‬ﻭﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ ‪ < (۲٦ =) MENU‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ]‪] < [1‬ﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ[ < ]ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۹۲‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻣﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺇﻳﺟﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ‬
‫‪ z‬ﻗﺭﺏ ﺇﺻﺑﻌﻳﻙ ﻣﻥ ﺑﻌﺿﻬﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺑﻌﺽ ﻟﻠﺗﺑﺩﻳﻝ ﻣﻥ ﻋﺭﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺭﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﺯﻳﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻐﺭﺓ ﻟﻛﻝ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺭﺏ‬
‫ﺇﺻﺑﻌﻳﻙ ﻣﻥ ﺑﻌﺿﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺑﻌﺽ ﻣﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺳﺣﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺳﻔﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻟﻠﺗﻣﺭﻳﺭ ﺧﻼﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺭﻭﺿﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺻﻭﺭ ﻣﺻﻐﺭﺓ ﺃﻗﻝ ﻟﻛﻝ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﺑﻌﺩ ﺇﺻﺑﻌﻳﻙ ﻋﻥ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺿﻬﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺑﻌﺽ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﻬﺎ ﻣﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﻟﻌﺭﺿﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺭﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻋﺛﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑﺔ ﺑﺳﺭﻋﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﻣﻣﺗﻠﺋﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﺭﺷﻳﺢ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻭﻓ ًﻘﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻙ‪ .‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺣﻣﺎﻳﺔ )= ‪ (۹۸‬ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺳﺣﻬﺎ )= ‪ (۱۰۱‬ﺟﻣﻳﻌﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺩﻓﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﻡ‬
‫ﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺻﻭﺭ ﺷﺧﺹ ﻣﺳﺟﻝ )= ‪.(٤۲‬‬
‫ﻧﺎﺱ‬
‫ﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺃﻭﺟﻪ ﻣﻛﺗﺷﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻁﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻣﺣﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺿﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﺗﻣﻳﻳﺯﻫﺎ ﻛﻣﻔﺿﻠﺔ )= ‪.(۱۰٤‬‬
‫ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‪/‬ﻓﻳﻠﻡ‬
‫ﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﻓﻘﻁ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ‬
‫] [ )= ‪.(٥٥‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﻠﺑﺣﺙ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ ،<m‬ﻭﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ )= ‪.(۲٥‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ] [ ﺃﻭ ] [ ﺃﻭ ] [‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺿﻐﻁ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ >‪ <o><p><q><r‬ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺭﻭﺿﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫[ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺷﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻙ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺇﻁﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺻﻔﺭﺍء‪ .‬ﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻓﻘﻁ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪.<q><r‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻹﻟﻐﺎء ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺷﺢ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ] [ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪.۱‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺩﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺣﻭ ﻣﺗﺗﺎﺑﻊ )= ‪ (٤۰‬ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ]‬
‫ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻛﻥ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﻋﺭﺿﻬﺎ ﻣﻧﻔﺻﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫[ )= ‪ (٦۲ ،٤۰‬ﻓﻲ ﺷﻛﻝ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻣﺟﻣﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <q><r‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻣﻭﺳﻭﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺑـ ]‬
‫[‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۹۳‬‬
‫• ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ )ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪ ،(۳‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻳﻬﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ .<m‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺍﺳﺗﻌﺭﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺑﺳﺭﻋﺔ ”ﺍﻟﺗﻧﻘﻝ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻓﻬﺭﺱ“ )= ‪(۹۱‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭﻫﺎ ”ﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ“ )= ‪ .(۹٥‬ﺑﺎﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]ﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ[ ﻣﻥ ﺃﺟﻝ ”ﺣﻣﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ“ )= ‪ (۹۸‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫”ﻣﺳﺢ ﺻﻭﺭ ﻣﺗﻌﺩﺩﺓ ﺩﻓﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ“ )= ‪ (۱۰۱‬ﺃﻭ ”ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ )‪ (۱۷۷ =) “(DPOF‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫”ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻟﺑﻭﻡ ﺻﻭﺭ“ )= ‪ ،(۱۸۰‬ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺟﺔ ﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﻣﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻹﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺿﻬﺎ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻛﺻﻭﺭ ﻓﺭﺩﻳﺔ ﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ ‪ < (۲٦ =) MENU‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ]‪] < [1‬ﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ[ < ]ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ )= ‪ .(۲٦‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺻﻭﺭ ﻣﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫[ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﺭ ﺑﻌﺩ ﻗﻳﺎﻣﻙ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻣﻭﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪۲‬‬
‫• ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺯﺍﻣﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ]‬
‫ﻓﻲ ”ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻣﺗﺎﻉ ﺑﺻﻭﺭ ﻣﺗﻧﻭﻋﺔ ﻣﻥ ﻛﻝ ﻟﻘﻁﺔ )ﻟﻘﻁﺔ ﺇﺑﺩﺍﻋﻳﺔ(“ )= ‪.(٦۲‬‬
‫• ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻓﺭﺩﻱ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻟﻣﺱ ]‬
‫ﻟﻣﺱ ] [‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻓﺭﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺳﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <q><r‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺭﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﻓﻘﻁ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻹﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪،<m‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺧﺗﺭ ] [ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ <m‬ﻣﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺭﻯ )= ‪.(۲٥‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ] [‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ <m‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]‬
‫)= ‪.(۲٥‬‬
‫[ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ‬
‫[ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪ ،۱‬ﺛﻡ‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﻫﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻻﺣﻅﺕ ﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺍﺳﻡ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪ ،‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭﻩ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺳﺣﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﺳﻣﺎء ﻷﺷﺧﺎﺹ ﻟﻡ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁﻬﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻫﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ )ﻻ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻷﺳﻣﺎء(‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻷﺷﺧﺎﺹ ﺗﻡ ﻣﺳﺢ ﺃﺳﻣﺎﺋﻬﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺳﻣﺎء‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۹٤‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ <n‬ﻭﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﻫﻭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ[ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ]‪.(۲٦ =) [1‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <o><p‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﻳﺔ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﺧﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ >‪ <o><p><q><r‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ‬
‫]ﻛﺗﺎﺑﺔ ﻓﻭﻗﻳﺔ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﺗﺑﺎﻉ ﺍﻹﺟﺭﺍء ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﻓﻲ ”ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻘﻕ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻷﺷﺧﺎﺹ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺗﻘﻁﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ“ )= ‪ ،(۹۱‬ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ﺑﺭﺗﻘﺎﻟﻲ ﺣﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻋﻧﺩ ﻋﺭﺽ‬
‫ﻋﺩﺓ ﺃﺳﻣﺎء ﻓﻲ ﺇﺣﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ‬
‫>‪ <q><r‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﺍﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﺷﺧﺹ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺑﺩﺍﻝ ﺑﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪ ۲‬ﻓﻲ ”ﺍﺳﺗﺑﺩﺍﻝ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ ﻭﺇﺿﺎﻓﺗﻬﺎ“‬
‫)= ‪ (٤٥‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﺷﺧﺹ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺑﺩﺍﻝ ﺑﻪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ]ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﻳﺔ[ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻟﻣﺱ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺿﺣﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪ ،۲‬ﻭﻟﻣﺱ ]‬
‫[ ﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻹﻁﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺗﻘﺎﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﺳﺗﺑﺩﺍﻝ ﺍﺳﻣﻪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺧﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻟﻣﺳﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪.۳‬‬
‫ﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻷﺳﻣﺎء‬
‫‪ z‬ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﺗﺑﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪ ۳‬ﻓﻲ ”ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺳﻣﺎء“ )= ‪ ،(۹٤‬ﺍﺧﺗﺭ‬
‫]ﻣﺳﺢ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺑﻌﺩ ﻋﺭﺽ ]ﻣﺳﺢ؟[‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪<q><r‬‬
‫ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]ﻣﻭﺍﻓﻕ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫• ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻷﺳﻣﺎء ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻟﻣﺱ ]ﻣﻭﺍﻓﻕ[ ﺑﻌﺩ ﻋﺭﺽ ]ﻣﺳﺢ؟[‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺧﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‬
‫• ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺭﺩﺓ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻣُﻛﺑﱠﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<n‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‬
‫ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻣﺱ‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺳﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺗﺣﺭﻳﻙ ﺫﺭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻐﻳﺭ ﺗﺟﺎﻩ >‪ <k‬ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺭﺽ ]‬
‫[‪ .‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‬
‫ﻟﻣﺎ ﻳﺻﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ۱۰‬ﻣﺭﺍﺕ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑًﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﺳﺗﻣﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﺭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻐﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻟﻠﺗﺻﻐﻳﺭ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺣﺭﻳﻙ ﺫﺭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻐﻳﺭ ﺗﺟﺎﻩ >‪.<g‬‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺭﺩﺓ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﻣﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۹٥‬‬
‫ﻣﻭﺿﻊ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑﻲ ﻟﻠﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺭﻭﺿﺔ‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺣﺭﻳﻙ ﻣﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻭﺗﺑﺩﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺣﺳﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺣﺎﺟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻟﺗﺣﺭﻳﻙ ﻣﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ‬
‫>‪.<o><p><q><r‬‬
‫[ ﻣﻥ‬
‫[‪ ،‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﺩﻳﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ]‬
‫‪ z‬ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﻋﺭﺽ ]‬
‫ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ .<m‬ﻟﻠﺗﺑﺩﻳﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺻﻭﺭ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻐﻳﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪.<q><r‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ <m‬ﻣﺭ ًﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﻻﺳﺗﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺃﺑﻌﺩ ﺇﺻﺑﻌﻳﻙ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺿﻬﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺑﻌﺽ ﻟﻠﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺣﺗﻰ ‪ ۱۰‬ﻣﺭﺍﺕ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑًﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﻛﺭﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻹﺟﺭﺍء‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻟﺗﺣﺭﻳﻙ ﻣﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺳﺣﺏ ﻋﺑﺭ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻗﺭﺏ ﺇﺻﺑﻌﻳﻙ ﻣﻥ ﺑﻌﺿﻬﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺑﻌﺽ ﻟﻠﺗﺻﻐﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫[ ﻻﺳﺗﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺭﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ]‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﻋﺭﺽ ﻋﺭﻭﺽ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﺍﺋﺢ‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ ،<m‬ﻭﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]‪ [.‬ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ )= ‪.(۲٥‬‬
‫]ﺟﺎﺭ ﺗﺣﻣﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ[‬
‫‪ z‬ﺳﻳﺑﺩﺃ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﺍﺋﺢ ﺑﻌﺩ ﻋﺭﺽ‬
‫ٍ‬
‫ﺑﺛﻭﺍﻥ ﻗﻠﻳﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ٍ‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ <n‬ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﺍﺋﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫• ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﻧﺷﻳﻁ ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺗﻭﻓﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ )= ‪ (۲۳‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﺍﺋﺢ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۹٦‬‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﻋﺭﻭﺽ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﺍﺋﺢ ﻟﻠﺗﻛﺭﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﻁﺭﻕ ﺍﻻﻧﺗﻘﺎﻝ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻭﻣﺩﺓ ﻋﺭﺽ ﻛﻝ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﻭﺍﻥ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪ .‬ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﻛﻝ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻟﻣﺩﺓ ﺛﻼﺙ‬
‫ٍ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﺍﺋﺢ‬
‫ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﺍﺋﺢ ﻣﺅﻗ ًﺗﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺗﺋﻧﺎﻓﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﺩﻳﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺻﻭﺭ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ .<q><r‬ﻟﻠﺗﻘﺩﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﺳﺭﻳﻊ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺟﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺳﺭﻳﻊ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻣﺭﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪.<q><r‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻧﻣﻁ ﺑﺣﺙ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ )= ‪ ،(۹۲‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻟﺷﺭﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﻓﻘﻁ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺑﺩء ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﺍﺋﺢ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺇﺟﺭﺍءﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻣﺱ )= ‪.(۱۰٦‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ ،<n‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﻋﺭﺽ ﺷﺭﺍﺋﺢ[‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ]‪.(۲٦ =) [1‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﻋﻧﺻﺭ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﻟﺗﻬﻳﺋﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺣﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ )= ‪.(۲٦‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻟﺑﺩء ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﺍﺋﺢ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻙ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺍﺑﺩﺃ[‬
‫ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻟﻠﻌﻭﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<n‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﻠﺻﻭﺭ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻠﺔ )ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻋﺷﻭﺍﺋﻲ ﺫﻛﻲ(‬
‫ﺑﻧﺎ ًء ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﻘﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﺻﻭﺭ ﻗﺩ ﺗﺭﻏﺏ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺭﺿﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺃﻱﱟ ﻣﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﺗﻘﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﺻﻭﺭ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﻣﻣﺗﻌﺔ ﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺑﺗﺭﺗﻳﺏ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﺗﻭﻗﻊ‪ .‬ﺟﺭﺏ ﺗﻠﻙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺓ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﻳﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻁﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺩﺓ ﺃﻧﻭﺍﻉ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﺎﻫﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻋﺷﻭﺍﺋﻲ ﺫﻛﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ <m‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]‬
‫)= ‪.(۲٥‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﺻﻭﺭ ﻣﺭﺷﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫[ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۹۷‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ >‪ <o><p><q><r‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺭﻳﺩ ﻋﺭﺿﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻣﺑﺎﺷﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺑﺎﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺻﻑ‬
‫ﻣﺣﺎﻁﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﺭﺑﻊ ﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺷﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺻﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ .<m‬ﻻﺳﺗﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ <m‬ﻣﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ <n‬ﻻﺳﺗﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺭﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻓﻘﻁ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻋﺷﻭﺍﺋﻲ‬
‫ﺫﻛﻲ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﻳﺗﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺷﻭﺍﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﺫﻛﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ ﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺃﻗﻝ ﻣﻥ ‪ ٥۰‬ﻟﻘﻁﺔ ﻣﻠﺗﻘﻁﺔ ﺑﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬‫ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﺩﻋﻭﻣﺔ ﺣﺎﻟﻳًﺎ‬‫ ﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺷﺢ )= ‪(۹۲‬‬‫ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ )= ‪(۹۳‬‬‫• ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺿﺣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪ ،۲‬ﺳﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﻟﻣﺱ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺑﺎﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺳﻔﻝ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺟﺎﻧﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺗﺎﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﺳﻁ ﻣﺣﺎﻁﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺷﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻛﺯﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺑﺄﻛﻣﻠﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪ ،۲‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﻻﺳﺗﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺣﻣﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺣﻣﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻣﺔ ﻟﻣﻧﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻌَ ﺭَ ﺿﻲ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ )= ‪.(۱۰۱‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ ،<n‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺣﻣﺎﻳﺔ[ ﻣﻥ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ]‪.(۲٦ =) [1‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ <m‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]‪ [:‬ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ‬
‫)= ‪ .(۲٥‬ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ]ﺗﻣﺕ ﺣﻣﺎﻳﺗﻬﺎ[‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻹﻟﻐﺎء ﺍﻟﺣﻣﺎﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﺭﺭ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]‪ [:‬ﻣﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪،‬‬
‫ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫• ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻣﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻣﺕ ﺑﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ )= ‪.(۱٥٦‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻣﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪ .‬ﻟﻣﺳﺣﻬﺎ ﺑﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺃﻭﻻً ﺑﺈﻟﻐﺎء‬
‫ﺍﻟﺣﻣﺎﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﻋﻧﺻﺭ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﻭﺧﻳﺎﺭ ﺣﺳﺏ ﺍﻟﺭﻏﺑﺔ )= ‪.(۲٦‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻟﻠﻌﻭﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<n‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻣﻧﻔﺭﺩ‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ[‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﺗﺑﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪ ۲‬ﻓﻲ ”ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ“ )= ‪ ،(۹۸‬ﺍﺧﺗﺭ‬
‫]ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <q><r‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ .<m‬ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ] [‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻹﻟﻐﺎء ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ <m‬ﻣﺭ ًﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪ .‬ﻟﻥ‬
‫ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ] [ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺫﻟﻙ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻛﺭﺍﺭ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺻﻭﺭ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪.‬‬
‫‪۹۸‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺣﻣﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ .<n‬ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺄﻛﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <q><r‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]ﻣﻭﺍﻓﻕ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺩﻯ[‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﺗﺑﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪ ۲‬ﻓﻲ ”ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ“ )= ‪ ،(۹۸‬ﺍﺧﺗﺭ‬
‫]ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺩﻯ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻣﺩﻯ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺑﺩﺍﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫• ﻟﻥ ﺗﺗﻡ ﺣﻣﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻣﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺑﺩﻳﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺇﻧﻬﺎء ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪.۳‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫• ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪ ،۲‬ﻭﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺄﻛﻳﺩ ﻣﻥ‬
‫ﺧﻼﻝ ﻟﻣﺱ ]‬
‫[‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺣﻣﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻟﻣﺱ ]ﻣﻭﺍﻓﻕ[ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪.۳‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <q><r‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۹۹‬‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻧﺗﻬﺎء‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ <r‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]ﺁﺧﺭ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <q><r‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻳﺗﻌﺫﺭ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻲ ﻛﺂﺧﺭ‬
‫ﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺣﻣﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ[‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﺗﺑﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪ ۲‬ﻓﻲ ”ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ“ )= ‪ ،(۹۸‬ﺍﺧﺗﺭ‬
‫]ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺩﻓﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺣﻣﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <o><p‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]ﺣﻣﺎﻳﺔ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ <p‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]ﺣﻣﺎﻳﺔ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫• ﻹﻟﻐﺎء ﺍﻟﺣﻣﺎﻳﺔ ﻟﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﻓﺗﺢ[ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪ ٤‬ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑـ ”ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻣﺩﻯ“ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪ ۲‬ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ‬
‫ﺑـ ”ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺩﻓﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ“‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۱۰۰‬‬
‫• ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺧﻳﺭﺓ ﻋﺑﺭ ﻟﻣﺱ ﺇﺣﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪ ۲‬ﺃﻭ ‪.۳‬‬
‫• ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺣﻣﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻟﻣﺱ ]ﺣﻣﺎﻳﺔ[ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪.٤‬‬
‫• ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺣﻣﺎﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﻗﻔﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻟﻣﺱ ]ﺣﻣﺎﻳﺔ[ ﺃﻭ ]ﻓﺗﺢ[ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪.۲‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۱۰۱‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫ﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺿﺭﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﻣﺳﺣﻬﺎ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺗﻠﻭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‪ .‬ﻛﻥ ﺣﺫﺭً ﺍ ﻋﻧﺩ ﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﻳﺗﻌﺫﺭ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺭﺩﺍﺩﻫﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻣﻳﺔ )= ‪.(۹۸‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻟﻳﺗﻡ ﻣﺳﺣﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <q><r‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺇﺣﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ ،<m‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]‪ [a‬ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ‬
‫)= ‪.(۲٥‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺑﻌﺩ ﻋﺭﺽ ]ﻣﺳﺢ؟[‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪<q><r‬‬
‫ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]ﻣﺳﺢ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻹﻟﻐﺎء ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺢ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <q><r‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ‬
‫]ﺇﻟﻐﺎء[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫• ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻟﻣﺱ ]ﻣﺳﺢ[ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪.۲‬‬
‫• ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺇﺟﺭﺍءﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻣﺱ )= ‪.(۱۰٦‬‬
‫ﻣﺳﺢ ﺻﻭﺭ ﻣﺗﻌﺩﺩﺓ ﺩﻓﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻋﺩﺓ ﺻﻭﺭ ﻟﻣﺳﺣﻬﺎ ﺩﻓﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﻛﻥ ﺣﺫﺭً ﺍ ﻋﻧﺩ ﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﻳﺗﻌﺫﺭ ﺍﺳﺗﺭﺩﺍﺩﻫﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻙ‪،‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻣﻳﺔ )= ‪.(۹۸‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ ،<n‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﻣﺳﺢ[ ﻣﻥ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ]‪.(۲٦ =) [1‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﻋﻧﺻﺭ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﻭﺧﻳﺎﺭ ﺣﺳﺏ ﺍﻟﺭﻏﺑﺔ )= ‪.(۲٦‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻟﻠﻌﻭﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<n‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻣﺩﻯ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻣﻧﻔﺭﺩ‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ[‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﺗﺑﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪ ۲‬ﻓﻲ ”ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ“ )= ‪،(۱۰۱‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺩﻯ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﺗﺑﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪ ۲‬ﻓﻲ ”ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ“ )= ‪،(۱۰۱‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻭﺭﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ‬
‫ً‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺗﻳﻥ ‪ ۲‬ﻭ‪ ۳‬ﻓﻲ ”ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻣﺩﻯ“ )= ‪ (۹۹‬ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺑﻣﺟﺭﺩ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭﻙ ﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪ ۲‬ﻓﻲ ”ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‬
‫ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻣﻧﻔﺭﺩ“‪ ،‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ )= ‪.[ ] (۹۸‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻹﻟﻐﺎء ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ <m‬ﻣﺭ ًﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪ .‬ﻟﻥ‬
‫ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ] [ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺫﻟﻙ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻛﺭﺍﺭ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺻﻭﺭ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪.‬‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺩﻯ[‪.‬‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ <p‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]ﻣﺳﺢ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ .<n‬ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺄﻛﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <q><r‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]ﻣﻭﺍﻓﻕ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺩﻓﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ[‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﺗﺑﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪ ۲‬ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ”ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ“‬
‫)= ‪ ،(۱۰۱‬ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <q><r‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]ﻣﻭﺍﻓﻕ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫‪۱۰۲‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺗﺩﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺍﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻭﺣﻔﻅﻬﺎ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]\[‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺗﺩﻭﻳﺭ[‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ ،<n‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺗﺩﻭﻳﺭ[ ﻣﻥ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ]‪.(۲٦ =) [1‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ <m‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]\[ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ‬
‫)= ‪.(۲٥‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺩﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ <q‬ﺃﻭ >‪ ،<r‬ﻭﻓ ًﻘﺎ ﻟﻼﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻛﻝ ﻣﺭﺓ ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﻓﻳﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ‪ ،‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺩﻭﻳﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺑﻣﻘﺩﺍﺭ ‪ ۹۰‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪<m‬‬
‫ﻹﻛﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺩﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <q><r‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺇﺣﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺩﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺑﻣﻘﺩﺍﺭ ‪ ۹۰‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻋﻧﺩ ﻛﻝ ﺿﻐﻁﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻟﻠﻌﻭﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<n‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺩﻭﻳﺭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻡ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ]ﺗﺩﻭﻳﺭ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ[ ﻋﻠﻰ ]ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ )= ‪.(۱۰٤‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۱۰۳‬‬
‫• ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺿﺣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪ ،۲‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﻟﻣﺱ ]‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫[ ﻟﺗﺩﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻣﺱ ]‬
‫[ ﻟﻠﺭﺟﻭﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﻧﺷﻳﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺩﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﻹﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﻧﺷﻳﻁ ﺗﺩﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻳﻘﻭﻡ ﺑﺗﺩﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺑﻧﺎ ًء ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ ،<n‬ﻭﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺗﺩﻭﻳﺭ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ[ ﻣﻥ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ]‪ ،[1‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ )= ‪.(۲٦‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۱۰٤‬‬
‫ﺗﻣﻳﻳﺯ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺑﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﻛﻣﻔﺿﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺗﻧﻅﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﻣﻳﻳﺯﻫﺎ ﺑﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﻛﻣﻔﺿﻠﺔ‪ .‬ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺇﺣﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﻔﺋﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺷﺢ‪ ،‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺗﻘﻳﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻟﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ )= ‪ ،(۸۷‬ﻋﺭﺽ ﻋﺭﻭﺽ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﺍﺋﺢ )= ‪ ،(۹٦‬ﺣﻣﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ )= ‪ ،(۹۸‬ﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ )= ‪،(۱۰۱‬‬
‫ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ )‪ ،(۱۷۷ =) (DPOF‬ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻟﺑﻭﻡ ﺻﻭﺭ )= ‪(۱۸۰‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫• ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﺩﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ )= ‪ (۱۰۳‬ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ]ﺗﺩﻭﻳﺭ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ[ ﻋﻠﻰ ]ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ‪،‬‬
‫ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﺗﺩﻭﻳﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻋﺷﻭﺍﺋﻲ ﺫﻛﻲ )= ‪ ،(۹۷‬ﺣﺗﻰ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻡ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ]ﺗﺩﻭﻳﺭ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ[ ﻋﻠﻰ ]ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[‪ ،‬ﻓﺳﻳﺗﻡ‬
‫ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁﻬﺎ ﺭﺃﺳﻳًﺎ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﺭﺃﺳﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﻳﻧﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﺗﺩﻭﻳﺭﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺗﺩﻭﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ > <‪ .‬ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ] [‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻹﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﻣﻳﻳﺯ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ > < ﻣﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪ .‬ﻟﻥ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ] [ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺫﻟﻙ‪.‬‬
‫( ﻋﻧﺩ ﻧﻘﻠﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﺗﻌﻣﻝ ﺑﻧﻅﺎﻡ‬
‫• ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺻﻧﻳﻑ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺿﻠﺔ ﺑﺛﻼﺙ ﻧﺟﻭﻡ )‬
‫ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ‪ Windows 8‬ﺃﻭ ‪ Windows 7‬ﺃﻭ ‪) .Windows Vista‬ﻻ ﻳﻧﻁﺑﻕ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‪(.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺿﻠﺔ[‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ ،<n‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺿﻠﺔ[ ﻣﻥ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ]‪.(۲٦ =) [1‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <q><r‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ .<m‬ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ] [‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻹﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﻣﻳﻳﺯ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ <m‬ﻣﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪ .‬ﻟﻥ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ] [ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺫﻟﻙ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻛﺭﺍﺭ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺻﻭﺭ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﻛﻣﺎﻝ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ .<n‬ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺄﻛﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <q><r‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]ﻣﻭﺍﻓﻕ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫• ﻟﻥ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻣﻳﻳﺯ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺑﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﻛﻣﻔﺿﻠﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻣﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺑﺩﻳﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺇﻧﻬﺎء ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪.۳‬‬
‫• ﺇﻥ ﺗﻣﻳﻳﺯ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻛﻣﻔﺿﻠﺔ ﻳﺳﻬﻝ ﻣﻥ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺗﻬﺎ ﻋﻧﺩ ﻋﻣﻝ ﺃﻟﺑﻭﻣﺎﺕ )= ‪.(۱۱٤‬‬
‫‪۱۰٥‬‬
‫• ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪.۲‬‬
‫• ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺗﻣﻳﻳﺯ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺑﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﻛﻣﻔﺿﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺇﺟﺭﺍءﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻣﺱ )= ‪.(۱۰٦‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺇﺟﺭﺍءﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻣﺱ‬
‫ﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻣﻼﺋﻡ‪ :‬ﺇﺟﺭﺍءﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻣﺱ‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺑﺳﺭﻋﺔ ﻭﺳﻬﻭﻟﺔ ﺗﻧﺷﻳﻁ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻗﻣﺕ ﺑﺗﺧﺻﻳﺻﻬﺎ ﻷﺭﺑﻊ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻟﻣﺳﻳﺔ )ﺇﺟﺭﺍءﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻣﺱ(‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺭﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﻣﺧﺻﺻﺔ ﻟـ ] [‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺳﺣﺏ ﻋﺑﺭ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻣﻭﺿﺢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺗﻡ ﺗﻧﺷﻳﻁ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺻﺻﺔ ﻟـ ]‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫[ ﺍﻵﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۱۰٦‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺧﺻﻳﺹ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺟﺭﺍء ﺍﻟﻠﻣﺱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <o><p‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺇﺟﺭﺍء ﻟﻣﺱ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <q><r‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺗﺧﺻﻳﺻﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ ،<n‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺿﺑﻁ ﺇﺟﺭﺍءﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻣﺱ[ ﻣﻥ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ]‪.(۲٦ =) [1‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺑﺳﻳﻁ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺿﻠﺔ ﻟﻙ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺧﺻﻳﺹ ﻧﻣﺎﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﺳﺣﺏ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻬﻡ ﺣﺳﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺭﻏﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻣﺛﻝ‪ ،‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺗﻧﺷﻳﻁ ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﻣﺧﺻﺻﺔ ﻟـ ]‬
‫ﻭ] [‪ ،‬ﻭ] [ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﺣﺏ ﻋﺑﺭ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺧﺻﻳﺹ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺻﺻﺔ ﻹﺟﺭﺍءﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻣﺱ ﺣﺳﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺭﻏﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫[‪،‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺗﺧﺻﻳﺹ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺿﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺿﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺿﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻕ‬
‫ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻋﺷﻭﺍﺋﻲ ﺫﻛﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﺍﻟﺫﻛﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﻳﺏ‬
‫ﻋﺭﺽ ﺷﺭﺍﺋﺢ‬
‫ﻣﺳﺢ‬
‫ﺣﻣﺎﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺩﻭﻳﺭ‬
‫ﻟﺗﻣﻳﻳﺯ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻛﻣﻔﺿﻠﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﻣﻳﻳﺯ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺗﺑﺩﻳﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﺗﻣﻳﻳﺯﻫﺎ ﻛﻣﻔﺿﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺗﺑﺩﻳﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﺗﻣﻳﻳﺯﻫﺎ ﻛﻣﻔﺿﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺗﺑﺩﻳﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺑﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺗﺑﺩﻳﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺑﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺑﺩء ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺷﻭﺍﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﺫﻛﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ ‪.Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪ ،Wi-Fi‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ”ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪.(۱۱۷ =) “Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫• ﻻ ﻳﺗﺎﺡ ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ )= ‪ (۱۱۱ – ۱۰۷‬ﺇﻻ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﻭﻓﺭ ﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﻛﺎﻓﻳﺔ ﺧﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺗﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻟﻣﺱ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫[ ﺑﺩﻻً ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ <n‬ﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫[ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ‪ ،‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﻟﻣﺱ ]‬
‫• ﻋﻧﺩ ﻅﻬﻭﺭ ]‬
‫ﻛﻧﺕ ﺗﻔﺿﻝ ﺫﻟﻙ‪.‬‬
‫[ ﺑﺩﻻً ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ <m‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻧﺕ‬
‫[ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ‪ ،‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﻟﻣﺱ ]‬
‫• ﻋﻧﺩ ﻅﻬﻭﺭ ]‬
‫ﺗﻔﺿﻝ ﺫﻟﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺑﺩء ﻋﺭﺽ ﺷﺭﺍﺋﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺣﻣﺎﻳﺔ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺍﻟﺣﻣﺎﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺗﺩﻭﻳﺭ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺩﻳﻝ ﺣﺟﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺗﻔﻅ ﺑﻧﺳﺧﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺑﺩﻗﺔ ﺃﻗﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺗﻌﺩﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﺟﻡ[‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ ،<n‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺗﻌﺩﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﺟﻡ[‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ]‪.(۲٦ =) [1‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <q><r‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫‪۱۰۷‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﺣﺟﻡ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <q><r‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺣﺟﻡ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ]ﺣﻔﻅ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻳﺩﺓ؟[‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺣﻔﻅ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻳﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <q><r‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]ﻣﻭﺍﻓﻕ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺗﻡ ﺣﻔﻅ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻛﻣﻠﻑ ﺟﺩﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۱۰۸‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﻌﺩﻳﻝ ﺣﺟﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﻗﺔ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﺣﺟﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪ ،۳‬ﻭﻟﻣﺳﻪ ﻣﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﻟﻣﺱ‬
‫]ﻣﻭﺍﻓﻕ[‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻔﻭﻅﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻟﻣﺱ ]ﻧﻌﻡ[ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪.٥‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻬﺫﻳﺏ‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺟﺯء ﻣﻥ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻟﺣﻔﻅﻪ ﻛﻣﻠﻑ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻣﺳﺗﻘﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﻳﺗﻭﻓﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ ﻟﻠﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺗﻘﻁﺔ ﺑﺩﻗﺔ ]‬
‫[ )= ‪ (٤۷‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻔﻭﻅﺔ ﻛـ ]‬
‫[ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪.۳‬‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﻌﺭﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻳﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ .<n‬ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ]ﻋﺭﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻳﺩﺓ؟[‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <q><r‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]ﻧﻌﻡ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻔﻭﻅﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺗﻬﺫﻳﺏ[‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ ،<n‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺗﻬﺫﻳﺏ[ ﻣﻥ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ]‪.(۲٦ =) [1‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <q><r‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻬﺫﻳﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﻬﺫﻳﺏ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺿﺑﻁ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻬﺫﻳﺏ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ﺣﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﺯء ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺩ ﺗﻬﺫﻳﺑﻪ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻳﺳﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻳﺗﻡ‬
‫ﻋﺭﺽ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻧﺔ ﻟﻠﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﺗﻬﺫﻳﺑﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺳﻔﻝ ﺍﻟﻳﻣﻳﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻟﺗﻌﺩﻳﻝ ﺣﺟﻡ ﺍﻹﻁﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺣﺭﻳﻙ ﺫﺭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻐﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻟﺗﺣﺭﻳﻙ ﺍﻹﻁﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ‬
‫>‪.<o><p><q><r‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻟﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺍﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﺍﻹﻁﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<n‬‬
‫• ﻟﺗﺣﺭﻳﻙ ﺍﻹﻁﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺣﺏ ﺃﻱ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪.۳‬‬
‫• ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺗﻌﺩﻳﻝ ﺣﺟﻡ ﺍﻹﻁﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺏ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺇﺻﺑﻌﻳﻙ ﻟﻠﺗﺻﻐﻳﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ )= ‪ (۹٥‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪.۳‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻟﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ )ﺍﻷﻟﻭﺍﻥ(‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺿﺑﻁ ﺃﻟﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺛﻡ ﺣﻔﻅ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺩﻟﺔ ﻛﻣﻠﻑ ﻣﺳﺗﻘﻝ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ ﺣﻭﻝ ﻛﻝ ﺧﻳﺎﺭ‪،‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ”ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻟﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ )ﺍﻷﻟﻭﺍﻥ(“ )= ‪.(۷٦‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻗﺔ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﻬﺫﻳﺏ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺍﻷﻟﻭﺍﻥ[‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ ،<n‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺍﻷﻟﻭﺍﻥ[ ﻣﻥ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ]‪.(۲٦ =) [1‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺣﻔﻅ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻛﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺟﺩﻳﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﺳﺗﻌﺭﺿﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺗﻳﻥ ‪ ٤‬ﻭ‪ ٥‬ﻓﻲ ”ﺗﻌﺩﻳﻝ ﺣﺟﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ“ )= ‪.(۱۰۸‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﻳﺗﻭﻓﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ ﻟﻠﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺗﻘﻁﺔ ﺑﺩﻗﺔ ]‬
‫] [ )= ‪.(۱۰۷‬‬
‫[ )= ‪ (٤۷‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﺗﻌﺩﻳﻝ ﺣﺟﻣﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫• ﺳﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺩﻋﻭﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﺗﻬﺫﻳﺏ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻧﻔﺱ ﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﻬﺫﻳﺏ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺳﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻟﻠﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﺗﻬﺫﻳﺑﻬﺎ ﺩﻗﺔ ﺃﻗﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻟﻡ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻬﺫﻳﺑﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻣﺕ ﺑﺗﻬﺫﻳﺏ ﺻﻭﺭ ﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ ﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻫﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ )= ‪ ،(٤۱‬ﻓﺳﻭﻑ ﺗﻅﻝ ﻓﻘﻁ ﺃﺳﻣﺎء ﺍﻷﺷﺧﺎﺹ‬
‫ﱠ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻬﺫﺑﺔ ﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﺍﻻﺣﺗﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ‬
‫‪۱۰۹‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <q><r‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <q><r‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺣﻔﻅ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻛﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺟﺩﻳﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﺳﺗﻌﺭﺿﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺗﻳﻥ ‪ ٤‬ﻭ‪ ٥‬ﻓﻲ ”ﺗﻌﺩﻳﻝ ﺣﺟﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ“ )= ‪.(۱۰۸‬‬
‫• ﺳﺗﻘﻝ ﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻗﻠﻳﻼً ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺑﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻣﺗﻛﺭﺭ ﺑﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻝ ﻣﺭﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺩ ﻻ ﺗﺳﺗﻁﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺩ ﻳﺧﺗﻠﻑ ﻗﻠﻳﻼً ﻟﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﻋﻥ ﻟﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺗﻘﻁﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﻟﻭﺍﻥ‬
‫)= ‪.(۷٦‬‬
‫• ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻟﻣﺱ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪ ۳‬ﺛﻡ ﻟﻣﺳﻪ ﻣﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺳﻁﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ )ﺗﺑﺎﻳﻥ ﺫﻛﻲ(‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﻧﺎﻁﻕ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺗﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺣﻭ ﺯﺍﺋﺩ )ﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﺟﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻔﻳﺎﺕ( ﻭﺿﺑﻁﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺳﻁﻭﻉ ﺍﻷﻣﺛﻝ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ‪ .‬ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺗﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺗﺑﺎﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻛﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺿﺋﻳﻝ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ ﻟﺗﺑﺩﻭ ﺍﻷﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﺃﻓﺿﻝ‪ .‬ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺑﻳﻥ‬
‫ﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻳﺎﺕ ﺗﺻﺣﻳﺢ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﻗﻡ ﺑﺣﻔﻅ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻛﻣﻠﻑ ﻣﺳﺗﻘﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺗﺑﺎﻳﻥ ﺫﻛﻲ[‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ ،<n‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺗﺑﺎﻳﻥ ﺫﻛﻲ[ ﻣﻥ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ]‪.(۲٦ =) [1‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <q><r‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <q><r‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺣﻔﻅ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻛﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺟﺩﻳﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﺳﺗﻌﺭﺿﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺗﻳﻥ ‪ ٤‬ﻭ‪ ٥‬ﻓﻲ ”ﺗﻌﺩﻳﻝ ﺣﺟﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ“ )= ‪.(۱۰۸‬‬
‫‪۱۱۰‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﻗﺩ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺧﺎﻁﺊ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺩ ﻳﺗﺳﺑﺏ ﻓﻲ ﻅﻬﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺑﻣﻠﻣﺱ ﻣﺣﺑﺏ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺩ ﺗﺑﺩﻭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻣﺣﺑﺑﺔ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺗﻛﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻡ ﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ]ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ[ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﻟﻠﻧﺗﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﻗﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺗﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ]ﻣﻧﺧﻔﺽ[‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫]ﻋﺎﻝ[‪.‬‬
‫]ﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ[‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫ٍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫• ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻟﻣﺱ ]‪ [q][r‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪.۳‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﺭﺍء‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺄﺛﺭﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﺭﺍء ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ‪ .‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺣﻔﻅ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﺗﺻﺣﻳﺣﻬﺎ ﻛﻣﻠﻑ ﻣﺳﺗﻘﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺗﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﺭﺍء[‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ ،<n‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺗﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﻳﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺣﻣﺭﺍء[ ﻣﻥ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ]‪.(۲٦ =) [1‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۱۱۱‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺗﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﺭﺍء ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺗﻘﻁﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺇﻁﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺣﻭﻝ ﻣﻧﺎﻁﻕ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻡ ﺗﺻﺣﻳﺣﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺻﻐﻳﺭﻫﺎ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﺯﻡ‪ .‬ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ”ﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ“ )= ‪.(۹٥‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <q><r‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺇﺣﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺣﻔﻅ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻛﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺟﺩﻳﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﺳﺗﻌﺭﺿﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ >‪ <o><p><q><r‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ‬
‫]ﻣﻠﻑ ﺟﺩﻳﺩ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺗﻡ ﺣﻔﻅ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻛﻣﻠﻑ ﺟﺩﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪ ٥‬ﻓﻲ ”ﺗﻌﺩﻳﻝ ﺣﺟﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ“ )= ‪.(۱۰۸‬‬
‫• ﻗﺩ ﻻ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺑﺩﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻﺳﺗﺑﺩﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﺗﺻﺣﻳﺣﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﻛﺗﺎﺑﺔ ﻓﻭﻗﻳﺔ[ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪ .٤‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﺑﺩﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻣﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺣﻔﻅ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻟﻣﺱ ]ﻣﻠﻑ ﺟﺩﻳﺩ[ ﺃﻭ ]ﻛﺗﺎﺑﺔ ﻓﻭﻗﻳﺔ[ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪.٤‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﻗﺹ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﺟﺯﺍء ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺿﺭﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺑﺩﺍﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]*[‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺑﺎﺗﺑﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﻣﻥ ‪ ۱‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ٥‬ﻓﻲ ”ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ“ )= ‪،(۸۷‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]*[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻋﺭﺽ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﻭﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫‪۱۱۲‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻷﺟﺯﺍء ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻗﺻﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <o><p‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]‬
‫] [‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻷﺟﺯﺍء ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﻗﺻﻬﺎ )ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﺭﻣﺯ ] [‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ(‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <q><r‬ﻟﺗﺣﺭﻳﻙ ] [‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﻘﺹ ﺑﺩﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﻠﻡ )ﻣﻥ ] [( ﺑﺎﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ] [‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺹ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻳﻠﻡ ﺑﺎﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ] [‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻣﺕ ﺑﻧﻘﻝ ] [ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻭﺿﻊ ﺁﺧﺭ ﺑﺧﻼﻑ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ] [ ﻓﻲ‬
‫] [‪ ،‬ﻓﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﻗﺹ ﺍﻟﺟﺯء ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺃﻗﺭﺏ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ] [‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻳﺳﺎﺭ ] [‪ ،‬ﺑﻳﻧﻣﺎ ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﻗﺹ ﺍﻟﺟﺯء ﺑﻌﺩ ﺃﻗﺭﺏ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫] [ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻳﻣﻳﻥ‪.‬‬
‫[ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺣﻔﻅ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﻠﻡ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺗﻡ ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <o><p‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ >‪ <o><p><q><r‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ‬
‫]ﻣﻠﻑ ﺟﺩﻳﺩ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺗﻡ ﺣﻔﻅ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﻠﻡ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻛﻣﻠﻑ ﺟﺩﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <o><p‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ] [‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ .<m‬ﺗﻡ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﻠﻡ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺗﻡ‬
‫ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻟﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﻠﻡ ﻣﺭ ًﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪ ،‬ﻛﺭﺭ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪.۲‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻹﻟﻐﺎء ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <o><p‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ‬
‫] [‪ .‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ ،<m‬ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ‬
‫>‪ <q><r‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]ﻣﻭﺍﻓﻕ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ‬
‫>‪ <m‬ﻣﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪.‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﻌﺭﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﻠﻡ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺗﻡ ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺣﻔﻅ ﺑﺩﻭﻥ ﺿﻐﻁ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﻻﺳﺗﺑﺩﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﻠﻡ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻳﻠﻡ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺗﻡ ﻗﺻﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﻛﺗﺎﺑﺔ ﻓﻭﻗﻳﺔ[ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪ .٤‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﻠﻡ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺕ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﻻ ﻳﻭﺟﺩ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﻛﺎﻓﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺳﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭ ]ﻛﺗﺎﺑﺔ ﻓﻭﻗﻳﺔ[ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻣﺗﺎﺣً ﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺩ ﻻ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺣﻔﻅ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻧﻔﺫﺕ ﺣﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﻔﻅ ﻗﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺩﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻳﻧﺑﻐﻲ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺣﺯﻣﺔ ﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﺷﺣﻭﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﻣﻝ ﺃﻭ ﻁﺎﻗﻡ ﻣﺣﻭﻝ ‪) AC‬ﻳﺑﺎﻉ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﻧﻔﺻﻼ‪.(۱٦۲ = ،‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ ﻣﻠﺧﺹ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻷﺟﺯﺍء ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺩﻳﺔ )ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺎﻁﻊ( )= ‪ (٥٥‬ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ]‬
‫ﺣﺫﺭً ﺍ ﻋﻧﺩ ﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺎﻁﻊ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﻳﺗﻌﺫﺭ ﺍﺳﺗﺭﺩﺍﺩﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﻘﻠﻳﻝ ﺃﺣﺟﺎﻡ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺿﻐﻁ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫‪ z‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪ ۲‬ﻣﻥ ”ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ“‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ] [‪ .‬ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﻣﻠﻑ ﺟﺩﻳﺩ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ‬
‫>‪.<m‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺿﻐﻁ ﻭﺣﻔﻅ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫ﻳﺗﻡ ﺣﻔﻅ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺿﻐﻭﻁﺔ ﺑﺗﻧﺳﻳﻕ ]‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺿﻐﻁ ﺃﻓﻼﻡ ]‬
‫[‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺣﻔﻅ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﺗﻧﺳﻳﻕ ﻣﺿﻐﻭﻁ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]ﻛﺗﺎﺑﺔ ﻓﻭﻗﻳﺔ[‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺿﻐﻁ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺭﺭﺓ ﻭﺣﻔﻅﻬﺎ ﻛﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺟﺩﻳﺩﺓ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]ﺿﻐﻁ ﻭﺣﻔﻅ[‪.‬‬
‫[‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺄﻛﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <q><r‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]ﻣﻭﺍﻓﻕ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﻁﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﺑﺩﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﻠﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺻﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫• ﻻ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ]‬
‫‪۱۱۳‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ] [‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <q><r‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ] [‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺣﻭ ﻣﺗﻛﺭﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﺣﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺩ ﻣﺳﺣﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺗﻳﻥ ‪ ۱‬ﻭ‪ ۲‬ﻓﻲ ”ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺻﻳﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻡ ﺇﻧﺷﺎﺅﻫﺎ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ )ﻣﻠﺧﺻﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ(“‬
‫)= ‪ (۹۰‬ﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻓﻳﻠﻡ ﺗﻡ ﺇﻧﺷﺎﺅﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ] [‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ <m‬ﻟﻠﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﻠﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <q><r‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ] [ ﺃﻭ ] [‪،‬‬
‫ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫ﺗﻘﻠﻳﻝ ﺃﺣﺟﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫[‪ ،‬ﺣﺳﺏ ﺍﻟﺿﺭﻭﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﻛﻥ‬
‫[ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻣﺕ ﺑﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻣﻘﻁﻊ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺑﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻷﻟﺑﻭﻣﺎﺕ )‪(Story Highlights‬‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺇﻧﺷﺎء ﺃﻟﺑﻭﻡ ﻣﻥ ﺻﻭﺭ ﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻣﻧﻅﻣﺔ ﺣﺳﺏ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺍﺭﻳﺦ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺳﻣﺎء ﺍﻷﺷﺧﺎﺹ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺟﻣﻳﻊ‬
‫ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺷﺭﺍﺋﺢ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺣﻔﻅﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻫﻳﺋﺔ ﻓﻳﻠﻡ ﻗﺻﻳﺭ ﻟﻣﺩﺓ ﻣﻥ ﺩﻗﻳﻘﺗﻳﻥ ‪ ۲‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ۳‬ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻕ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺓ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺣﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﺷﺣﻭﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﻣﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺳﻣﺎﺕ ﻟﻸﻟﺑﻭﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‬
‫< ﻟﻠﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺳﻣﺎﺕ ﻟﻛﻲ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ‬
‫ﻋﻧﺎﺻﺭ ﺍﻷﻟﺑﻭﻣﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﺇﻥ ﺗﻣﻳﻳﺯ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻛﻣﻔﺿﻠﺔ ﻳﺳﻬﻝ ﻣﻥ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺗﻬﺎ ﻋﻧﺩ ﻋﻣﻝ ﺃﻟﺑﻭﻣﺎﺕ )= ‪.(۱۰٤‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﺷﺧﺹ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻧﺎﺳﺑﺔ‬
‫ﺇﻧﺷﺎء ﺃﻟﺑﻭﻡ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺗﻘﻁﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻳﻭﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺗﻘﻁﺔ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﻟﻠﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻳﻭﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻹﻧﺷﺎء ﺃﻟﺑﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺷﻬﺭﻳﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺄﺷﺧﺎﺹ‪ ،‬ﻣﺛﻝ ﺃﻟﺑﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻷﻁﻔﺎﻝ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﺭﺍﺣﻝ‬
‫ﻧﻣﻭﻫﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻷﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻗﻣﺕ ﺑﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﻫﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩﻫﺎ ﻟﻸﻟﺑﻭﻣﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻷﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺗﻘﻁﺔ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﻟﻠﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻳﻭﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺟﻳﺩ ﻷﻟﺑﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﺧﺻﺻﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻁﻼﺕ‪/‬ﺍﻷﻋﻳﺎﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺣﻔﻼﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻏﻳﺭﻫﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﺳﺑﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻧﺷﺎء ﺃﻟﺑﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻥ ﺻﻭﺭ ﻣﻧﺎﺳﺑﺎﺕ ﺃﻗﺩﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺣﺩﺙ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺗﺧﺻﻳﺹ‬
‫ﺻﻭﺭ ﺗﺳﺗﻧﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺷﺧﺎﺹ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۱۱٤‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺭﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺳﻭﻑ ﺗﺧﺗﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﺳﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺎﺣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪ ۳‬ﺣﺳﺏ ﺗﻭﺍﺭﻳﺦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻭﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﻫﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫<‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‬
‫‪ z‬ﺑﻌﺩ ﻋﺭﺽ ]ﻣﺷﻐﻭﻝ[‪ ،‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﻌﺭﺍﺽ ﺍﻷﻟﺑﻭﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <q><r‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]ﺍﻟﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ[ ﺃﻭ ]ﺍﺳﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺷﺧﺹ[ ﺃﻭ ]ﻣﻧﺎﺳﺑﺔ[ ﻛﺳﻣﺔ ﻟﻸﻟﺑﻭﻡ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ‬
‫>‪.<m‬‬
‫ﺛﻭﺍﻥ ﻗﻠﻳﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﺳﺗﻌﺭﺍﺽ‬
‫‪ z‬ﺑﻌﺩ ﻋﺭﺽ ]ﺗﺣﻣﻳﻝ[ ﻟﻣﺩﺓ‬
‫ٍ‬
‫ﺃﻟﺑﻭﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺣﻔﻅ ﺍﻷﻟﺑﻭﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <o><p‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]ﺣﻔﻅ ﺍﻷﻟﺑﻭﻡ‬
‫ﻛﻔﻳﻠﻡ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺑﻣﺟﺭﺩ ﺣﻔﻅ ﺍﻷﻟﺑﻭﻡ‪ ،‬ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ]ﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﺣﻔﻅ[‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﻟﺑﻭﻡ )= ‪.(۲۰‬‬
‫ﺇﻧﺷﺎء ﺃﻟﺑﻭﻣﺎﺗﻙ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۱۱٥‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺇﻧﺷﺎء ﺃﻟﺑﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ ﺻﻭﺭ ﻣﻥ ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‬‫ ﺃﻓﻼﻡ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﻠﺧﺻﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‬‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻹﻧﺷﺎء ﺃﻟﺑﻭﻡ ﻣﺧﺻﺹ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﺗﺑﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﻣﻥ ‪ ۱‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ۳‬ﻓﻲ ”ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻷﻟﺑﻭﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫)‪ ،(۱۱٤ =) “(Story Highlights‬ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺗﺧﺻﻳﺹ[‬
‫ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫•‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺣﻔﻅ ﺍﻷﻟﺑﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻡ ﺗﻛﻥ ﻫﻧﺎﻙ ﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺧﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻛﺎﻓﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﻌﺩﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺟﺯﺍء ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺩﻳﺔ )= ‪.(۱۱۳‬‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻠﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪ ۳‬ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻳﻕ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻠﻭﻥ[ ﻭﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <q><r‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭ ﻟﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ <m‬ﻻﺳﺗﻌﺭﺍﺽ ﺍﻷﻟﺑﻭﻡ ﻣﺗﺿﻣ ًﻧﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﻟﺑﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻳﻕ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻷﻟﺑﻭﻣﺎﺕ[ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪ Story Highlights‬ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ ،<m‬ﻭﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺃﻟﺑﻭﻡ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ <m‬ﻣﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺳﺔ ﺑﺎﺭﺯﺓ‪ ،‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺇﺭﺟﺎﻋﻬﺎ ﺑﺳﺭﻋﺔ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻳﻕ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ[ ﺃﻭ ]ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ[ ﺃﻭ ]ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺷﺧﺹ[‪،‬‬
‫ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫<‪.‬‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﻋﻧﺎﺻﺭ ﺍﻷﻟﺑﻭﻣﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺍﺭﻳﺦ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺷﺧﺎﺹ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻣﻳﻳﺯ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺍﺭﻳﺦ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺷﺧﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ] [‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺑﻌﺩ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺿﻣﻥ ]ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ[‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﺭ > <‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺑﻌﺩ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺍﺭﻳﺦ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺷﺧﺎﺹ ﺿﻣﻥ ]ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ[ ﺃﻭ‬
‫]ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺷﺧﺹ[‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<n‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭ ﻟﻭﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <q><r‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻠﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻌﺭﺍﺽ ﻣﺗﺿﻣ ًﻧﺎ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻕ ﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻠﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫•‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۱۱٦‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺣﻔﻅ ﺍﻷﻟﺑﻭﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪ ٤‬ﻓﻲ ”ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻷﻟﺑﻭﻣﺎﺕ )‪“(Story Highlights‬‬
‫)= ‪ (۱۱٤‬ﻟﺣﻔﻅ ﺍﻷﻟﺑﻭﻣﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺻﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ٤۰‬ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ[‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﻓﻳﻬﺎ ﺑﺈﻧﺷﺎء ﺃﻟﺑﻭﻡ‬
‫ﻣﺧﺻﺹ‪ ،‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ]ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﺳﺗﻧﺎﺩًﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ؟[‪ .‬ﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺻﻭﺭ ﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ ﻣﺳﺑ ًﻘﺎ ﻛﺄﺳﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺗﺭ‬
‫]ﻧﻌﻡ[‪ .‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻣﻳﻳﺯ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ] [‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺻﻭﺭ ﻣﺗﻌﺩﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻭﻗﺕ ﻭﺍﺣﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺧﺎ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ[‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺻﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪۱٥‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻌﺭﺍﺽ‪ ،‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻠﻭﻥ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻳﻕ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻠﻭﻥ[‪ .‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ‬
‫‪ ٤‬ﻣﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺩ ﻻ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻕ ﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻠﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺑﺈﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻻﺳﻠﻛﻳًﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺍﻓﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻧﺗﺭﻧﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪۱۱۸......................... Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ‪۱۲۸........................................... Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﺗﺣﻣﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺧﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﻳﺏ‪۱۱۸ ........................................‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺎﺗﻑ ﺫﻛﻲ ‪۱۱۹ ...........................................‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ‪۱۱۹ .......................................‬‬
‫ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻻﺳﻠﻛﻳًﺎ ‪۱۲۰ ....................................................‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ‪۱۲۰ ........................................‬‬
‫ﺑﺩء ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﻋﺑﺭ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪۱۲۸ ........................................... Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺩ ﺑﺩء ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ ‪۱۲۸ ...................................................Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺧﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﻳﺏ‪۱۲۰..................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﻓﻲ ‪۱۲۱ ...................CANON iMAGE GATEWAY‬‬
‫ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺧﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﻳﺏ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ ‪۱۲۳ ...........................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ‪ CameraWindow‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺎﺗﻑ ﺫﻛﻲ‪۱۲٤.....................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺟﻬﻳﺯ ﻟﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪۱۲٥................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻘﻕ ﻣﻥ ﺑﻳﺋﺔ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‪۱۲٥ ..........................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ ‪۱۲٥ .............................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﻟﻼﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪) Wi-Fi‬ﻧﻅﺎﻡ‬
‫‪ Windows‬ﻓﻘﻁ(‪۱۲۷ ........................................................‬‬
‫‪۱۱۷‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﻋﺑﺭ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﻭﺻﻭﻝ ‪۱۲۹............................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﻳﺩ ﺗﻭﺍﻓﻕ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ‪۱۲۹ ...............................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ‪۱۳۰ ...........................WPS‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ ‪۱۳٤ ......................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﺩﻭﻥ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﻭﺻﻭﻝ ‪۱۳٥...........................................‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ ‪۱۳۷ .....................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ‪۱۳۸................................................‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ‪۱۳۹..........................................................‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻓﺭﺩﻱ ‪۱۳۹ ..............................................‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻋﺩﺓ ﺻﻭﺭ ‪۱٤۰ .........................................................‬‬
‫ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺗﻌﻠﻳﻘﺎﺕ ‪۱٤۱ ............................................................‬‬
‫ﺣﻔﻅ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‪۱٤۲......................................‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ > <‪۱٤۳...................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﻫﺎﺗﻑ ﺫﻛﻲ ﻟﻠﺯﺭ > <‪۱٤۳ ..........................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﻣﺯﺍﻣﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﺯﺭ > < ‪۱٤٤ ....................................‬‬
‫ﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺟﻠﺔ‪۱٤٥ ...................................................‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ )ﻣﺯﺍﻣﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ(‪۱٤٥..............................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺟﻬﻳﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺑﺩﺋﻳﺔ‪۱٤٥ ........................................................‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‪۱٤٦ .............................................................‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺟﻐﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ‪۱٤۷.......................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻋﻥ ﺑُﻌﺩ‪۱٤۸ ..........................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ‪ Wi-Fi‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﺳﺣﻬﺎ ‪۱٤۹..................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ‪۱٤۹ ................................................‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪ Wi-Fi‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺗﺭﺍﺿﻳﺔ‪۱٥۰ ...............‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺗﺑﺭ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻣﻧﺗﺞ ®‪ Wi-Fi‬ﻣﻌﺗﻣ ًﺩﺍ‪ .‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺧﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻭﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺇﻟﻳﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻻﺳﻠﻛﻳًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻﺣﻅ ﺃﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺳﻡ‪ ،‬ﻗﺩ ﺗﺗﻡ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪ LAN‬ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻛﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ ﺑﺧﻼﻑ ‪ Wi-Fi‬ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ‪.Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻳﺗﻁﻠﺏ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻋﺑﺭ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪ Wi-Fi‬ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﺗﺟﻬﻳﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺑﺩﺋﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻬﺩﻓﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﺧﺗﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺟﻬﻳﺯﺍﺕ ﻭﻁﺭﻕ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﺧﺗﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻬﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻﺣﻅ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺗﻘﻧﻳﺔ ‪ ،Wi-Fi‬ﺳﻳﺗﻭﺟﺏ ﻋﻠﻳﻙ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺍﺳﻡ ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻣﺳﺗﻌﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫)= ‪.(۱۲۸‬‬
‫• ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪ ،Wi-Fi‬ﺍﺣﺭﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺭﺍءﺓ ”ﺍﺣﺗﻳﺎﻁﺎﺕ ‪) Wi-Fi‬ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪ LAN‬ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻛﻳﺔ(“‬
‫)= ‪ (۲۰۸‬ﻭ”ﺍﺣﺗﻳﺎﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﺎﻳﺔ“ )= ‪.(۲۰۹‬‬
‫ﺗﺣﻣﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺧﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﻳﺏ‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺧﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺷﺑﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋﻳﺔ ﻭﺧﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﻳﺏ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ ﻋﺑﺭ ‪CANON iMAGE‬‬
‫‪ .*GATEWAY‬ﻛﻣﺎ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺳﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﻭﻳﺏ ﻋﺑﺭ ‪.CANON iMAGE GATEWAY‬‬
‫* ‪ CANON iMAGE GATEWAY‬ﻫﻲ ﻋﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻥ ﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﺻﻭﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻧﺗﺭﻧﺕ ﺗﺗﻭﻓﺭ ﻟﻣﻥ ﻳﺷﺗﺭﻱ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‬
‫‪CANON iMAGE‬‬
‫‪GATEWAY‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۱۱۸‬‬
‫‪ ،SNS‬ﻣﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻣﺷﺎﺭﻛﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﻹﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ‬
‫˻‬
‫˺‬
‫• ‪ Wi-Fi‬ﻫﻭ ﺍﺳﻡ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺟﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻳﺷﻳﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺑﺎﺩﻝ ﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪ LAN‬ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻛﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ ﺗﺻﻔﺢ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺫﻛﻲ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫˼‬
‫ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺧﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﻳﺏ )= ‪(۱۲۰‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﻋﺑﺭ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﻭﺻﻭﻝ )= ‪(۱۲۹‬‬
‫‪ ٣‬ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ )= ‪*(۱۳۹‬‬
‫* ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﻳﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۱۱۹‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‬
‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺎﺗﻑ ﺫﻛﻲ‬
‫ﺃﺭﺳﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍﺗﻑ ﺍﻟﺫﻛﻳﺔ ﻭﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﺍﻟﻠﻭﺣﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺯﻭﺩﺓ ﺑﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ‪ .Wi-Fi‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ ﻭﻭﺿﻊ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺟﻐﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻘﻁﺎﺗﻙ ﻣﻥ ﻫﺎﺗﻑ ﺫﻛﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻟﻭﺣﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻣﻼءﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ‪ ،‬ﺗﺗﻡ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍﺗﻑ ﺍﻟﺫﻛﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻠﻭﺣﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺇﺟﻣﺎﻻً ”ﺑﺎﻟﻬﻭﺍﺗﻑ ﺍﻟﺫﻛﻳﺔ“‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‬
‫‪CameraWindow‬‬
‫˺‬
‫ﺧﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‬
‫‪CameraWindow‬‬
‫˻‬
‫‪/App Store‬‬
‫‪Google Play‬‬
‫˼ ˺‬
‫ﺍﻹﻧﺗﺭﻧﺕ‬
‫˾ ˽‬
‫ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ‬
‫˼‬
‫ﻫﺎﺗﻑ ﺫﻛﻲ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﻟﻭﺣﻲ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻻﺳﻠﻛﻳًﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‪.‬‬
‫˻‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ‪ CameraWindow‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺎﺗﻑ ﺫﻛﻲ )= ‪(۱۲٤‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﻣﺑﺎﺷﺭ ًﺓ )= ‪ (۱۳٥‬ﺃﻭ ﻋﺑﺭ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﻭﺻﻭﻝ )= ‪(۱۲۹‬‬
‫‪ ٣‬ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ )= ‪(۱۳۹‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻘﻕ ﻣﻥ ﺑﻳﺋﺔ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ )= ‪(۱۲٥‬‬
‫ﺗﻧﺯﻳﻝ ﻭﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ )= ‪(۱۲٥‬‬
‫‪ ٣‬ﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﻟﻼﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪) Wi-Fi‬ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ‪ Windows‬ﻓﻘﻁ‪(۱۲۷ = ،‬‬
‫‪ ٤‬ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﻋﺑﺭ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﻭﺻﻭﻝ )= ‪(۱۲۹‬‬
‫‪ ٥‬ﺣﻔﻅ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ )= ‪(۱٤۲‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺭﺳﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻻﺳﻠﻛﻳًﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ‪) PictBridge‬ﺩﻋﻡ ‪ (DPS over IP‬ﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺗﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‬
‫˻‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺧﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﻳﺏ‬
‫ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻻﺳﻠﻛ ًﻳﺎ‬
‫˺‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ‪ Wi-Fi‬ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺑﻳﻥ ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺟﺎﺭﻳﺔ ‪.Canon‬‬
‫ﺧﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‬
‫˻ ˺‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۱۲۰‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ )= ‪(۱۳۸‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ )= ‪(۱۳۹‬‬
‫• ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﻣﻥ ﻣﻭﻗﻊ ‪ CANON iMAGE GATEWAY‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﻳﺏ ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ ﺣﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻣﺗﻁﻠﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺻﻔﺢ )‪ ،Microsoft Internet Explorer‬ﺇﻟﺦ(‪ ،‬ﺑﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻭﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺻﺩﺍﺭ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﻠﺩﺍﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﻁﻕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺗﻭﻓﺭ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺧﺩﻣﺔ ‪CANON iMAGE‬‬
‫‪ ،GATEWAY‬ﺗﻔﺿﻝ ﺑﺯﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﻭﻗﻊ ‪ Canon‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﻳﺏ )‪.(http://www.canon.com/cig/‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﻣﺑﺎﺷﺭ ًﺓ )= ‪ (۱۳٥‬ﺃﻭ ﻋﺑﺭ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﻭﺻﻭﻝ )= ‪(۱۲۹‬‬
‫ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ )= ‪(۱۷۱‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻫﺎﺗﻑ ﺫﻛﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺧﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﻠﺯﻡ ﺗﻭﻓﺭ ﻫﺎﺗﻑ ﺫﻛﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﻣﺯﻭﺩ ﺑﻣﺗﺻﻔﺢ ﻭﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺇﻧﺗﺭﻧﺕ ﻹﺗﻣﺎﻡ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻣﻥ ﺃﺟﻝ ﺧﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫‪ CANON iMAGE GATEWAY‬ﻭﺧﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﻳﺏ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫• ﻳﺟﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻟﺩﻳﻙ ﺣﺳﺎﺑًﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺧﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﻳﺏ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ ﺑﺧﻼﻑ ‪ CANON iMAGE GATEWAY‬ﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﻛﻧﺕ ﺗﺭﻏﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻟﻣﺯﻳﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﻣﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻭﻳﺏ ﻟﻛﻝ ﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﻭﻳﺏ ﺗﺭﻳﺩ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺩ ُﺗﻔﺭَ ﺽ ﺭﺳﻭﻡ ﻣﻧﻔﺻﻠﺔ ﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﻣﻭﻓﺭ ﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺗﺭﻧﺕ )‪ (ISP‬ﻭﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﻓﻲ ‪CANON iMAGE GATEWAY‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺩ ﺭﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻭ‪ ،CANON iMAGE GATEWAY‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ ‪CANON iMAGE‬‬
‫‪ GATEWAY‬ﻛﻭﺟﻬﺔ ﻟﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﻳﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪.‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺩﺧﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺧﺩﻣﺔ ‪CANON‬‬
‫‪ iMAGE GATEWAY‬ﻭﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۱۲۱‬‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻣﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻫﺎﺗﻑ ﺫﻛﻲ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﻗﻊ‬
‫‪ ،http://www.canon.com/cig/‬ﺛﻡ ﻗﻡ ﺑﺯﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﻭﻗﻊ‬
‫‪ CANON iMAGE GATEWAY‬ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﻣﻧﻁﻘﺗﻙ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺑﻌﺩ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺩﺧﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﺃﺩﺧﻝ ﺍﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ‬
‫ﻭﻛﻠﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﻳﻥ ﺑﻙ ﻟﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺩﺧﻭﻝ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻡ ﻳﻛﻥ‬
‫ﻟﺩﻳﻙ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ‪ ،CANON iMAGE GATEWAY‬ﺍﺗﺑﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻹﻛﻣﺎﻝ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﻋﺿﻭ )ﻣﺟﺎ ًﻧﺎ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪.‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪.Wi-Fi‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫)= ‪.(۱۲۸‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]‬
‫[‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ >‪ <o><p><q><r‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ‬
‫]‬
‫[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﻧﺷﺎء ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <q><r‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]ﻣﺻﺎﺩﻗﺔ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﻁﺭﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻙ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻓﻲ ﻁﺭﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻫﺫﺍ‪ ،‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ]‬
‫‪.Wi-Fi‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺑﻣﺟﺭﺩ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭﻙ ﻟﻁﺭﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪ ،‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺻﻔﺣﺔ‬
‫ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺭﻣﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﺎﺩﻗﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺻﻔﺣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪،۹‬‬
‫ﺳﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺭﻣﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﺎﺩﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺭﻭﺽ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺑﻌﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﻣﻥ ‪ ۳‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪.۸‬‬
‫[ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ‬
‫‪٦‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﻭﺻﻭﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <o><p‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ )ﻧﻘﻁﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺻﻭﻝ(‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫‪۷‬‬
‫ﺃﺩﺧﻝ ﻛﻠﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ <m‬ﻟﻠﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺩﺧﻝ ﻛﻠﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻭﺭ )= ‪.(۱۲۹‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <o><p‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫‪۸‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﻧﺷﺎء ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <o><p‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫‪۹‬‬
‫ﺃﺩﺧﻝ ﺭﻣﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﺎﺩﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺎﺗﻑ ﺫﻛﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‪ ،‬ﺃﺩﺧﻝ ﺭﻣﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﺎﺩﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺭﻭﺽ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﻧﺗﻘﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺭﻗﻡ ﺗﺄﻛﻳﺩ ﻣﻛﻭﻥ ﻣﻥ ﺳﺗﺔ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪۱۰‬‬
‫ﺗﺣﻘﻕ ﻣﻥ ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﺄﻛﻳﺩ ﻭﺃﻛﻣﻝ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﻣﻁﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﺄﻛﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺭﻭﺽ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻟﻠﺭﻗﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺭﻭﺽ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﺍﻟﺫﻛﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <q><r‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]ﻣﻭﺍﻓﻕ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺳﺗﻛﻣﻝ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﺍﻟﺫﻛﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۱۲۲‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺑﻌﺩ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺑـ ‪CANON iMAGE‬‬
‫‪ GATEWAY‬ﻋﺑﺭ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺭﻣﺯ‬
‫ﻣﺻﺎﺩﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫‪ z‬ﺗﻣﺕ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ] [ )= ‪ (۱٤٥‬ﻭﺧﺩﻣﺔ ‪CANON‬‬
‫‪ iMAGE GATEWAY‬ﻛﻭﺟﻬﺗﻳﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻳﺗﻐﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﻣﺯ‬
‫[ ﺇﻟﻰ ]‬
‫]‬
‫[‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﺍﻟﺫﻛﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‬
‫ﻟﻺﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻧﺗﻬﺎء ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺧﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﻳﺏ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻹﺟﺭﺍءﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ”ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺧﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﻳﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ“ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪.(۱۲۳ =) ۲‬‬
‫• ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﻣﺗﻭﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ‪ WPS‬ﺑﺎﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ ‪ [WPS‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪ .٦‬ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﻣﻥ ‪ ٥‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ۷‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺳﻡ ”ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ‪“WPS‬‬
‫)= ‪.(۱۳۱ – ۱۳۰‬‬
‫ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺧﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﻳﺏ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺧﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﻳﺏ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺑﺟﺎﻧﺏ ﺧﺩﻣﺔ ‪.CANON iMAGE GATEWAY‬‬
‫ﻻﺣﻅ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺟﺏ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺧﺩﻣﺔ ‪ CANON iMAGE GATEWAY‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ً‬
‫ﺃﻭﻻ )= ‪.(۱۲۱‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﻳﺏ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪ ۱‬ﻓﻲ ”ﺍﻟﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﻓﻲ ‪CANON iMAGE‬‬
‫‪ (۱۲۱ =) “GATEWAY‬ﻟﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺩﺧﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺧﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫‪ ،CANON iMAGE GATEWAY‬ﺛﻡ ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﻳﺏ‪.‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ ﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺭﻭﺿﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﺍﻟﺫﻛﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﻳﺏ‪.‬‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]‬
‫[‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ‪ ،(۱۲۸ =) Wi-Fi‬ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ >‪ <o><p><q><r‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]‬
‫[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺗﻡ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺙ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﻳﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۱۲۳‬‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻐﻳﺭﺕ ﺃﻳﺔ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﻬﻳﺄﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺗﺑﻊ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﻣﺟﺩﺩًﺍ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺙ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ‪ CameraWindow‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺎﺗﻑ ﺫﻛﻲ‬
‫ﻗﺑﻝ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺑﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﺫﻛﻲ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺃﻭﻻً ﺑﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻁﺑﻳﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺻﺹ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﺎﻧﻲ ‪ CameraWindow‬ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﺍﻟﺫﻛﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﺍﻟﺫﻛﻲ ﺑﺈﺣﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﺷﺑﻛﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۱۲٤‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ‪.CameraWindow‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺑﺎﻟﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﻟﻠﻬﻭﺍﺗﻑ ﺍﻟﺫﻛﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻌﻣﻝ ﺑﻧﻅﺎﻡ ‪) Android‬ﻧﻅﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺇﺻﺩﺍﺭ ‪ 4.0‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﺻﺩﺍﺭ ﺃﺣﺩﺙ( ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺗﻘﻧﻳﺔ‬
‫‪ ،NFC‬ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻳﻕ ﺗﻧﺷﻳﻁ ﺗﻘﻧﻳﺔ ‪ NFC‬ﻭﺟﻌﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﺍﻟﺫﻛﻲ‬
‫ﻳﻠﻣﺱ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ‪ ( ) N‬ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪ ،‬ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﺑﺩء ‪Google‬‬
‫‪ Play‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﺍﻟﺫﻛﻲ‪ .‬ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ﺗﻧﺯﻳﻝ‬
‫‪ ،CameraWindow‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻧﺯﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻁﺑﻳﻕ ﻭﺗﺛﺑﻳﺗﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺑﺎﻟﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﻟﻠﻬﻭﺍﺗﻑ ﺍﻟﺫﻛﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻌﻣﻝ ﺑﻧﻅﺎﻡ ‪،Android‬‬
‫ﺍﺑﺣﺙ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﻁﺑﻳﻕ ‪ CameraWindow‬ﻓﻲ ‪Google‬‬
‫‪ ،Play‬ﺛﻡ ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻧﺯﻳﻠﻪ ﻭﺗﺛﺑﻳﺗﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺑﺎﻟﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ iPhone‬ﺃﻭ ‪ iPad‬ﺃﻭ ‪ ،iPod touch‬ﺍﺑﺣﺙ‬
‫ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﻁﺑﻳﻕ ‪ CameraWindow‬ﻓﻲ ‪ ،App Store‬ﺛﻡ‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻧﺯﻳﻠﻪ ﻭﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻹﻧﺷﺎء ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﺍﻟﺫﻛﻲ‬
‫)= ‪.(۱۳٥ ،۱۲۹‬‬
‫• ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ‪ ،NFC‬ﺗﺫﻛﺭ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ ﺗﺟﻧﺏ ﺍﻻﺻﻁﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺷﺩﻳﺩ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﺍﻟﺫﻛﻲ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺩ ﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯﻳﻥ‪.‬‬‫ ﺣﺳﺏ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﺍﻟﺫﻛﻲ‪ ،‬ﻗﺩ ﻻ ﻳﺻﺑﺢ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻥ ﻣﻌﺭﻓﻳﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﻟﺑﻌﺿﻬﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺑﻌﺽ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﺭ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ‬‫ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺣﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯﻳﻥ ﻣﻌًﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻭﺿﻌﻳﻥ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻔﻳﻥ ﻗﻠﻳﻼً‪.‬‬
‫ ﻻ ﺗﺿﻊ ﺃﺷﻳﺎء ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﺍﻟﺫﻛﻲ‪ .‬ﻋﻼﻭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﻻﺣﻅ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ‬‫ﺗﻐﻁﻲ ﻟﻠﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﺍﻟﺫﻛﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺷﺎﺑﻪ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻣﻥ ﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯﻳﻥ ﻗﺩ ﺗﻣﻧﻊ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ ﺣﻭﻝ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺗﻁﺑﻳﻕ )ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍﺗﻑ ﺍﻟﺫﻛﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺩﻋﻭﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺍﻟﻣُﺿﻣﱠﻧﺔ(‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﻣﻭﻗﻊ ‪Canon‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﻳﺏ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺗﻭﻓﺭ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ‪ ( ) N‬ﻓﻲ ﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍﺗﻑ ﺍﻟﺫﻛﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻧﻳﺔ ‪ .NFC‬ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ‬
‫ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﺍﻟﺫﻛﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺟﻬﻳﺯ ﻟﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺟﻬﻳﺯ ﻟﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‪ .‬ﻟﺣﻔﻅ ﺻﻭﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﻻﺳﻠﻛﻳًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﺟﺏ ﻋﻠﻳﻙ ﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ‬
‫‪.CameraWindow‬‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۱۲٥‬‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻋﺑﺭ ‪ Wi-Fi‬ﺑﺄﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﺗﻌﻣﻝ ﺑﺄﻧﻅﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻣﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﻣﺗﻁﻠﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺍﻓﻕ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﻔﺻﻳﻝ‪ ،‬ﺑﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﺩﻋﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻧﻅﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﺩﻳﺛﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﻔﺿﻝ ﺑﺯﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﻭﻗﻊ ‪Canon‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﻳﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫‪Windows 8/8.1‬‬
‫‪Windows 7 SP1‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﺳﺗﺣﺗﺎﺟﻪ‪:‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‬
‫‪ z‬ﻛﺑﻝ ‪) USB‬ﻁﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪*(Mini-B :‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻘﻕ ﻣﻥ ﺑﻳﺋﺔ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‬
‫‪Windows‬‬
‫ﻳُﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ‪ Windows 7‬ﻭ‪ Mac OS X 10.8‬ﻫﻧﺎ ﺑﻬﺩﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺿﻳﺢ‪.‬‬
‫‪Mac OS‬‬
‫‪Mac OS X 10.9‬‬
‫‪ Mac OS X 10.8.2‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﺣﺩﺙ‬
‫‪Mac OS X 10.7‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺩﻋﻡ ﺍﻹﺻﺩﺍﺭﻳﻥ ‪ Windows 7 Starter‬ﻭ‪.Home Basic‬‬
‫• ﻳﺗﻁﻠﺏ ﻧﻅﺎﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ‪) Windows 7 N‬ﺍﻹﺻﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﻭﺑﻲ( ﻭ‪) KN‬ﺇﺻﺩﺍﺭ ﻛﻭﺭﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺟﻧﻭﺑﻳﺔ(‬
‫ﺗﻧﺯﻳﻝ ‪ Windows Media Feature Pack‬ﻭﺗﺛﺑﻳﺗﻪ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻣﻧﻔﺻﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻣﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﻣﻭﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻭﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=159730‬‬
‫* ﻻ ﻳﻭﺟﺩ ﻛﺑﻝ ‪ USB‬ﻣﺭﻓﻕ‪ .‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﻏﻡ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ ﺑﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻛﺑﻝ‪ ،‬ﻫﻧﺎﻙ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﺕ ﻟﻥ ﺗﺗﻡ‬
‫ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺗﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻧﺯﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﻣﺗﺻﻝ ﺑﺎﻹﻧﺗﺭﻧﺕ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻭﻗﻊ ‪.http://www.canon.com/icpd/‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺑﻠﺩﻙ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺗﻙ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻧﺯﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪.‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﺍﺑﺩﺃ ﺍﻟﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ]‪/Easy Installation‬ﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﺳﻬﻝ[‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺗﺑﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻹﻛﻣﺎﻝ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫‪ ۳‬ﻋﻧﺩ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻁﻠﺏ ﻣﻧﻙ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻧﺕ ﺳﺗﻭﺻﻠﻬﺎ ﺃﻡ ﻻ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺑﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪ ،‬ﺍﻓﺗﺢ ﺍﻟﻐﻁﺎء ) (‪ .‬ﻣﻊ ﺗﻭﺟﻳﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺱ ﺍﻟﺻﻐﻳﺭ ﻟﻛﺑﻝ ‪ USB‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺿﺢ‪ ،‬ﺃﺩﺧﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺱ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﻣﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻓﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ) (‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫˻‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۱۲٦‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺣﺩﺩ ]‪/Install without connecting the device‬‬
‫ﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﺑﺩﻭﻥ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ[‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻅﻬﺭ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻹﻛﻣﺎﻝ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺑﺩﻭﻥ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻗﺩ ﻳﺳﺗﻐﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﺑﻧﺎ ًء ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺩﺍء ﺟﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﻭﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻧﺗﺭﻧﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ]‪/Finish‬ﺇﻧﻬﺎء[ ﺃﻭ ]‪/Restart‬ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ[‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻣﺗﺻﻠﺔ ﺑﺟﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻗﺑﻝ ﻓﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺑﻝ‪.‬‬
‫˺‬
‫‪ z‬ﺃﺩﺧﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺱ ﺍﻷﻛﺑﺭ ﻣﻥ ﻛﺑﻝ ‪ USB‬ﻓﻲ ﻣﻧﻔﺫ ‪ USB‬ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ ﺣﻭﻝ ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻻﺕ‬
‫‪ USB‬ﺑﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻹﻛﻣﺎﻝ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻧﻅﺭً ﺍ ﻻﺧﺗﻼﻑ ﻣﺣﺗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ ﻭﻭﻅﺎﺋﻔﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺧﺗﻼﻑ ﻁﺭﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﺩﻳﻙ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﻳﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻳﺟﺏ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻛﻝ ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺛﻬﺎ ﺑﺂﺧﺭ ﺇﺻﺩﺍﺭ ﻟﻠﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۱۲۷‬‬
‫ﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﻟﻼﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪) Wi-Fi‬ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ‪ Windows‬ﻓﻘﻁ(‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﻳﻌﻣﻝ ﺑﻧﻅﺎﻡ ‪ ،Windows‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺗﻣﻛﻥ ﻣﻥ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺑﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﻻﺳﻠﻛﻳًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﻣﺗﺻﻝ ﺑﻧﻘﻁﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺣﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻘﻕ ﻣﻥ ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺷﺑﻛﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺗﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ]ﺍﺑﺩﺃ[ ◄ ]ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ[ ◄‬
‫]‪◄ [CameraWindow] ◄ [Canon Utilities‬‬
‫]‪/Wi-Fi connection setup‬ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ ‪.[Wi-Fi‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺗﻁﺑﻳﻕ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻓﺗﺣﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺗﻡ ﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ‪ Windows‬ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺑﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪.۲‬‬
‫ ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺗﺩﻓﻳﻕ ﺍﻟﻭﺳﺎﺋﻁ‪.‬‬‫ﺳﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻣﻛﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻣﻥ ﻣﺷﺎﻫﺩﺓ )ﺇﻳﺟﺎﺩ( ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻳﻪ ﻋﺑﺭ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪.Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻛﺗﺷﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺷﺑﻛﺔ‪.‬‬‫ﺳﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻣﻛﻳﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﻣﻥ ﻣﺷﺎﻫﺩﺓ )ﺇﻳﺟﺎﺩ( ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺑﺭﻭﺗﻭﻛﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﺑﺭﺳﺎﺋﻝ ﺍﻹﻧﺗﺭﻧﺕ )‪.(ICMP‬‬‫ﻳﺗﻳﺢ ﻟﻙ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻘﻕ ﻣﻥ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺷﺑﻛﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ ﺗﻣﻛﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻲ )‪.(UPnP‬‬‫ﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻣﻛﻳﻥ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﺷﺑﻛﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻛﺗﺷﺎﻑ ﺑﻌﺿﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺑﻌﺽ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺩ ﺗﻣﻧﻌﻙ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺇﻛﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻣﻭﺿﺢ ﻫﻧﺎ‪ .‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﺑﺩء ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﻋﺑﺭ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﺳﺟﻝ ﺃﻭﻻً ﺍﺳﻣًﺎ ﻣﺳﺗﻌﺎﺭً ﺍ ﻟﻠﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻻﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻌﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻬﺩﻓﺔ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﺄﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﻋﺑﺭ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ‬
‫‪.Wi-Fi‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ‪.Wi-Fi‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ <1‬ﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<o‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﻣﺳﺗﻌﺎﺭﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺩﺧﻝ ﺍﺳ ًﻣﺎ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ <m‬ﻟﻠﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺩﺧﻝ ﺍﺳﻣًﺎ ﻣﺳﺗﻌﺎﺭً ﺍ )= ‪.(۲۷‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺻﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ۱٦‬ﺣﺭ ًﻓﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <o><p‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]ﻣﻭﺍﻓﻕ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪ z‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ‪.Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫‪۱۲۸‬‬
‫• ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﻻﺳﻠﻛﻳًﺎ ﺑﺄﻱ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺁﺧﺭ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‪ ،‬ﻳﺟﺏ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪ .‬ﻋﻼﻭ ًﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﻳﺟﺏ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺣﺗﻭﻱ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻭﺭ ﻟﻛﻲ ﺗﺗﻣﻛﻥ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺧﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﻳﺏ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻻﺳﻠﻛﻳًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻟﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺍﻻﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻌﺎﺭ ﻟﻠﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ ‪ < (۲٦ =) MENU‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ]‪] < [3‬ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ‪< [Wi-Fi‬‬
‫]ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺍﻻﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻌﺎﺭ ﻟﻠﺟﻬﺎﺯ[‪.‬‬
‫• ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻌﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺗﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻟﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪ ۲‬ﻳﺑﺩﺃ ﺑﺭﻣﺯ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﻓﺎﺭﻏﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ ،<m‬ﺛﻡ ﺃﺩﺧﻝ ﺍﺳﻣًﺎ ﻣﺳﺗﻌﺎﺭً ﺍ ﻣﺧﺗﻠ ًﻔﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺩ ﺑﺩء ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫• ﺑﻣﺟﺭﺩ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﻋﺑﺭ ‪ ،Wi-Fi‬ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﺳﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﻳﺭﺓ ﺃﻭﻻً ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ‬
‫‪ Wi-Fi‬ﺑﺎﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ > <‪ .‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﻣﺟﺩ ًﺩﺍ ﺑﺳﻬﻭﻟﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪<o><p‬‬
‫ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﻣﻥ ﺛﻡ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫• ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺟﺩﻳﺩ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﻌﺭﺽ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ ،<q><r‬ﺛﻡ ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻧﺕ ﺗﻔﺿﻝ ﻋﺩﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺁﺧﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻬﺩﻓﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺧﺗﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ ‪ < (۲٦ =) MENU‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ]‪< [3‬‬
‫]ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ‪] < [Wi-Fi‬ﺍﻟﺳﺟﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻬﺩﻑ[ < ]ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۱۲۹‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﻋﺑﺭ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﻭﺻﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﺑﺭ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪ Wi-Fi‬ﻛﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﺷﺑﻛﺔ )‪(SSID/ESSID‬‬
‫ﻣُﻌﺭﱢ ﻑ ‪ SSID‬ﺃﻭ ‪ ESSID‬ﻟﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ُﺗﻌﺭﻑ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺑـ ”ﺍﺳﻡ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ“ ﺃﻭ ”ﺍﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﺷﺑﻛﺔ“‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﻳﺩ ﺗﻭﺍﻓﻕ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﺗﻭﺍﻓﻕ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﻭﺟﻳﻪ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪ Wi-Fi‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﺣﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺗﺗﻭﺍﻓﻕ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻳﺭ ﺗﻘﻧﻳﺔ ‪ Wi-Fi‬ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺭﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ”‪.(۲۰۲ =) “Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻧﺕ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻝ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪ ،Wi-Fi‬ﻓﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻧﺎﺻﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺣﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻘﻕ ﻣﻥ‬
‫ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺷﺑﻛﺔ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻠﺯﻡ ﺗﻭﻓﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺳﺅﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﻟﺿﺑﻁ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺷﺑﻛﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺗﺻﻝ ﺑﻣﺳﺅﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﻌﺗﺑﺭ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﻬﻣﺔ ﺟ ًﺩﺍ ﻟﺣﻣﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﺑﻛﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﻭﺥ ﺍﻟﺣﺫﺭ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺻﺎﺩﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﺑﻛﺔ‪/‬ﺗﺷﻔﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ )ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻔﻳﺭ‪/‬ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻔﻳﺭ(‬
‫ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺗﺷﻔﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻛﻲ‪.‬‬
‫○ ﺑﺩﻭﻥ‬
‫○ ‪) WEP‬ﻣﺻﺎﺩﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺗﻭﺡ(‬
‫○ )‪WPA-PSK (TKIP‬‬
‫○ )‪WPA-PSK (AES‬‬
‫○ )‪WPA2-PSK (TKIP‬‬
‫○ )‪WPA2-PSK (AES‬‬
‫ﻛﻠﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻭﺭ )ﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻔﻳﺭ ‪ /‬ﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺷﺑﻛﺔ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺷﻔﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻛﻲ‪ .‬ﻳﻁﻠﻕ ﻋﻠﻳﻪ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ”ﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻔﻳﺭ“ ﺃﻭ ”ﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺷﺑﻛﺔ“‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ )ﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ(‬
‫ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ‪ WEP‬ﻟﻣﺻﺎﺩﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪ /‬ﺗﺷﻔﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫○‪۱‬‬
‫ﺗﺧﺗﻠﻑ ﻁﺭﻕ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﻧﺎ ًء ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺕ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺗﺩﻋﻡ )‪Wi-Fi Protected Setup (WPS‬‬
‫ﺃﻡ ﻻ‪ .‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻓﻕ ﻣﻊ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﻟﻠﺗﺣﻘﻕ ﻣﻥ ﺩﻋﻣﻬﺎ ﻟـ ‪.WPS‬‬
‫• ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺟﻳﻪ ﻫﻭ ﻋﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻳﻘﻭﻡ ﺑﺈﻧﺷﺎء ﺑﻧﻳﺔ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ )‪ (LAN‬ﻟﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﻋﺩﺓ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‪ .‬ﻭﻳُﻌﺭﻑ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺟﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻳﺗﺿﻣﻥ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ‪ Wi-Fi‬ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﺑﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﻭﺟﻳﻪ ‪.Wi-Fi‬‬
‫• ﻳﺷﻳﺭ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﻝ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺗﻭﺟﻳﻪ ‪ Wi-Fi‬ﻭﻣﺣﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﺑﺎﺳﻡ ”ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ“‪.‬‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻧﺕ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻣﻳﺯﺓ ﺗﺭﺷﻳﺢ ﻋﻧﺎﻭﻳﻥ ‪ MAC‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪ ،Wi-Fi‬ﻓﺎﺣﺭﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻋﻧﻭﺍﻥ ‪ MAC‬ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ‪ .‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﻣﺭﺍﺟﻌﺔ ﻋﻧﻭﺍﻥ ‪ MAC‬ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ ‪MENU‬‬
‫)= ‪ < (۲٦‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ]‪] < [3‬ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ‪] < [Wi-Fi‬ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻘﻕ ﻣﻥ ﻋﻧﻭﺍﻥ ‪.[MAC‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ‪WPS‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﻣﻝ ‪ WPS‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺳﻬﻳﻝ ﺇﻛﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﻋﺑﺭ ‪ .Wi-Fi‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺭﻣﺯ ‪ PIN‬ﻟﻺﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻳﺩﻋﻡ ‪.WPS‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻬﺩﻑ ﻣﺗﺻﻝ ﺑﻧﻘﻁﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺿﺭﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﺧﺩﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﻳﺏ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺣﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻘﻕ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ‬
‫ﺩﻟﻳﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ‪.(۱۲۸ =) Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻬﺩﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۱۳۰‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ >‪ <o><p><q><r‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻬﺩﻑ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻟﻼﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﺫﻛﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ] [‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻟﻼﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ] [‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻟﻼﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]‪.[2‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻟﻼﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﻭﻳﺏ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﺭﻣﺯ ﺍﻟﺧﺩﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﻋﺩﺓ ﻣﺳﺗﻠﻣﻳﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺧﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﺷﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﻭﻳﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺧﺗﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻧﺻﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ]ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻣﺳﺗﻠﻡ[ ﺑﺎﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ ،<o><p‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ[‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <o><p‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ[‪،‬‬
‫ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻟﻠﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺑﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﺫﻛﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻧﺩ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫]ﺑﺎﻧﺗﻅﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ[ )= ‪ ،(۱۳٥‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ‬
‫>‪ <q><r‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]ﺗﺑﺩﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺷﺑﻛﺔ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ‬
‫>‪.<m‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﻣﻥ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺗﺷﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ ‪.[WPS‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <o><p‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ ‪،[WPS‬‬
‫ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫‪٦‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ‪.[PBC‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <o><p‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ‪،[PBC‬‬
‫ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۱۳۱‬‬
‫‪۷‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﻧﺷﺎء ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻓﻲ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻣﺭﺍﺭ ﺯﺭ ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺛﻭﺍﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ WPS‬ﻟﺑﺿﻊ‬
‫ٍ‬
‫‪ z‬ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ <m‬ﻟﻼﻧﺗﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺳﺗﺗﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺑﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺧﺗﺭﺕ ] [ ﺃﻭ ]‪ [2‬ﺃﻭ ] [ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪ ،۳‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺳﺭﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺻﻠﺔ ﺑﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ]ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ[‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻌﺭﺽ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺫﻟﻙ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺧﺗﺭﺕ ﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﻭﻳﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪ ،۳‬ﻓﺎﻧﺗﻘﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪.۱۲‬‬
‫‪۸‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﻟﻼﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﺫﻛﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺑﺩﺃ ‪.CameraWindow‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺑﺎﻟﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﻟﻠﻬﻭﺍﺗﻑ ﺍﻟﺫﻛﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻌﻣﻝ ﺑﻧﻅﺎﻡ ‪) Android‬ﻧﻅﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺇﺻﺩﺍﺭ ‪ 4.0‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﺻﺩﺍﺭ ﺃﺣﺩﺙ( ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺗﻘﻧﻳﺔ‬
‫‪ ،NFC‬ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻳﻕ ﺗﻧﺷﻳﻁ ﺗﻘﻧﻳﺔ ‪ NFC‬ﻭﺟﻌﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﺍﻟﺫﻛﻲ‬
‫ﻳﻠﻣﺱ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ‪ (۱۲٤ = ، ) N‬ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪ ،‬ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﺑﺩء‬
‫‪ CameraWindow‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﺍﻟﺫﻛﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺑﺎﻟﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍﺗﻑ ﺍﻟﺫﻛﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‪ ،‬ﺍﺑﺩﺃ‬
‫‪ CameraWindow‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﺍﻟﺫﻛﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﻳﺑﺩﺃ ‪ CameraWindow‬ﻟﻠﻣﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺍﺳﻡ ﻣﺳﺗﻌﺎﺭ ﻟﻠﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﺍﻟﺫﻛﻲ ﻟﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺿﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺑﻣﺟﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺭﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﺍﻟﺫﻛﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪ ،‬ﺳﻳﺗﻡ‬
‫ﻋﺭﺽ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۱۳۲‬‬
‫‪۹‬‬
‫ﻟﻼﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﺫﻛﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻬﺩﻑ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <o><p‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻬﺩﻑ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺧﺗﺭﺕ ﻫﺎﺗ ًﻔﺎ ﺫﻛﻳًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻧﺗﻘﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪.۱۱‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺧﺗﺭﺕ ﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ‪ ،Macintosh‬ﻓﺎﻧﺗﻘﻝ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪.۱۲‬‬
‫‪۱۰‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺧﺗﺭﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﻳﻌﻣﻝ ﺑﻧﻅﺎﻡ‬
‫‪ Windows‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪ ۹‬ﻟﻠﻣﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻋﻧﺩ ﻅﻬﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻳﻣﻳﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ‬
‫”ﺍﺑﺩﺃ“ ﻣﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ]ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ]ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ[‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻧﻘﺭً ﺍ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺟً ﺎ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺭﻣﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺻﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺳﻳﺑﺩﺃ ﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻛﺗﻣﺎﻝ ﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻭﺗﻣﻛﻳﻥ ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‪ ،‬ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻥ ﻳﺗﻡ‬
‫ﻋﺭﺽ ﺃﻱ ﺷﻲء ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪.‬‬
‫‪۱۱‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﻟﻼﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﺫﻛﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺿﺑﻁ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺧﺻﻭﺻﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <q><r‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]ﻧﻌﻡ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﺍﻟﺫﻛﻲ ﻻﺳﺗﻌﺭﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩﻫﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺟﻐﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻳﻬﺎ )= ‪(۱٤۷‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ )= ‪.(۱٤۸‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۱۳۳‬‬
‫‪۱۲‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺗﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺗﺧﺗﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ُﺗﻌﺭﺽ ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﺗﺻﻼً‬
‫ﺑﺎﺧﺗﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻬﺩﻑ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻣﺗﺻﻠﺔ ﺑﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﺫﻛﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﻭﻳﺏ‪ ،‬ﻳﺗﻡ‬
‫ﻋﺭﺽ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻧﻘﻝ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺣﻭﻝ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ‬
‫”ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ“ )= ‪.(۱۳۹‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻣﺗﺻﻠﺔ ﺑﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‪ ،‬ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻓﺎﺭﻏﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ”ﺣﻔﻅ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ“ )= ‪ (۱٤۲‬ﻟﺣﻔﻅ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻣﺗﺻﻠﺔ ﺑﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﺎﺗﺑﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﺫﺍﺗﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﺑﺭ ‪ .USB‬ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ”ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ“ )= ‪.(۱۷۱‬‬
‫• ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﻋﺭﺽ ﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﺍﻟﺫﻛﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺻﻝ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]ﻧﻌﻡ[ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪ .۱۱‬ﻟﻠﺣﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﺻﻭﺻﻳﺔ ﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﻋﺭﺿﻬﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﺍﻟﺫﻛﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﻻ[ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪.۱۱‬‬
‫• ﻟﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺧﺻﻭﺻﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍﺗﻑ ﺍﻟﺫﻛﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﺍﻟﺫﻛﻲ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺗﺭﻳﺩ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺗﻪ ﻣﻥ ]ﺗﻌﺩﻳﻝ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ[ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪ ،٤‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ[‪.‬‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ‪ [PIN‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪ ،٦‬ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺭﻣﺯ ‪ PIN‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﺣﺭﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺿﺑﻁ ﻫﺫﺍ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ]ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ[‪ .‬ﻟﻣﺯﻳﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺭﻣﺯ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﺧﺗﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻓﻕ ﻣﻊ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻭﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﻣﺗﻌﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﻛﺭﺭ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻹﺟﺭﺍء ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺑﻣﺟﺭﺩ ﻗﻳﺎﻣﻙ ﺑﺗﺧﺻﻳﺹ ﻭﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺟﺭﺍءﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻣﺱ )= ‪ ،(۱۰٦‬ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﺟﻬﻳﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻭﺟﻬﺔ ﺑﺑﺳﺎﻁﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺳﺣﺏ ﻋﺑﺭ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺗﻠﻙ ﺍﻹﻳﻣﺎءﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺻﺻﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﺄﻳﺔ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ ﺑﺎﺗﺑﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪ ٤‬ﻓﻲ ”ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺍﻓﻘﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ‪.(۱۳۰ =) “WPS‬‬
‫• ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﻭﺻﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻬﺩﻑ ﻣﺗﺻﻝ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻝ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻹﺟﺭﺍء ﻣﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪ .۹‬ﻻﺣﻅ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺿﺭﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﺧﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﻳﺏ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻟﺗﺑﺩﻳﻝ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺗﺑﺩﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺷﺑﻛﺔ[ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ُﺗﻌﺭﺽ ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺑﺈﻧﺷﺎء ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺗﺑﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺟﺭﺍء ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪.٥‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﻋﺭﺽ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺩﺭﺟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺷﺑﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺩﺭﺟﺔ )ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ( ﻛﻣﺎ ﻫﻭ‬
‫ﻣﻭﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﻣﻥ ‪ ۱‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ٤‬ﻓﻲ ﻗﺳﻡ ”ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﻧﻘﺎﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ‪.(۱۳۰ =) “WPS‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﻭﺻﻭﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <o><p‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ )ﻧﻘﻁﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺻﻭﻝ(‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۱۳٤‬‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫ﺃﺩﺧﻝ ﻛﻠﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ <m‬ﻟﻠﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺩﺧﻝ ﻛﻠﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻭﺭ )= ‪.(۱۲۹‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <o><p‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ[‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <o><p‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺧﺗﺭﺕ ] [ ﺃﻭ ]‪ [2‬ﺃﻭ ] [ ﻛﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﺳﺗﻬﺩﻑ‪ ،‬ﻓﺭﺍﺟﻊ‬
‫ﻗﺳﻡ ”ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ‪ “WPS‬ﺑﺩءًﺍ‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪.(۱۳۲ =) ۹‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺧﺗﺭﺕ ﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﻭﻳﺏ ﻛﻭﺟﻬﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﻗﺳﻡ ”ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺑﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ‪ “WPS‬ﺑﺩءًﺍ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪۱۲‬‬
‫)= ‪.(۱۳۳‬‬
‫• ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻛﻠﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﺗﺣﻘﻕ ﻣﻥ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺫﺍﺗﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺣﺗﻰ ‪ ۱٦‬ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﻭﺻﻭﻝ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻛﺗﺷﺎﻑ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻭﺻﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻳﺩﻭﻳﺔ[ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪۲‬‬
‫ﻟﺿﺑﻁ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﻳﺩﻭﻳًﺎ‪ .‬ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺩﺧﻝ ﻣُﻌﺭﱢ ﻑ ‪ SSID‬ﻭﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﺎﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻛﻠﻣﺔ ﻣﺭﻭﺭ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﻗﻣﺕ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻝ ﻟﻠﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺑﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺁﺧﺭ‪ ،‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ]*[ ﻟﻛﻠﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻭﺭ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪ .۳‬ﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻛﻠﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻭﺭ ﺫﺍﺗﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <o><p‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﺩﻭﻥ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﻭﺻﻭﻝ‬
‫‪ z‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﻣُﻌﺭﱢ ﻑ ‪ SSID‬ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﺫﻛﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﺑﺭ ‪ ،Wi-Fi‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻛﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﻭﺻﻭﻝ )ﻭﺿﻊ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﻭﺻﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ( ﺑﺩﻻً ﻣﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﻣﻣﺎﺛﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻻﺕ ﺑﻳﻥ ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍﺗﻳﻥ )= ‪.(۱۳۸‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫‪ ۲‬ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻬﺩﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ‪.(۱۲۸ =) Wi-Fi‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ >‪ <o><p><q><r‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻬﺩﻑ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻟﻼﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﺫﻛﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ] [‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻟﻼﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]‪.[2‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۱۳٥‬‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ[‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <o><p‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ[‪،‬‬
‫ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻬﺩﻑ ﺑﺎﻟﺷﺑﻛﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻣﻥ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ‪ Wi-Fi‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﺍﻟﺫﻛﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺗﺭ‬
‫‪) SSID‬ﺍﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﺷﺑﻛﺔ( ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺭﻭﺿﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻟﻼﺗﺻﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺑﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۱۳٦‬‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﻟﻼﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﺫﻛﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺑﺩﺃ ‪.CameraWindow‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺑﺎﻟﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﻟﻠﻬﻭﺍﺗﻑ ﺍﻟﺫﻛﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻌﻣﻝ ﺑﻧﻅﺎﻡ ‪) Android‬ﻧﻅﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺇﺻﺩﺍﺭ ‪ 4.0‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﺻﺩﺍﺭ ﺃﺣﺩﺙ( ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺗﻘﻧﻳﺔ‬
‫‪ ،NFC‬ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻳﻕ ﺗﻧﺷﻳﻁ ﺗﻘﻧﻳﺔ ‪ NFC‬ﻭﺟﻌﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﺍﻟﺫﻛﻲ‬
‫ﻳﻠﻣﺱ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ‪ (۱۲٤ = ، ) N‬ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪ ،‬ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﺑﺩء‬
‫‪ CameraWindow‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﺍﻟﺫﻛﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺑﺎﻟﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍﺗﻑ ﺍﻟﺫﻛﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‪ ،‬ﺍﺑﺩﺃ ‪CameraWindow‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﺍﻟﺫﻛﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﻳﺑﺩﺃ ‪ CameraWindow‬ﻟﻠﻣﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺍﺳﻡ ﻣﺳﺗﻌﺎﺭ ﻟﻠﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﺍﻟﺫﻛﻲ ﻟﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺿﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺑﻣﺟﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺭﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﺍﻟﺫﻛﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪ ،‬ﺳﻳﺗﻡ‬
‫ﻋﺭﺽ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪.‬‬
‫‪٦‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻬﺩﻑ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <o><p‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻬﺩﻑ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫‪۷‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﻟﻼﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﺫﻛﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺿﺑﻁ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺧﺻﻭﺻﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <q><r‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]ﻧﻌﻡ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﺍﻟﺫﻛﻲ ﻻﺳﺗﻌﺭﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩﻫﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺟﻐﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻳﻬﺎ )= ‪(۱٤۷‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ )= ‪.(۱٤۸‬‬
‫‪۸‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺗﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺗﺧﺗﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ُﺗﻌﺭﺽ ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﺗﺻﻼً‬
‫ﺑﺎﺧﺗﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻬﺩﻑ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻣﺗﺻﻠﺔ ﺑﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﺫﻛﻲ‪ ،‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻝ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺣﻭﻝ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ‬
‫”ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ“ )= ‪.(۱۳۹‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻣﺗﺻﻠﺔ ﺑﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﺎﺗﺑﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﺫﺍﺗﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﺑﺭ ‪ .USB‬ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ”ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ“ )= ‪.(۱۷۱‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫• ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﻋﺭﺽ ﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﺍﻟﺫﻛﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺻﻝ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]ﻧﻌﻡ[ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪ .۷‬ﻟﻠﺣﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﺻﻭﺻﻳﺔ ﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﻋﺭﺿﻬﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﺍﻟﺫﻛﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﻻ[ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪.۷‬‬
‫• ﻟﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺧﺻﻭﺻﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍﺗﻑ ﺍﻟﺫﻛﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﺍﻟﺫﻛﻲ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺗﺭﻳﺩ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺗﻪ ﻣﻥ ]ﺗﻌﺩﻳﻝ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ[ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪ ،۳‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ[‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫• ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﻣﺗﻌﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﻛﺭﺭ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻹﺟﺭﺍء ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻣﺎﻳﺔ ﺃﻓﺿﻝ‪ ،‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﻁﻠﺏ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻛﻠﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻭﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪ ۳‬ﺑﺎﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ ‪ (۲٦ =) MENU‬ﻭﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ]‪] < [3‬ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ‪] < [Wi-Fi‬ﻛﻠﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻭﺭ[ < ]ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ[‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﺩﺧﻝ ﻛﻠﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺭﻭﺿﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻘﻝ ﻛﻠﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪.٤‬‬
‫• ﺑﻣﺟﺭﺩ ﻗﻳﺎﻣﻙ ﺑﺗﺧﺻﻳﺹ ﻭﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺟﺭﺍءﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻣﺱ )= ‪ ،(۱۰٦‬ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﺟﻬﻳﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻭﺟﻬﺔ ﺑﺑﺳﺎﻁﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺳﺣﺏ ﻋﺑﺭ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺗﻠﻙ ﺍﻹﻳﻣﺎءﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺻﺻﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۱۳۷‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﺄﻳﺔ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ ﺑﺎﺗﺑﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪ ۳‬ﻓﻲ ”ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﺩﻭﻥ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﻭﺻﻭﻝ“‬
‫)= ‪.(۱۳٥‬‬
‫• ﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻛﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﻭﺻﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺗﺑﺩﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺷﺑﻛﺔ[ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ُﺗﻌﺭﺽ ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺑﺈﻧﺷﺎء‬
‫ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﻭﺿﻊ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ[‪.‬‬
‫• ﻋﻧﺩ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﻋﺑﺭ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻬﺩﻑ ﺑﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪.٤‬‬
‫• ﻟﺗﺑﺩﻳﻝ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺗﺑﺩﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺷﺑﻛﺔ[ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ُﺗﻌﺭﺽ ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺑﺈﻧﺷﺎء ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺗﺑﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺟﺭﺍء ﻓﻲ ﻗﺳﻡ ”ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ‪ “WPS‬ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪.(۱۳۰ =) ٥‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍﺗﻳﻥ ﻋﺑﺭ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪ ،Wi-Fi‬ﻭﺃﺭﺳﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺑﻳﻧﻬﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻧﺣﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍﺕ ‪ Canon‬ﺍﻟﻣﺯﻭﱠ ﺩﺓ ﺑﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪ Wi-Fi‬ﻻﺳﻠﻛﻳًﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫‪ Canon‬ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺩﻋﻡ ﺣﺗﻰ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺎﺕ ‪ Eye-Fi‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺕ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﻭﺩﺓ ﺑﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪ .Wi-Fi‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺑﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍﺕ ‪ DIGITAL IXUS WIRELESS‬ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪.‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫‪ ۲‬ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ‪.(۱۲۸ =) Wi-Fi‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ >‪ <o><p><q><r‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ‬
‫]‪ ،[4‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۱۳۸‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺑﻌﺩ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻬﺩﻓﺔ ﺑﻧﺟﺎﺡ‪ ،‬ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺗﻘﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ”ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ“ )= ‪.(۱۳۹‬‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ[‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <o><p‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ[‪،‬‬
‫ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﻣﻥ ‪ ۱‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ۳‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻬﺩﻓﺔ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺳﺗﺗﻡ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻋﻧﺩ ﻋﺭﺽ ]ﺑﺩء‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻬﺩﻓﺔ[ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻠﺗﺎ ﺷﺎﺷﺗﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍﺗﻳﻥ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﺗﻌﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﻛﺭﺭ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻹﺟﺭﺍء ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺑﻣﺟﺭﺩ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪ ،‬ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﺳﻣﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺿﺣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪ .۳‬ﻭﻟﻼﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻣﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪،‬‬
‫ﻟﻳﺱ ﻋﻠﻳﻙ ﺳﻭﻯ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﻣﻬﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺑﻣﺟﺭﺩ ﻗﻳﺎﻣﻙ ﺑﺗﺧﺻﻳﺹ ﻭﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺟﺭﺍءﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻣﺱ )= ‪ ،(۱۰٦‬ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﺟﻬﻳﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻭﺟﻬﺔ ﺑﺑﺳﺎﻁﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺳﺣﺏ ﻋﺑﺭ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺗﻠﻙ ﺍﻹﻳﻣﺎءﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺻﺻﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‬
‫ﺃﺭﺳﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻻﺳﻠﻛﻳًﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺟﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻧﺣﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻﺣﻅ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‪ ،‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ً‬
‫ﺑﺩﻻ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ )= ‪.(۱٤۲‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻓﺭﺩﻱ‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺳﺣﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻳﺳﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻳﻣﻳﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺗﺭﻳﺩ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۱۳۹‬‬
‫• ﺑﺎﻟﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﻟﻸﻓﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻟﻡ ﺗﻘﻡ ﺑﺿﻐﻁﻬﺎ )= ‪ ،(۱۱۳‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻣﻠﻑ ﻣﻧﻔﺻﻝ ﻭﻣﺿﻐﻭﻁ ً‬
‫ﺑﺩﻻ ﻣﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻑ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ‪ .‬ﻻﺣﻅ ﺃﻥ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻗﺩ ﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺄﺧﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻳﺗﻌﺫﺭ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻑ ﺇﻻ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺕ ﻫﻧﺎﻙ‬
‫ﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﻛﺎﻓﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫‪ z‬ﺑﻌﺩ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺃﻭ ﻫﺎﺗﻑ ﺫﻛﻲ‪ ،‬ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ‬
‫]ﺍﻛﺗﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ[‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻳﺭﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﺃﺭﺳﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <q><r‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻫﺫﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻣﻳﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻭﻗﻊ ‪ ،YouTube‬ﺍﻗﺭﺃ ﺑﻧﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺧﺩﻣﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺃﻭﺍﻓﻕ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺳﻳﺑﺩﺃ ﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺧﻔﺕ ﺇﺿﺎءﺓ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﻧﻘﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺑﻌﺩ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺣﺩﻯ ﺧﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﻳﺏ‪ ،‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ‬
‫]ﻣﻭﺍﻓﻕ[‪ .‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ <m‬ﻟﻠﻌﻭﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺃﺻﺎﺑﻌﻙ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺷﻳﺎء ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ ﻋﻥ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﻫﻭﺍﺋﻲ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪ .(۳ =) Wi-Fi‬ﻓﻘﺩ ﺗﺅﺩﻱ ﺗﻐﻁﻳﺗﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻘﻠﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺳﺭﻋﺔ ﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻓ ًﻘﺎ ﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﺑﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺩ ﻳﺳﺗﻐﺭﻕ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﻭﻗ ًﺗﺎ ﻁﻭﻳﻼً‪ .‬ﻭﺍﺣﺭﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺭﺍﻗﺑﺔ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻧﺩ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺎﺗﻑ ﺫﻛﻲ‪ ،‬ﻻﺣﻅ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺗﺧﺗﻠﻑ ﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺩﻋﻭﻣﺔ ﺑﺎﺧﺗﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﺍﻟﺫﻛﻲ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﺍﻟﺫﻛﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ .<n‬ﺑﻌﺩ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺄﻛﻳﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ‬
‫>‪ <q><r‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]ﻣﻭﺍﻓﻕ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ .<m‬ﻛﻣﺎ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﺍﻟﺫﻛﻲ ﻹﻧﻬﺎء ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻭﺿﻳﺢ ﻗﻭﺓ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻛﻳﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺭﻣﻭﺯ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫] [ ﻣﺭﺗﻔﻌﺔ‪ [ ] ،‬ﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁﺔ‪ [ ] ،‬ﻣﻧﺧﻔﺿﺔ‪ [ ] ،‬ﺿﻌﻳﻔﺔ‬
‫ﺳﻳﺳﺗﻐﺭﻕ ﻭﻗﺕ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺧﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﻳﺏ ﻭﻗ ًﺗﺎ ﺃﻗﻝ ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﺗﺭﺳﻝ ﺻﻭﺭً ﺍ ﻗﻣﺕ ﺑﺈﺭﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻝ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺯﺍﻟﺕ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﺎﺩﻡ ‪.CANON iMAGE GATEWAY‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺩﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ )ﺍﻟﺣﺟﻡ(‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ] [ ﺑﺎﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ ،<o><p‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻗﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ ،<o><p‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫• ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺑﺣﺟﻣﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﺣﺩﺩ ]ﻻ[ ﻛﺧﻳﺎﺭ ﺗﻌﺩﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﺟﻡ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺳﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]‬
‫[ ﺃﻭ ]‬
‫[ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻌﺩﻳﻝ ﺣﺟﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺯﻳﺩ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﺟﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻋﺩﺓ ﺻﻭﺭ‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻭﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ[‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <q><r‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۱٤۰‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﻌﺩﻳﻝ ﺣﺟﻡ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﺻﻭﺭﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ‬
‫ً‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ >‪ <o><p><q><r‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻟﻳﺗﻡ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ .<m‬ﺳﻳﺗﻡ‬
‫ﻋﺭﺽ ] [‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻹﻟﻐﺎء ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ <m‬ﻣﺭ ًﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪ .‬ﻟﻥ‬
‫ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ] [ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺫﻟﻙ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻛﺭﺍﺭ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺻﻭﺭ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻻﻧﺗﻬﺎء ﻣﻥ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<n‬‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫ﺃﺭﺳﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <q><r‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫• ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺣﺗﻰ ‪ ٥۰‬ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻣﻌًﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻝ ﻣﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻓﻳﻠﻡ ﻣﺩﺗﻪ ﺣﺗﻰ ﺧﻣﺱ ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻕ )ﺃﻭ ﻣﻠﺧﺹ ﻓﻳﻠﻡ ﻣﺩﺗﻪ‬
‫ﺣﺗﻰ ‪ ۱۳‬ﺩﻗﻳﻘﺔ(‪ .‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﻏﻡ ﻣﻥ ﺫﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﻗﺩ ﺗﻘﻳﺩ ﺧﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﻳﺏ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻁﻭﻝ ﻣﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ‬
‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﺟﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪ ۲‬ﺑﺗﺣﺭﻳﻙ ﺫﺭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻐﻳﺭ ﻣﺭﺗﻳﻥ ﺗﺟﺎﻩ >‪ <k‬ﻟﻠﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺭﺩﺓ ﺛﻡ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪.<q><r‬‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪ ،۳‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑﺔ )ﺍﻟﺣﺟﻡ( ﻟﻠﺻﻭﺭ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ )= ‪.(٤۷‬‬
‫ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺗﻌﻠﻳﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪ ،‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺗﻌﻠﻳﻘﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺭﺳﻠﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻧﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﻹﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ ﻭﺧﺩﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺷﺑﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋﻳﺔ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ‪ .‬ﻗﺩ ﻳﺧﺗﻠﻑ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﻣﻭﺯ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻭﻓ ًﻘﺎ ﻟﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﻳﺏ‪.‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻌﻠﻳﻘﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ >‪ <o><p><q><r‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ‬
‫] [‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۱٤۱‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫‪ ۳‬ﺃﺭﺳﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺿﻑ ﺗﻌﻠﻳ ًﻘﺎ )= ‪.(۲۷‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺿﺣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺳﻡ ”ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ‬
‫ﻓﺭﺩﻱ“ )= ‪ (۱۳۹‬ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻋﻧﺩ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﻠﻳﻕ‪ ،‬ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﻠﻳﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩ ﻓﻲ ‪ CANON iMAGE GATEWAY‬ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۱٤۲‬‬
‫ﺣﻔﻅ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‬
‫ﻋﻧﺩ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﺑﺩﻻً ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳُﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ‪ Windows 7‬ﻭ‪ Mac OS X 10.8‬ﻫﻧﺎ ﺑﻬﺩﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺿﻳﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻣﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﻠﻳﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻌﻠﻘﺔ )ﻳﺳﺗﺛﻧﻰ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ(‪.‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﻌﺭﺽ ‪.CameraWindow‬‬
‫‪ :Windows z‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪CameraWindow‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ]‪Downloads Images From Canon‬‬
‫‪/Camera‬ﺗﻧﺯﻳﻝ ﺻﻭﺭ ﻣﻥ ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ‪.[Canon‬‬
‫‪ :Mac OS z‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ‪ CameraWindow‬ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ ﻋﻧﺩ‬
‫ﺇﻧﺷﺎء ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ ‪ Wi-Fi‬ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻭﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩ ﺻﻭﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ]‪/Import Images from Camera‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩ ﺻﻭﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ]‪Import‬‬
‫‪/Untransferred Images‬ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩ ﺻﻭﺭ ﻟﻡ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻧﻘﻠﻬﺎ[‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺗﻡ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺣﻔﻅ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺟﻠﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺑﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺟﻠﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﻧﻔﺻﻠﺔ ﺗﺗﻡ ﺗﺳﻣﻳﺗﻬﺎ ﺣﺳﺏ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ]‪/OK‬ﻣﻭﺍﻓﻕ[ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺿﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻛﺗﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺣﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ”ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ“ )= ‪.(۱٦۹‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﺳﺗﺳﺗﻐﺭﻕ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﻭﻗ ًﺗﺎ ﺃﻁﻭﻝ ﻟﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩﻫﺎ ﻧﻅﺭً ﺍ ﻷﻥ ﺣﺟﻡ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﺃﻛﺑﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭﻗﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺣﻔﻅ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ ﻓﻘﻁ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‪ ،‬ﻛﻣﺎ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﻣﺟﻠﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻬﺔ‪ .‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ”ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ“ )= ‪ (۱٦۹‬ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Windows 7‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻡ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪ ،۲‬ﻓﺎﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺭﻣﺯ ] [ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﻬﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Mac OS‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻡ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ‪ ،CameraWindow‬ﻓﺎﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺭﻣﺯ ]‪ [CameraWindow‬ﻓﻲ ﺷﺭﻳﻁ‬
‫‪.Dock‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﻏﻡ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺣﻔﻅ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﺑﺳﻬﻭﻟﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺑﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‬
‫ﺑﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ‪ ،‬ﻏﻳﺭ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻗﺩ ﺗﻣﺭ ﻋﺩﺓ ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻕ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺑﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﺧﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪.‬‬‫ ﻗﺩ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺣﻔﻅ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﺃﻓﻘﻲ‪.‬‬‫ ﻗﺩ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻣﺳﺢ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺣﻣﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻔﻭﻅﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‪.‬‬‫ ﻗﺩ ﺗﺣﺩﺙ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﻛﻼﺕ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺣﻔﻅ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ؛ ﺑﻧﺎ ًء ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺻﺩﺍﺭ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺣﺟﺎﻡ ﻣﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻗﺩ ﻻ ﺗﺗﻭﻓﺭ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺎﺣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪ ،‬ﻣﺛﻝ ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ > <‬
‫ﺑﻣﺟﺭﺩ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﺍﻟﺫﻛﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺯﺍﻣﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ )= ‪ (۱٤٥‬ﻟﻠﺯﺭ > <‪ ،‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻭﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺟﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻳﻕ ﻣﺟﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ > <‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﻫﺎﺗﻑ ﺫﻛﻲ ﻟﻠﺯﺭ > <‬
‫ﺑﻣﺟﺭﺩ ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻟﻙ ﺑﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﺫﻛﻲ ﻣﺑﺩﺋﻳًﺎ ﻋﺑﺭ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪ Wi-Fi‬ﺑﺎﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ > <‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻋﻠﻳﻙ ﺳﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﺭ > < ﺑﻌﺩ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻟﻼﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﻣﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻭﺣﻔﻅﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺻﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ > <‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۱٤۳‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻬﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <q><r‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ] [‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﻧﺷﺎء ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﻋﻣﻝ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﺍﻟﺫﻛﻲ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻣﻭﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻥ ‪ ٥‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ۹‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺳﻡ ”ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺍﻓﻘﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ‪ (۱۳۰ =) “WPS‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﻣﻥ ‪ ٤‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ٦‬ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺳﻡ ”ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﺩﻭﻥ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﻭﺻﻭﻝ“ )= ‪.(۱۳٥‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺑﻌﺩ ﺇﻧﺷﺎء ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﺍﻟﺫﻛﻲ‪ ،‬ﺳﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﺍﻻﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻌﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﺍﻟﺫﻛﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪) .‬ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻏﺿﻭﻥ ﺩﻗﻳﻘﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑًﺎ‪(.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﺍﻟﺫﻛﻲ ﻻﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩ ﺻﻭﺭ ﻣﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪) .‬ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺻﻭﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﺍﻟﺫﻛﻲ‪(.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﺍﻟﺫﻛﻲ ﻹﻧﻬﺎء ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺑﺩءًﺍ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻵﻥ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻋﻠﻳﻙ ﺳﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ > <‬
‫ﻟﻼﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﺍﻟﺫﻛﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺟﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫• ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺑﺟﻭﺍﺭ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺗﻡ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺫﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪ .۲‬ﻟﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﺣﺩﺩ ]ﺗﺑﺩﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺷﺑﻛﺔ[ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺳﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺇﻧﺷﺎء‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﻣﻥ ‪ ٥‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ۹‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺳﻡ ”ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ‪“WPS‬‬
‫)= ‪.(۱۳۰‬‬
‫• ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﺍﻟﺫﻛﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺻﻝ‪ .‬ﻻﺣﻅ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺧﺻﻳﺹ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ > <‪ ،‬ﻟﻥ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺓ ]ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ[ )= ‪ (۱٤۹‬ﻣﺗﺎﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﻫﺎﺗﻑ ﺫﻛﻲ ﻭﺍﺣﺩ ﻟﻠﺯﺭ > <‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺩﺕ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﻫﺎﺗﻑ ﺫﻛﻲ ﺁﺧﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺟﻝ ﺣﺎﻟﻳًﺎ )= ‪ (۱٤٥‬ﺃﻭﻻ‪ً.‬‬
‫ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﻣﺯﺍﻣﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﺯﺭ > <‬
‫ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻳﻕ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﻣﺯﺍﻣﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﺯﺭ > <‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻳﻙ ﺳﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ > < ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺃﻱ ﺻﻭﺭ‬
‫ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﺭﺳﻠﺔ ﺑﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﻋﺑﺭ ‪ .CANON iMAGE GATEWAY‬ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ ﺣﻭﻝ ﻣﺯﺍﻣﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ”ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ )ﻣﺯﺍﻣﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ(“ )= ‪.(۱٤٥‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺟﻬﻳﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺳﺟّ ﻝ ] [ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻬﺔ )= ‪.(۱۲۲ – ۱۲۱‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻳﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻬﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺛﻡ ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ )= ‪.(۱٤٥‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ > <‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۱٤٤‬‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻬﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <q><r‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺳﻭﻑ ُﺗﻌﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ ﺑﺄﻱ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺛﻡ ُﺗﺭﺳﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ )= ‪.(۱٤٥‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺑﺩءًﺍ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻵﻥ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻋﻠﻳﻙ ﺳﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ > <‬
‫ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‪.‬‬
‫[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋ ًﻳﺎ )ﻣﺯﺍﻣﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ(‬
‫ﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺟﻠﺔ‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ ،<n‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺯﺭ ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻣﻭﻝ[ ﻣﻥ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ]‪.(۲٦ =) [3‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <q><r‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]ﻣﻭﺍﻓﻕ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺑﻌﺩ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺄﻛﻳﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۱٤٥‬‬
‫• ﻳﺗﻡ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺟﻠﺔ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺿﺑﻁ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ‪.(۱٥۰ =) Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻟﻡ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺧﺩﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﻳﺏ ﻋﺑﺭ ‪.CANON iMAGE GATEWAY‬‬
‫ﻻﺣﻅ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺧﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﻳﺏ ﻓﻘﻁ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺟﻬﻳﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺑﺩﺋﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻭﺗﻬﻳﺋﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻬﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﻣﺗﺻﻝ ﺑﺎﻹﻧﺗﺭﻧﺕ‬
‫)= ‪.(۱۲٥‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Windows z‬ﻓﻲ ﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﻬﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﺑﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﻣﻥ‬
‫ﻓﻭﻕ ] [‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ]‪/Add new camera‬ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺟﺩﻳﺩﺓ[‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Mac OS z‬ﻓﻲ ﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ] [‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﻧﻘﺭ‬
‫ﻓﻭﻕ ]‪/Add new camera‬ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺟﺩﻳﺩﺓ[‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺗﺑﻁﺔ ﺑـ ‪CANON‬‬
‫‪ .(۱۲۱ =) iMAGE GATEWAY‬ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺭﻳﺩ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻣﻧﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺑﻣﺟﺭﺩ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻭﺗﺟﻬﻳﺯ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﻻﺳﺗﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﻳﺗﻐﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﻣﺯ ﺇﻟﻰ ] [‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۱٤٦‬‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ )ﻋﻧﺩ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻓﻘﻁ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ ،<n‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ‪[Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ]‪.(۲٦ =) [3‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <o><p‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]ﻣﺯﺍﻣﻧﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <q><r‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ‬
‫]ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ[‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﻭﻳﺏ ﻛﻭﺟﻬﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺿﺣﺔ ﻓﻲ ”ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺧﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﻳﺏ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ“ )= ‪ (۱۲۳‬ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺙ‬
‫ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‬
‫ﻳﺗﻡ ﺣﻔﻅ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺳﻠﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻡ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺗﻧﻭﻱ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺇﻟﻳﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺧﺯﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻣﺅﻗ ًﺗﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﺎﺩﻡ‬
‫‪ .CANON iMAGE GATEWAY‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺯﻧﺔ ﺑﺻﻔﺔ ﺩﻭﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﺫﺍ‪ ،‬ﺍﺣﺭﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﻭﺣﻔﻅ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ”ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ‪ (۱۳۰ =) “WPS‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ] [‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺑﻣﺟﺭﺩ ﺇﻧﺷﺎء ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺑﻧﺟﺎﺡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺧﺎﺩﻡ ‪CANON‬‬
‫‪ ،iMAGE GATEWAY‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ] [ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺧﺯﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺑﺗﺷﻐﻳﻠﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺧﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﻳﺏ ﻣﻥ ﺧﺎﺩﻡ‬
‫‪ ،CANON iMAGE GATEWAY‬ﺣﺗﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻋﻧﺩ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﻳﻧﺑﻐﻲ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺣﺯﻣﺔ ﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﺷﺣﻭﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﻣﻝ ﺃﻭ ﻁﺎﻗﻡ ﻣﺣﻭﻝ ‪) AC‬ﻳﺑﺎﻉ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﻧﻔﺻﻼ‪.(۱٦۲ = ،‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۱٤۷‬‬
‫• ﺣﺗﻰ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻡ ﺗﻭﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺃﻳﺔ ﺻﻭﺭ ﻋﺑﺭ ‪CANON‬‬
‫‪ iMAGE GATEWAY‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﺻﺑﺢ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺃﺳﺭﻉ ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻬﺔ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺑﻛﺔ ﺫﺍﺗﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺗﺻﻝ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻷﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻋﺑﺭ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺑﺩﻻً ﻣﻥ ‪ .CANON iMAGE GATEWAY‬ﻻﺣﻅ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺯﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ،CANON iMAGE GATEWAY‬ﻭﻟﺫﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﻳﺟﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﻣﺗﺻﻼً ﺑﺎﻹﻧﺗﺭﻧﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺟﻐﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪ GPS‬ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺟﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺎﺗﻑ ﺫﻛﻲ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻁﺑﻳﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺻﺹ ‪CameraWindow‬‬
‫)= ‪ (۱۲٤‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪ .‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻣﻳﻳﺯ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺑﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺗﺿﻣﻥ ﺧﻁ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﻭﻣﻧﻁﻘﺗﻙ ﺍﻟﺯﻣﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻠﻳﺔ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﺻﺣﻳﺢ‪) .‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ‬
‫”ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ“ )= ‪ (.(۱٥‬ﻋﻼﻭ ًﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ]ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻣﻧﻳﺔ[ )= ‪ ،(۱٥۳‬ﺣﺩﺩ ﺃﻱ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻧﺎﻁﻕ ﺯﻣﻧﻳﺔ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﺟﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﺍﻟﺫﻛﻲ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺳﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻪ ﻟﻭﺿﻊ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺟﻐﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ ﻣﻌﺗﻣ ًﺩﺍ ﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ )= ‪.(۱۳٦ ،۱۳۲‬‬
‫• ﻛﻣﺎ ﻗﺩ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﻟﻶﺧﺭﻳﻥ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻣﻭﻗﻌﻙ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺭﻑ ﻋﻠﻳﻙ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﻗﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﺗﻣﻳﻳﺯﻫﺎ ﺑﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺟﻐﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻛﻥ ﺣﺫﺭً ﺍ ﻋﻧﺩ ﻣﺷﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻣﻊ ﺁﺧﺭﻳﻥ‪ ،‬ﻛﻣﺎ ﻋﻧﺩ‬
‫ﻧﺷﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻋﺑﺭ ﺍﻹﻧﺗﺭﻧﺕ ﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﻟﻠﻌﺩﻳﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻷﺷﺧﺎﺹ ﻣﺷﺎﻫﺩﺗﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻋﻥ ُﺑﻌﺩ‬
‫ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻘﻕ ﻣﻥ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﺍﻟﺫﻛﻲ‪ ،‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻟﻠﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻋﻥ ﺑُﻌﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺑﺈﺣﻛﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﻳﺑﺩﺃ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻋﻥ ﺑُﻌﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﻭﻑ ﺗﺧﺭﺝ ﻋﺩﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺅﺩﻱ ﺣﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺳﺔ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺣﺭﻳﻙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺑﻌﻳ ًﺩﺍ ﻋﻥ ﻣﻭﺿﻌﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺣﺎﻓﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺛﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻋﻥ‬
‫ﻁﺭﻳﻕ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺑﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺎﻣﻝ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﺋﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺗﺧﺎﺫ ﺗﺩﺍﺑﻳﺭ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪.‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﺍﻟﺫﻛﻲ )= ‪.(۱۱۹‬‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻋﻥ ُﺑﻌﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻓﻲ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺧﺻﻭﺻﻳﺔ )= ‪ ،(۱۳٦ ،۱۳۲‬ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﻧﻌﻡ[‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻓﻲ ‪ (۱۲٤ =) CameraWindow‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﺍﻟﺫﻛﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻋﻥ ﺑُﻌﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺳﻭﻑ ﺗﺧﺭﺝ ﻋﺩﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﺿﻐﻁ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺭﺏ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺳﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﻋﺩﻡ ﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺃﻱ ﺷﻲء ﻳﻌﻳﻘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺑﻣﺟﺭﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺻﺑﺢ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺟﺎﻫﺯﺓ ﻟﻠﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻋﻥ ﺑُﻌﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﻳﺗﻡ‬
‫ﻋﺭﺽ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻣﺑﺎﺷﺭﺓ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﺍﻟﺫﻛﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﻗﻳﺕ‪ ،‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻌﻁﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻋﺩﺍ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ‪.ON/OFF‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﺍﻟﺫﻛﻲ ﻟﻠﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪۱٤۸‬‬
‫• ﺗﻌﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﻧﻣﻁ ]‪ [G‬ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻋﻥ ﺑُﻌﺩ‪ .‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﻏﻡ ﻣﻥ ﺫﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﻗﺩ ﺗﺗﻐﻳﺭ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ ﺑﻌﺽ‬
‫ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ‪ FUNC.‬ﻭ‪ MENU‬ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻗﻣﺕ ﺑﺗﻬﻳﺋﺗﻬﺎ ﻣﺳﺑ ًﻘﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﻳﺗﺎﺡ ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪ ،‬ﻳﺟﺏ ﺍﻟﺳﻣﺎﺡ ﻟﻠﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﺍﻟﺫﻛﻲ ﺑﻌﺭﺽ ﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ )= ‪.(۱۳٦ ،۱۳۲‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﻅﻬﻭﺭ ﺃﻱ ﺣﺭﻛﺔ ﻣﻔﺎﺟﺋﺔ ﻟﻠﻬﺩﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﺍﻟﺫﻛﻲ ﺑﺳﺑﺏ ﺑﻳﺋﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﻟﻥ ﻳﺅﺛﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺟﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺃﻱ ﺇﻁﺎﺭﺍﺕ ‪ .AF‬ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻁ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺗﺟﺭﻳﺑﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺗﺣﻘﻕ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺗﻘﻁﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﺍﻟﺫﻛﻲ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﺍﻟﺫﻛﻲ ﻻﺳﺗﻌﺭﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻭﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩﻫﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑُﻌﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﺍﻟﺫﻛﻲ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻣﺧﺻﺹ ﻟﻠﺯﺭ > < )= ‪.(۱٤۳‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ‪ Wi-Fi‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﺳﺣﻬﺎ‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <o><p‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻋﻧﺻﺭ‬
‫ﻟﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺗﻌﺗﻣﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻧﺎﺻﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭﻫﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺧﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺳﺗﺻﻝ ﺇﻟﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ‪ Wi-Fi‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﺳﺣﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻧﺣﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ‪.(۱۲۸ =) Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻧﺎﺻﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ‬
‫‪c‬‬
‫]ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺍﻻﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻌﺎﺭ ﻟﻠﺟﻬﺎﺯ[ )= ‪(۱٤۹‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫]ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ[ )= ‪(۱۳٦ ،۱۳۲‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫]ﻣﺳﺢ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ[ )= ‪(۱٥۰‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪ : O‬ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ – ‪ :‬ﻏﻳﺭ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺗﻌﺩﻳﻝ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ[‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <o><p‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]ﺗﻌﺩﻳﻝ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ[‪،‬‬
‫ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍ ﻟﺗﻌﺩﻳﻠﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <o><p‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺩﻳﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫‪۱٤۹‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺧﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﻳﺏ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍ ﻟﺗﻌﺩﻳﻠﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ >‪ <o><p><q><r‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺭﻣﺯ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺩ ﺗﻌﺩﻳﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫ﻋﻧﺻﺭﺍ ﻟﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺍﻻﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻌﺎﺭ ﻟﻠﺟﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺍﻻﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻌﺎﺭ ﻟﻠﺟﻬﺎﺯ )ﺍﻻﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺭﻭﺽ( ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺿﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪ ٥‬ﻓﻲ ﻗﺳﻡ ”ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ“‬
‫)= ‪ ،(۱٤۹‬ﻭﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺍﻻﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻌﺎﺭ ﻟﻠﺟﻬﺎﺯ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﺣﻘﻝ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ .<m‬ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ‬
‫ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺭﻭﺿﺔ ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﻡ ﻣﺳﺗﻌﺎﺭ ﺟﺩﻳﺩ‬
‫)= ‪.(۲۷‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﻣﺳﺢ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫‪ z‬ﺑﻌﺩ ﻋﺭﺽ ]ﻣﺳﺢ؟[‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪<q><r‬‬
‫ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]ﻣﻭﺍﻓﻕ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﻣﺳﺢ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <o><p‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺿﺑﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﻣﺳﺢ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ )ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻗﻣﺕ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﻬﺎ( ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻧﺣﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪ ٥‬ﻓﻲ ﻗﺳﻡ ”ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ“‬
‫)= ‪ ،(۱٤۹‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﻣﺳﺢ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ[‪.‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺗﺭﺍﺿﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <q><r‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]ﻣﻭﺍﻓﻕ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺗﻡ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺿﺑﻁ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ‪.Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۱٥۰‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪ Wi-Fi‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺗﺭﺍﺿﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻋِ ﺩ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪ Wi-Fi‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺗﺭﺍﺿﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻧﻘﻝ ﻣﻠﻛﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺧﺹ ﺁﺧﺭ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺧﻠﺹ ﻣﻧﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ‪.[Wi-Fi‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ ،<n‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ‪[Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ]‪.(۲٦ =) [3‬‬
‫• ﺗﺅﺩﻱ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺿﺑﻁ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ‪ Wi-Fi‬ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺳﺢ ﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﻳﺏ‪ .‬ﻟﺫﺍ‪ ،‬ﻛﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﻘﻳﻥ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻧﻙ ﺗﺭﻳﺩ‬
‫ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺿﺑﻁ ﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ‪ Wi-Fi‬ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺿﺑﻁ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ )ﺑﺧﻼﻑ ‪ (Wi-Fi‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺗﺭﺍﺿﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﻛﻝ[ ﻣﻥ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ]‪.(۱٥۹ =) [3‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺧﺻﻳﺹ ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺿﺑﻁﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺩﺭ ﺃﻛﺑﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۱٥۱‬‬
‫ﺿﺑﻁ ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ ‪۱٥۲......................................‬‬
‫ﻛﺗﻡ ﺻﻭﺕ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ‪۱٥۲ ......................................‬‬
‫ﺿﺑﻁ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ‪۱٥۲ ....................................................‬‬
‫ﺇﺧﻔﺎء ﺍﻟﻧﺻﺎﺋﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻌﻠﻳﻣﺎﺕ‪۱٥۲ ................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪۱٥۳ ............................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻭﻗﻳﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻲ ‪۱٥۳ ...........................................................‬‬
‫ﺯﻣﻥ ﺗﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺳﺔ ‪۱٥٤ .......................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﻗﺗﺻﺎﺩﻱ ‪۱٥٤ ..............................................‬‬
‫ﺿﺑﻁ ﺗﻭﻓﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ‪۱٥٥ ........................................................‬‬
‫ﺳﻁﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪۱٥٥ .............................................................‬‬
‫ﺇﺧﻔﺎء ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﺩء‪۱٥٥ ..........................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ‪۱٥٦ .....................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺭﻗﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻑ ‪۱٥۷ ...............................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺧﺯﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺣﺳﺏ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ‪۱٥۸ ............................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺭﻳﺔ‪/‬ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺭﻳﺔ ‪۱٥۸ ......................‬‬
‫ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺣﺳﺎﺳﺔ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻣﺱ ‪۱٥۸ ...............................................‬‬
‫ﻣﺭﺍﺟﻌﺔ ﺷﻌﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺷﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ‪۱٥۸ ...............................................‬‬
‫ﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ‪۱٥۹ ...............................................................‬‬
‫ﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‪۱٥۹ .................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺗﺭﺍﺿﻳﺔ ‪۱٥۹ ...........................................‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺿﺑﻁ ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ ‪ (۲٦ =) MENU‬ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ]‪ .[3‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺧﺻﻳﺹ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ‬
‫ﺷﺎﺋﻌﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺣﺳﺏ ﺍﻟﺭﻏﺑﺔ ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺩﺭ ﺃﻛﺑﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﺑﻁ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺿﺑﻁ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺃﺻﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺩﻳﺔ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﻋﻧﺻﺭً ﺍ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <q><r‬ﻟﺿﺑﻁ‬
‫ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺗﻡ ﺻﻭﺕ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﻛﺗﻡ ﺃﺻﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺻﺎﻣﺕ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ[‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺇﺧﻔﺎء ﺍﻟﻧﺻﺎﺋﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻌﻠﻳﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۱٥۲‬‬
‫• ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﻛﺗﻡ ﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻣﺭﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ <p‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺳﻔﻝ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ )= ‪ (۸۷‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻛﺗﻡ ﺃﺻﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪ .‬ﻻﺳﺗﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ .<o‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺿﺑﻁ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <o><p‬ﻛﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﺯﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻧﺻﺎﺋﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻌﻠﻳﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻋﻧﺎﺻﺭ ‪ (۲٥ =) FUNC.‬ﺃﻭ ‪.(۲٦ =) MENU‬‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﻧﺷﻳﻁ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻧﺕ ﺗﺭﻏﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﻧﺷﻳﻁ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻧﺻﺎﺋﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻠﻣﻳﺣﺎﺕ ﺣﻭﻝ ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻛﻥ ﺳﻳﺳﺗﻣﺭ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺷﺭﻭﺡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﺋﻡ )= ‪.(۲٦‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﻧﺻﺎﺋﺢ ﻭﺗﻠﻣﻳﺣﺎﺕ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <q><r‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <o><p‬ﻟﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫‪ z‬ﻟﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﻗﻳﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻔﻲ )ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ(‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ ،<o><p‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ] [‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪.<q><r‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫[‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺑﺩﻳﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻣﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺻﻭﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <o><p‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<n‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺳﻳﻅﻬﺭ ] [ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ )= ‪.(۱۹۱‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۱٥۳‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻭﻗﻳﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻲ‬
‫ﻟﺿﻣﺎﻥ ﺗﺧﺯﻳﻥ ﻟﻘﻁﺎﺗﻙ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﻭﺍﺭﻳﺦ ﻭﺍﻷﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﺣﻳﺣﺔ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺳﻔﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺭﺝ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻁ ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻬﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺩﻣًﺎ ﻭﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺑﺩﻳﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻣﻧﻳﺔ ﻫﺫﻩ‪ .‬ﺗﺧﻠﺻﻙ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻳﺣﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﺟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ‪/‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻳﺩﻭﻳًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﻗﻳﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻲ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻣﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻠﻳﺔ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻣﻭﺿﺢ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ”ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ“ )= ‪.(۱٥‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻬﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻣﻧﻳﺔ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <o><p‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ] ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <q><r‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻬﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺳﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ]‬
‫]‬
‫ﺍﻟﺑﻠﺩ[ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﻙ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫[ )= ‪ (۱٦‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺙ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﻳﻥ ﺑﺈﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺯﻣﻥ ﺗﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺳﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺗﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺳﺔ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻁﺑﻳﻌﻲ ﻟﺩﻭﺍﻋﻲ ﺍﻟﺳﻼﻣﺔ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺩﻗﻳﻘﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ <1‬ﻓﻲ ﻧﻣﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ )= ‪ .(۲۳‬ﻭﻟﺗﺭﺟﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺳﺔ ﻣﺑﺎﺷﺭ ًﺓ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ ،<1‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫]‪ 0‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ[‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺗﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺳﺔ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]‪ 0‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ[‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۱٥٤‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﻗﺗﺻﺎﺩﻱ‬
‫ﺗﺗﻳﺢ ﻟﻙ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪ ،‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺧﻔﺕ‬
‫ﺇﺿﺎءﺓ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺳﺭﻳﻌًﺎ ﻟﺗﻘﻠﻳﻝ ﺍﺳﺗﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﻗﺗﺻﺎﺩﻱ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ[‪.‬‬
‫[ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ )= ‪.(۱۹۱‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺳﻳﻅﻬﺭ ]‬
‫‪ z‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺧﻔﺕ ﺇﺿﺎءﺓ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻟﻣﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺛﻭﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺗﻳﻥ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺗﻡ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺑﻌﺩ ﻋﺷﺭ‬
‫ٍ‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﺧﻔﺕ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ‪ .‬ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ ﺑﻌﺩ‬
‫ﺛﻼﺙ ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻕ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑًﺎ ﻣﻥ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻧﺷﺎﻁ‪.‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻟﺗﻧﺷﻳﻁ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺗﻌﺩﺍﺩ ﻟﻠﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻭﻟﻛﻥ ﻣﻊ ﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺳﺔ ﺧﺎﺭﺟً ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺟﺯﺋﻳًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺳﻁﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﺿﺑﻁ ﺗﻭﻓﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﻔﺗﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺯﻣﻧﻳﺔ ﻹﻟﻐﺎء ﺍﻟﺗﻧﺷﻳﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﻠﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ )ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻭﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻣﺗﺗﺎﺑﻊ(‬
‫ﻛﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﺯﻡ )= ‪.(۲۳‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺿﺑﻁ ﺳﻁﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺳﻁﻭﻉ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ‬
‫>‪ <q><r‬ﻟﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﺳﻁﻭﻉ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺗﻭﻓﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻧﺎﺻﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪<q><r‬‬
‫ﻟﺿﺑﻁﻪ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﺯﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۱٥٥‬‬
‫• ﻟﺗﻭﻓﻳﺭ ﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺟﺏ ﻋﻠﻳﻙ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ[ ﻟﻺﻋﺩﺍﺩ ]ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ[ ﻭ]‪ 1‬ﺩﻗﻳﻘﺔ[ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻗﻝ‬
‫ﻟﻺﻋﺩﺍﺩ ]ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ[‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻕ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ]ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ[ ﺣﺗﻰ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻣﺕ ﺑﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ]ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ[ ﻋﻠﻰ ]ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺗﻭﻓﺭ ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺗﻭﻓﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻫﺫﻩ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﻗﺗﺻﺎﺩﻱ )= ‪ (۱٥٤‬ﻋﻠﻰ ]ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ[‪.‬‬
‫• ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻗﺻﻰ ﺣﺩ ﻟﻠﺳﻁﻭﻉ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻣﺭﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ <p‬ﻟﻣﺩﺓ ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻝ ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺭﺩﺓ‪) .‬ﺳﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺟﺎﻫﻝ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ]ﺳﻁﻭﻉ‬
‫ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ[ ﻣﻥ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ]‪ (.[3‬ﻻﺳﺗﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺳﻁﻭﻉ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻣﺭﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪<p‬‬
‫ﻣﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﻟﻣﺩﺓ ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻋﺩ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺧﻔﺎء ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﺩء‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﻧﺷﻳﻁ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﺩء ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺿﻬﺎ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻁﺑﻳﻌﻲ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻧﺕ ﺗﺭﻏﺏ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻙ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺑﺩء[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﺟﺩﻳﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺗﻣﺕ ﺗﻬﻳﺋﺗﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺁﺧﺭ‪ ،‬ﻳﻧﺑﻐﻲ ﻋﻠﻳﻙ ﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺅﺩﻱ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺳﺢ ﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﻗﺑﻝ ﺇﺟﺭﺍء ﺍﻟﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﻧﺳﺦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺧﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﻟﻧﺳﺧﻬﺎ ﺍﺣﺗﻳﺎﻁﻳًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ]ﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ[‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﻣﻭﺍﻓﻕ[‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <o><p‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]ﺇﻟﻐﺎء[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <q><r‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]ﻣﻭﺍﻓﻕ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۱٥٦‬‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻟﺑﺩء ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪<o><p‬‬
‫ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]ﻣﻭﺍﻓﻕ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻻﻧﺗﻬﺎء ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ]ﺍﻛﺗﻣﻠﺕ ﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ[‪ .‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫• ﺗﺅﺩﻱ ﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺑﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺗﻣﺎﻣًﺎ‪ .‬ﻋﻧﺩ ﻧﻘﻝ ﻣﻠﻛﻳﺔ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﺧﻠﺹ ﻣﻧﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺧﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﻟﺣﻣﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺷﺧﺻﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﺯﻡ ﺍﻷﻣﺭ‪ ،‬ﻣﺛﻝ ﺗﺣﻁﻳﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﻓﻌﻠﻳًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺩ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﻹﺟﻣﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳُﺷﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻳﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ ﺃﻗﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻣُﻌﻠﻥ ﻋﻧﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺧﻔﺽ‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺟﺭﺍء ﻣﺳﺢ ﻣﻧﺧﻔﺽ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ]ﺧﻁﺄ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ[ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻻ ﺗﻌﻣﻝ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻧﺧﻔﺿﺕ ﺳﺭﻋﺔ ﻗﺭﺍءﺓ‪/‬ﻛﺗﺎﺑﺔ ﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻧﺧﻔﺿﺕ ﺳﺭﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻣﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﻭﻗﻑ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻣﻔﺎﺟﺊ‪ .‬ﺗﺅﺩﻱ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺧﻔﺽ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺳﺢ ﺟﻣﻳﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﻗﺑﻝ ﺇﺟﺭﺍء ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺧﻔﺽ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﻧﺳﺦ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺧﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﻟﻧﺳﺧﻬﻡ ﺍﺣﺗﻳﺎﻁﻳًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪ ۲‬ﻓﻲ ﻗﺳﻡ ”ﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ“ )= ‪ ،(۱٥٦‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪<o><p‬‬
‫ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]ﻣﺳﺢ ﻣﻧﺧﻔﺽ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪<q><r‬‬
‫ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭ‪ .‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺭﻣﺯ ] [‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺗﻳﻥ ‪ ۲‬ﻭ‪ ۳‬ﻓﻲ ”ﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ“‬
‫)= ‪ (۱٥٦‬ﻟﻣﺗﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫• ﻳﺳﺗﻐﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺧﻔﺽ ﻭﻗ ًﺗﺎ ﺃﻁﻭﻝ ﻣﻥ ”ﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ“ )= ‪ ،(۱٥٦‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻥ ﺟﻣﻳﻊ‬
‫ﻣﻧﺎﻁﻕ ﺍﻟﺗﺧﺯﻳﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺧﻔﺽ ﺍﻟﺟﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﻣﺳﺢ ﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻛﻥ‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻁﺑﻳﻌﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺭﻗﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻑ‬
‫ﻛﻝ ﻣﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺗﺧﺯﻳﻥ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺭﻗﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻁﺎﺕ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ ﺑﺗﺭﺗﻳﺏ ﺗﺳﻠﺳﻠﻲ )‪ (9999 – 0001‬ﻭﺣﻔﻅﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺟﻠﺩﺍﺕ ﻳﻘﻭﻡ ٍ‬
‫ﻳﺻﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ۲،۰۰۰‬ﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺗﺧﺻﻳﺹ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺗﺭﻗﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻑ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻣﺳﺗﻣﺭ‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۱٥۷‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺩﻳﻝ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺭﻗﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻣﺗﺗﺎﺑﻊ )ﺣﺗﻰ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻁﺔ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪ 9999‬ﻭﺣﻔﻅﻬﺎ( ﺣﺗﻰ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻣﺕ ﺑﺗﺑﺩﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺗﻡ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﺗﺭﻗﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 0001‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻣﺕ ﺑﺗﺑﺩﻳﻝ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺇﻧﺷﺎء ﻣﺟﻠﺩ‬
‫ﺟﺩﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺑﻐﺽ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺭ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﻗﺩ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺭﻗﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻁﺎﺕ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻣﺗﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺁﺧﺭ ﺭﻗﻡ ﻟﻠﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﻳﺔ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺣﺩﻳﺛﺎ‪ .‬ﻟﺑﺩء ﺣﻔﻅ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻁﺎﺕ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻡ ‪ ،۰۰۰۱‬ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﻓﺎﺭﻏﺔ )ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺑﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻣﺕ ﺗﻬﻳﺋﺗﻬﺎ )= ‪.((۱٥٦‬‬
‫• ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ”ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ“ )= ‪ (۱٦۹‬ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻭﻝ ﺑﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻠﺩﺍﺕ ﻭﺗﻧﺳﻳﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺣﺳﺎﺳﺔ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻣﺱ‬
‫ﺗﺧﺯﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺣﺳﺏ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‬
‫ﺑﺩﻻً ﻣﻥ ﺣﻔﻅ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺟﻠﺩﺍﺕ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺇﻧﺷﺎﺅﻫﺎ ﻛﻝ ﺷﻬﺭ‪ ،‬ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﻟﻠﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﻡ ﺑﺈﻧﺷﺎء ﻣﺟﻠﺩﺍﺕ ﻛﻝ ﻳﻭﻡ ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﻓﻳﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻟﺗﺧﺯﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﻳﻭﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺣﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻣﺱ ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﺗﺳﺗﺟﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﻑ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﺱ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﻋﺎﻟﻳﺔ[‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺇﻧﺷﺎء ﻣﺟﻠﺩ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﻳﻭﻣﻲ[‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺣﻔﻅ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺟﻠﺩﺍﺕ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺇﻧﺷﺎﺅﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۱٥۸‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺭﻳﺔ‪/‬ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺿﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ‪ GPS‬ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ )= ‪ (۱٤۷‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻥ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﻣﻥ ﻣﺗﺭ‪/‬ﺳﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺩﻡ‪/‬ﺑﻭﺻﺔ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﺯﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]ﻭﺣﺩﺍﺕ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]‪.[ft/in‬‬
‫ﻣﺭﺍﺟﻌﺔ ﺷﻌﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺷﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺷﻌﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﺗﻁﻠﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺷﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻔﻲ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺗﻡ ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺷﻌﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺷﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺑﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﻋﺭﺽ ﺷﻌﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺗﺭﺍﺿﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻣﺕ ﺑﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻋﺭﺿﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺳﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﺳﺗﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻻﻓﺗﺭﺍﺿﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﺯﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ [‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ >‪ <o><p><q><r‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻟﻐﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ]ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﻛﻝ[‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﻛﻝ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫• ﻛﻣﺎ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ]ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ[ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻣﺭﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪<m‬‬
‫ﺛﻡ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻣﺑﺎﺷﺭ ًﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<n‬‬
‫ﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻣﻥ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ]‪.[3‬‬
‫• ]ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ[ )= ‪(۱٦۷‬‬
‫• ]ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﺑﺭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪(۱٦٥ =) [HDMI‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫• ]ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ‪(۱۱۷ =) [Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫• ]ﺯﺭ ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻣﻭﻝ[ )= ‪(۱٤٥‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۱٥۹‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺗﺭﺍﺿﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <q><r‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]ﻣﻭﺍﻓﻕ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺗﺭﺍﺿﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻟﻥ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺗﺭﺍﺿﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺟﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﻫﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ )= ‪(٤۱‬‬‫ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ]‪] [3‬ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ[ )= ‪ (۱٥۳‬ﻭ]ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻣﻧﻳﺔ[ )= ‪ (۱٥۳‬ﻭ]ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ‬‫)= ‪ (۱٥۹‬ﻭ]ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ[ )= ‪(۱٦۷‬‬
‫ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺟﻠﺔ ﻟﺗﻭﺍﺯﻥ ﺍﻷﺑﻳﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺻﺹ )= ‪(۷٥‬‬‫ ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ )= ‪(٦۰‬‬‫‪ -‬ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ‪(۱۱۷ =) Wi-Fi‬‬
‫[‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﻣﺗﻊ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻣﻥ ﻋﺩﺓ ﺟﻭﺍﻧﺏ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻳﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ ‪ Canon‬ﺍﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺑﻳﻌﻬﺎ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻣﻧﻔﺻﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۱٦۰‬‬
‫ﻣﺧﻁﻁ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ‪۱٦۱...........................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭﻳﺔ ‪۱٦۲...................................................‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﺩﺍﺕ ﺗﻭﻓﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ‪۱٦۲ ......................................................‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ‪۱٦۲ ..............................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ‪۱٦۳ ............................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ‪۱٦۳ ...................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭﻳﺔ ‪۱٦۳.........................................‬‬
‫ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ‪۱۷۱..........................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ‪۱٦۳ ..............................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺯﻭﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺯﻟﻳﺔ ‪۱٦۷ ........................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺳﻬﻠﺔ ‪۱۷۱ ............................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ‪۱۷۳ ....................................................‬‬
‫ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﺷﺎﻫﺩ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‪۱۷٦ ......................................................‬‬
‫ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ )‪۱۷۷ ...........................(DPOF‬‬
‫ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻟﺑﻭﻡ ﺻﻭﺭ‪۱۸۰ ...........................................‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ ‪۱٦۹.......................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ ‪۱٦۹ ....................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻻﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﻋﺑﺭ ﻛﺑﻝ‪۱٦۹ ......................................‬‬
‫ﺣﻔﻅ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ‪۱۷۰ ........................................‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺧﻁﻁ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻳﻭﺻﻰ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ ‪ Canon‬ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺿﻣﻧﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﺣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫‪*CB-2LG/CB-2LGE‬‬
‫ﺣﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫‪*NB-12L‬‬
‫ﺭﺑﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺻﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﻛﺑﻝ ‪) USB‬ﻁﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪*(Mini-B :‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‬
‫ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺭﺉ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﻛﺑﻝ ‪HDMI‬‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫)ﻁﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻧﻭﻉ ”‪*(“D‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﺑﻼﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻳﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ‪/‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ‬
‫ﻁﺎﻗﻡ ﻣﺣﻭﻝ ‪AC‬‬
‫‪ACK-DC100‬‬
‫ﻛﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ )‪ (AV‬ﺍﻟﺳﺗﺭﻳﻭ ‪AVC-DC400ST‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ‬
‫ﻁﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ ‪ Canon‬ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻌﻳﺎﺭ ‪PictBridge‬‬
‫‪High-Power Flash‬‬
‫‪HF-DC2‬‬
‫*‪ ۱‬ﻣﺗﻭﻓﺭ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﻟﻠﺷﺭﺍء ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻣﻧﻔﺻﻝ‪.‬‬
‫*‪ ۲‬ﻣﺗﻭﻓﺭ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺃﺣﺩ ﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ ‪ Canon‬ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻳﺔ )ﻛﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ ‪.(IFC-400PCU‬‬
‫*‪ ۳‬ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﻓﺭ ﺑﺎﻷﺳﻭﺍﻕ ﺑﻁﻭﻝ ﻻ ﻳﺯﻳﺩ ﻋﻥ ‪ ۲٫٥‬ﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪۱٦۱‬‬
‫ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ ﻣﺻﻣﻡ ﻟﺗﺣﻘﻳﻕ ﺃﺩﺍء ﻣﻣﺗﺎﺯ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ ‪ Canon‬ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﺗﺗﺣﻣﻝ ‪ Canon‬ﺃﻳﺔ ﻣﺳﺋﻭﻟﻳﺔ ﻗﺎﻧﻭﻧﻳﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺃﻱ ﺗﻠﻑ ﻳﺣﺩﺙ ﻟﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ ﻭ‪/‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺣﺩﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺿﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺛﻝ ﻧﺷﻭﺏ ﺣﺭﻳﻕ‪،‬‬
‫ﺇﻟﺦ‪ ،‬ﺗﻧﺗﺞ ﻋﻥ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﺧﻠﻝ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﻲ ﻷﻳﺔ ﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ ﺑﺧﻼﻑ ﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ ‪ Canon‬ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻳﺔ )ﻣﺛﻝ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﺗﺳﺭﺏ ﻟﺣﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻭ‪/‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻧﻔﺟﺎﺭﻫﺎ(‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﺭﺟﺎء ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺿﻣﺎﻥ ﻻ ﻳﻧﻁﺑﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺻﻼﺡ ﺍﻟﻧﺎﺗﺟﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﺧﻠﻝ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺳﺑﺏ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ ﺑﺧﻼﻑ ﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ ‪ Canon‬ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻛﻧﻪ ﻳﺣﻕ ﻟﻙ ﻁﻠﺏ ﺇﺟﺭﺍء ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺻﻼﺡ ﻫﺫﻩ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻝ ﺩﻓﻊ‬
‫ﻣﺻﺎﺭﻳﻑ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﺎﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻﺣﻅ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﻓﺭ ﻳﺧﺗﻠﻑ ﺑﺎﺧﺗﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﻻ ﺗﻌﺩ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ ﻣﺗﺎﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻁﺎﻗﻡ ﻣﺣﻭﻝ ‪ACK-DC100 AC‬‬
‫ﺗﺑﺎﻉ ﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻣﻧﻔﺻﻠﺔ‪ .‬ﻻﺣﻅ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﻓﺭ ﻳﺧﺗﻠﻑ ﺑﺎﺧﺗﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﻻ ﺗﻌﺩ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺗﺎﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﺩﺍﺕ ﺗﻭﻓﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺣﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ‪NB-12L‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫‪ z‬ﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺃﻳﻭﻥ ﻟﻳﺛﻳﻭﻡ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺷﺣﻥ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺷﺎﺣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ‪CB-2LG/CB-2LGE‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۱٦۲‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻟﺗﺯﻭﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺯﻟﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻭﺻﻰ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻟﻔﺗﺭﺍﺕ ﺯﻣﻧﻳﺔ ﻁﻭﻳﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺑﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‪ .‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻟﺷﺣﻥ ﺣﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺷﺎﺣﻥ ﻟﺷﺣﻥ ﺣﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ‪NB-12L‬‬
‫• ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ]ﺧﻁﺄ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ [.‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺣﺯﻣﺔ ﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺃﺻﻠﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻥ ‪ ،Canon‬ﻭﻳﻠﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﺩﺧﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ‪ .‬ﻻﺣﻅ ﺃﻥ ‪ Canon‬ﻻ ﺗﺗﺣﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺅﻭﻟﻳﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺃﻱ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻔﻳﺎﺕ ﻧﺎﺟﻣﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﻭﺍﺩﺙ‪ ،‬ﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻁﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﻳﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺣﺩﺙ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺣﺯﻡ ﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻏﻳﺭ ﺃﺻﻠﻳﺔ ﻣﻥ ‪.Canon‬‬
‫• ﺗﺣﺗﻭﻱ ﺣﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﻁﺎء ﻣﻧﺎﺳﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺑﻪ ﻟﻣﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﺣﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻣﺣﺔ‪ .‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻐﻁﺎء‬
‫ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ‪ S‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﺣﻭﻧﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺭﻛﻳﺑﻪ ﺣﻳﺙ ﻻ ﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ‪ S‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺯﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﺣﻭﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺷﺎﺣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﻁﺎﻗﻡ ﻣﺣﻭﻝ ‪ AC‬ﻓﻲ ﻣﻧﺎﻁﻕ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻣﺗﺭﺩﺩ ﻳﺗﺭﺍﻭﺡ ﺟﻬﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﻲ ﻣﻥ ‪ ۱۰۰‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ۲٤۰‬ﻓﻭﻟﺕ )‪ ٦۰/٥۰‬ﻫﺭﺗﺯ(‪.‬‬
‫• ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﻟﻣﻧﺎﻓﺫ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻣﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺗﻠﻑ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺃﺣﺩ ﻣﺣﻭﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺎﺣﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﺳﻭﺍﻕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻘﻡ ﻣﻁﻠ ًﻘﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻣﺣﻭﻝ ﻛﻬﺭﺑﻲ ﻣﺻﻣﻡ ﻟﻠﺳﻔﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺩ ﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻠﻑ ﺣﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ‬
‫‪High-Power Flash HF-DC2‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻫﻭ ﻓﻼﺵ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻹﺿﺎءﺓ ﺍﻷﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻌﺔ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ﺍﻟﻣﺩﻣﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻛﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ ‪IFC-400PCU‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫‪ z‬ﻟﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﻛﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ )‪ (AV‬ﺍﻟﺳﺗﺭﻳﻭ‬
‫‪AVC-DC400ST‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫‪ z‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺑﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ ﻟﻼﺳﺗﻣﺗﺎﻉ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﺑﻳﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۱٦۳‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻁﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ ‪ Canon‬ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻌﻳﺎﺭ‬
‫‪PictBridge‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺑﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﻣﻥ‬
‫ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺑﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ‪ Canon‬ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻌﻳﺎﺭ‬
‫‪.PictBridge‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ‪ ،‬ﺗﻔﺿﻝ ﺑﺯﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﻗﺭﺏ ﻣﻭﺯﻉ‬
‫‪ Canon‬ﻟﺩﻳﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﺑﻳﺭﺓ ﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺑﺟﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ ﺣﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺃﻭ ﻛﻳﻔﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﺩﻳﻝ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺩﺧﻼﺕ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺩ ﻻ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ )= ‪.(۱۹۲‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ ﻋﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺩﻗﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻁﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻳﻕ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺑﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ ‪ HDTV‬ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﻛﺑﻝ ‪ HDMI‬ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﻓﺭ ﺑﺎﻷﺳﻭﺍﻕ )ﻻ ﻳﺗﺟﺎﻭﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﺱ ‪ ۲٫٥‬ﻡ‪ ،‬ﻣﺗﺿﻣ ًﻧﺎ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻁﺭﻓﻳﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﻭﻉ ”‪ “D‬ﻓﻲ ﻁﺭﻑ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫[ ﺃﻭ ]‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ(‪ .‬ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﺩﻗﺔ ]‬
‫[‪ ،‬ﺑﻭﺿﻭﺡ ٍ‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫‪ ۲‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺑﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻭﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻣﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻗﺎﺑﺱ ﺍﻟﻛﺑﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﻣﻝ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺩﺧﻝ ‪ HDMI‬ﻛﻣﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻣﻭﺿﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪ ،‬ﺍﻓﺗﺢ ﻏﻁﺎء ﺍﻟﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻓﻳﺔ ﻭﺃﺩﺧﻝ ﻗﺎﺑﺱ ﺍﻟﻛﺑﻝ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﻣﻝ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻓﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﺑﺩﻳﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﺧﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺣﻭﻳﻝ ﻣﺩﺧﻝ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺩﺧﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ‬
‫ﻗﻣﺕ ﺑﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺑﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪.۲‬‬
‫‪۱٦٤‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ <1‬ﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ‪.‬‬
‫)ﻻ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺷﻳ ًﺋﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪(.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻻﻧﺗﻬﺎء‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻭﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ‬
‫ﻗﺑﻝ ﻓﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺑﻝ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺩﻋﻡ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻣﺱ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺑﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻌﻣﻝ ﺃﺻﻭﺍﺕ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺑﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ ﻋﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺩﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ‬
‫ﻳﻣ ﱢﻛﻥ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺑﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ ﻳﺗﻭﺍﻓﻕ ﻣﻊ ‪ HDMI CEC‬ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ )ﺑﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻋﺭﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺷﺭﺍﺋﺢ( ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻧﺎ ًء ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﻗﺩ ﻳﻠﺯﻣﻙ ﺿﺑﻁ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻪ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ‬
‫ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۱٦٥‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ ،<n‬ﻭﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﺑﺭ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ [HDMI‬ﻣﻥ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ]‪ ،[3‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺗﻣﻛﻳﻥ[‬
‫)= ‪.(۲٦‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺑﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺗﻳﻥ ‪ ۱‬ﻭ‪ ۲‬ﻓﻲ ”ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ ﻋﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻗﺔ“ )= ‪ (۱٦٤‬ﻟﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺑﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ‪ .‬ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<1‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ‪.‬‬
‫)ﻻ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺷﻳ ًﺋﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪(.‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫ﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <q><r‬ﻣﻥ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ‬
‫ﻻﺳﺗﻌﺭﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ‬
‫‪ .OK/Select‬ﺣﺩﺩ ﺧﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <q><r‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪ OK/Select‬ﻣﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺧﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺭﻭﺿﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﻋﻭﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺗﺎﺑﻌﺔ )= ‪ (۸۲ ،٤۰‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ‬
‫]‬
‫[ )= ‪) .(٦۲‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺿﻬﺎ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻣﺟﻣﻌﺔ‪(.‬‬
‫ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﻠﻡ‬
‫ﻟﺑﺩء ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﻠﻡ‪) .‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺿﻪ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻓﻳﻠﻡ‪(.‬‬
‫ﻋﺭﺽ ﺷﺭﺍﺋﺢ‬
‫ﻟﺑﺩء ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺷﺭﺍﺋﺢ‪ .‬ﻟﺗﺑﺩﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ‬
‫>‪ <q><r‬ﻓﻲ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫ﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺻﻭﺭ ﻣﺗﻌﺩﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻓﻬﺭﺱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫‪ l‬ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۱٦٦‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ ﻗﻳﺎﺳﻲ ﺍﻟﺩﻗﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻣ ﱢﻛﻧﻙ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺑﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻛﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ )‪ (AV‬ﺍﻟﺳﺗﺭﻳﻭ‬
‫‪) AVC-DC400ST‬ﻳُﺑﺎﻉ ﻣﻧﻔﺻﻼً( ﻣﻥ ﻋﺭﺽ ﻟﻘﻁﺎﺗﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﺑﻳﺭﺓ ﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ ﻛﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﻭﻡ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺳﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ ،<n‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺑﺩﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺫﺍﺗﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻣﺎ ﻳﻣﻧﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺣﺗﻰ ﺗﻌﻭﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺭﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺳﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺗﺣﺭﻳﻙ ﺫﺭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻐﻳﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺑﺩﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻧﻔﺳﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻣﺎ ﻳﻣﻧﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺩ ﺣﺗﻰ ﺗﻌﻭﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺭﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺩ ﻻ ﺗﺳﺗﺟﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺩﺍﺋﻣًﺎ ﺣﺗﻰ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺕ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ ﻣﺗﻭﺍﻓﻕ ﻣﻊ‬
‫‪.HDMI CEC‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫‪ ۲‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺑﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻭﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺣﻣﺭ‬
‫ﻟﺗﺑﺩﻳﻝ ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ )= ‪.(۸۹‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺑﻳﺽ‬
‫ﺃﺻﻔﺭ‬
‫ﺃﺻﻔﺭ‬
‫‪ z‬ﻣﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻗﻭﺍﺑﺱ ﺍﻟﻛﺑﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﻣﻝ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻣﻭﺿﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺣﻣﺭ‬
‫ﺃﺑﻳﺽ‬
‫‪ z‬ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪ ،‬ﺍﻓﺗﺢ ﻏﻁﺎء ﺍﻟﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻓﻳﺔ ﻭﺃﺩﺧﻝ ﻗﺎﺑﺱ ﺍﻟﻛﺑﻝ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﻣﻝ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻓﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺗﻳﻥ ‪ ۳‬ﻭ‪ ٤‬ﻓﻲ ”ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﻠﻳﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺩﻗﺔ“ )= ‪ (۱٦٤‬ﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻟﻥ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻡ ﻳﺗﻁﺎﺑﻕ ﺗﻧﺳﻳﻕ ﺧﺭﺝ ﻓﻳﺩﻳﻭ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ )‪ NTSC‬ﺃﻭ ‪ (PAL‬ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺗﻧﺳﻳﻕ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ‪ .‬ﻟﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺗﻧﺳﻳﻕ ﺧﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ <n‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺧﺗﺭ‬
‫]ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ[ ﻣﻥ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ]‪.[3‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺩﻋﻡ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻣﺱ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺑﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺑﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻁﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﺑﻳﺭﺓ ﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﺫﺍﺗﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪ .‬ﺑﺭﻏﻡ ﺫﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﺗﻭﻓﺭ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺯﻭﻭﻡ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ‪ .(٥۰ =) AF‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﻻﺣﻅ ﺃﻥ ﺧﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ ﻻ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻣﺗﺎﺣً ﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ] [‬
‫)= ‪ (٥٥‬ﺃﻭ ]‬
‫[‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺯﻭﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺯﻟﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺧﻠﺻﻙ ﺗﺯﻭﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻁﺎﻗﻡ ﻣﺣﻭﻝ ‪) ACK-DC100 AC‬ﻳُﺑﺎﻉ ﻣﻧﻔﺻﻼً( ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﺟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺭﺍﻗﺑﺔ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺷﺣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺑﻘﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫‪ ۲‬ﺍﻓﺗﺢ ﺍﻟﻐﻁﺎء‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪.‬‬
‫˻‬
‫˺‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻠﺔ ﺑﺗﻭﺟﻳﻬﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺿﺢ‪ ،‬ﺗﻣﺎﻣًﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺛﻠﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺑﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺣﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ )ﺑﺎﺗﺑﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪ ۲‬ﻓﻲ‬
‫”ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺣﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ“ )= ‪.((۱۳‬‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫‪۱٦۷‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪ ۱‬ﻓﻲ ﻗﺳﻡ ”ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺣﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ“ )= ‪ (۱۳‬ﻟﻔﺗﺢ ﻏﻁﺎء ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻓﺗﺢ ﻏﻁﺎء ﻣﻧﻔﺫ ﻛﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻧﺣﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺿﺢ‪.‬‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻬﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫‪ z‬ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﻣﺭﻭﺭ ﻛﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻠﺔ ﻋﺑﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻔﺫ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﻣﻧﻔﺫ ﻛﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۱٦۸‬‬
‫˺‬
‫˻‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫ﺃﻏﻠﻕ ﺍﻟﻐﻁﺎء‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺧﻔﺽ ﺍﻟﻐﻁﺎء ) (‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻳﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺳﻔﻝ ﻋﻧﺩ‬
‫ﺇﺯﺍﺣﺗﻪ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻳﺳﺗﻘﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﻣﺻﺩﺭً ﺍ ﺻﻭﺕ‬
‫ﻧﻘﺭﺓ ) (‪.‬‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺳﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺃﻁﺭﺍﻑ ﺳﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺣﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺩﻣﺞ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻑ ﺍﻵﺧﺭ ﺑﻣﻧﻔﺫ ﻁﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﺣﺳﺏ ﺍﻟﺭﻏﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻻﻧﺗﻬﺎء‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻭﻓﺻﻝ ﺳﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﻣﻧﻔﺫ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻘﻡ ﺑﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﻝ ﺃﻭ ﻓﺻﻝ ﺳﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻗﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺩ ﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻁﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻘﻡ ﺑﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﻝ ﺑﺄﺟﺳﺎﻡ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺩ ﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﻡ ﺑﺫﻟﻙ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﻋﻁﻝ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻠﻔﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻻﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﻋﺑﺭ ﻛﺑﻝ‬
‫ﻳﺗﻡ ﻓﻳﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ﺗﻭﺿﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﻓﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﺗﻧﺯﻳﻝ ﻣﻥ ﻣﻭﻗﻊ ‪ ،Canon‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﻭﺣﻔﻅ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺩ ﺗﻧﺯﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ ﻣﻥ ﻣﻭﻗﻊ ‪ Canon‬ﻭﺗﺛﺑﻳﺗﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﻡ ﺑﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫‪CameraWindow‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۱٦۹‬‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻣﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﻣﺗﻁﻠﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﻭﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺍﻓﻕ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﻔﺻﻳﻝ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﺩﻋﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻧﻅﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﺩﻳﺛﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﻔﺿﻝ ﺑﺯﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﻭﻗﻊ ‪ Canon‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﻳﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ*‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻭﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫‪ImageBrowser EX‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﻭﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻧﻅﻳﻡ‬
‫‪ z‬ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻭﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭﻫﺎ‬
‫• ﻳﻠﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﻧﺗﺭﻧﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺩﻓﻊ ﺗﻛﺎﻟﻳﻑ ﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ‪ ISP‬ﻭﺭﺳﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ‬
‫ﻣﻧﻔﺻﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪Windows‬‬
‫‪Windows 8/8.1‬‬
‫‪Windows 7 SP1‬‬
‫‪Windows Vista SP2‬‬
‫‪Windows XP SP3‬‬
‫‪Mac OS‬‬
‫‪Mac OS X 10.9‬‬
‫‪ Mac OS X 10.8.2‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﺣﺩﺙ‬
‫‪Mac OS X 10.7‬‬
‫* ﻋﻧﺩ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺻﻭﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﻋﺑﺭ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪ ،Wi-Fi‬ﺗﺣﻘﻕ ﻣﻥ ﻣﺗﻁﻠﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﻓﻲ ”ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻘﻕ ﻣﻥ ﺑﻳﺋﺔ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ“‬
‫)= ‪.(۱۲٥‬‬
‫• ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﻣﻭﻗﻊ ‪ Canon‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﻳﺏ ﻟﻣﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﺃﺣﺩﺙ ﻣﺗﻁﻠﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﺑﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺇﺻﺩﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﻧﻅﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺩﻋﻭﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ‬
‫ﻟﻣﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ”ﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ“ )= ‪.(۱۲٥‬‬
‫ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ‬
‫ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ‪ .‬ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﻧﺯﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﻣﻥ ﻋﻧﻭﺍﻥ ‪ URL‬ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪http://www.canon.com/icpd/‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻘﻕ ﻣﻥ ﺑﻳﺋﺔ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺣﻔﻅ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‬
‫ﻳُﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ‪ Windows 7‬ﻭ‪ Mac OS X 10.8‬ﻫﻧﺎ ﺑﻬﺩﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺿﻳﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻣﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﻠﻳﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻌﻠﻘﺔ )ﻳﺳﺗﺛﻧﻰ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]‪Downloads Images From Canon‬‬
‫‪/Camera‬ﺗﻧﺯﻳﻝ ﺻﻭﺭ ﻣﻥ ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ‪ ،[Canon‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﻧﻘﺭ‬
‫ﻓﻭﻕ ]ﻣﻭﺍﻓﻕ[‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺑﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪ ،‬ﺍﻓﺗﺢ ﺍﻟﻐﻁﺎء ) (‪ .‬ﻣﻊ ﺗﻭﺟﻳﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺱ ﺍﻟﺻﻐﻳﺭ ﻟﻛﺑﻝ ‪ USB‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺿﺢ‪ ،‬ﺃﺩﺧﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺱ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﻣﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻓﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ) (‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫‪ :Windows z‬ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺿﺣﺔ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻅﻬﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺑﻁ ]‬
‫ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪.‬‬
‫˻‬
‫[ ﻟﺗﻌﺩﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫˺‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۱۷۰‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ]‬
‫‪ z‬ﺃﺩﺧﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺱ ﺍﻷﻛﺑﺭ ﻣﻥ ﻛﺑﻝ ‪ USB‬ﻓﻲ ﻣﻧﻔﺫ ‪ USB‬ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ ﺣﻭﻝ ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻻﺕ‬
‫‪ USB‬ﺑﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻟﻠﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫‪.CameraWindow‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ <1‬ﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Mac OS z‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ‪ CameraWindow‬ﻋﻧﺩ ﺇﻧﺷﺎء‬
‫ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻭﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪CameraWindow‬‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫[ ﻣﺭﺗﻳﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺣﻔﻅ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ]‪/Import Images from Camera‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩ ﺻﻭﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ]‪Import‬‬
‫‪/Untransferred Images‬ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩ ﺻﻭﺭ ﻟﻡ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻧﻘﻠﻬﺎ[‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺗﻡ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺣﻔﻅ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺟﻠﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺑﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺟﻠﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﻧﻔﺻﻠﺔ ﺗﺗﻡ ﺗﺳﻣﻳﺗﻬﺎ ﺣﺳﺏ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫‪ z‬ﺑﻌﺩ ﺣﻔﻅ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﻏﻼﻕ ‪،CameraWindow‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ <1‬ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﻗﻡ‬
‫ﺑﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺑﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺣﻭﻝ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ”ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ“ )= ‪.(۱٦۹‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۱۷۱‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫‪ :Windows 7‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻡ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪ ،۲‬ﻓﺎﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺭﻣﺯ ] [ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﻬﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Windows Vista‬ﺃﻭ ‪ :XP‬ﻟﺑﺩء ‪ ،CameraWindow‬ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ]‪Downloads Images From‬‬
‫‪/Canon Camera‬ﺗﻧﺯﻳﻝ ﺻﻭﺭ ﻣﻥ ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ‪ [Canon‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪ .۲‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻡ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ‪ ،CameraWindow‬ﻓﺎﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ ]ﺍﺑﺩﺃ[‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ[ ◄‬
‫]‪.[CameraWindow] ◄ [CameraWindow] ◄ [Canon Utilities‬‬
‫‪ :Mac OS‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻡ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ‪ CameraWindow‬ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪ ،۲‬ﻓﺎﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺭﻣﺯ ]‪[CameraWindow‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺷﺭﻳﻁ ‪.Dock‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﻏﻡ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺣﻔﻅ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﺑﺳﻬﻭﻟﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺑﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‬
‫ﺑﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ‪ ،‬ﻏﻳﺭ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻗﺩ ﺗﻣﺭ ﻋﺩﺓ ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻕ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺑﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﺧﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪.‬‬‫ ﻗﺩ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺣﻔﻅ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﺃﻓﻘﻲ‪.‬‬‫ ﻗﺩ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻣﺳﺢ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺣﻣﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻔﻭﻅﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‪.‬‬‫ ﻗﺩ ﺗﺣﺩﺙ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﻛﻼﺕ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺣﻔﻅ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ؛ ﺑﻧﺎ ًء ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺻﺩﺍﺭ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺣﺟﺎﻡ ﻣﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻗﺩ ﻻ ﺗﺗﻭﻓﺭ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺎﺣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪ ،‬ﻣﺛﻝ ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﻘﻁﺎﺗﻙ ﺑﺳﻬﻭﻟﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺑﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ .‬ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪ ،‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﻭﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺭ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺧﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﻁﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻭﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺭ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺻﻭﺭ‬
‫ﻷﻟﺑﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻁﺑﺎﻋﺗﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﺗﻭﻏﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ ﺻﻐﻳﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺣﺟﻡ ﻁﺭﺍﺯ ‪ SELPHY CP‬ﻣﻥ ‪ Canon‬ﻫﻧﺎ ﺑﻐﺭﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺿﻳﺢ‪ .‬ﺗﺧﺗﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺭﻭﺿﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺎﺣﺔ ﺣﺳﺏ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ .‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺳﻬﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﻘﻁﺎﺗﻙ ﺑﺳﻬﻭﻟﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺑﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﺗﻭﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻌﻳﺎﺭ ‪ُ ) PictBridge‬ﺗﺑﺎﻉ‬
‫ﻣﻧﻔﺻﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻛﺑﻝ ‪.USB‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﻓﺗﺢ ﺍﻟﻐﻁﺎء‪ .‬ﻣﻊ ﺣﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺱ ﺍﻟﺻﻐﻳﺭ ﻟﻠﻛﺑﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺗﺟﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺿﺢ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺱ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﻣﻝ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻓﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺱ ﺍﻟﻛﺑﻳﺭ ﻟﻠﻛﺑﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﺣﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪۷‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ <1‬ﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۱۷۲‬‬
‫‪٦‬‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ ،<m‬ﻭﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]‪ ،[c‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ <m‬ﻣﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <o><p‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺳﺗﺑﺩﺃ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻵﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺻﻭﺭ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪ ،‬ﻛﺭﺭ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺩءًﺍ‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪ ٥‬ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻻﻧﺗﻬﺎء ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻻﻧﺗﻬﺎء ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﻓﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺑﻝ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺑﺎﻟﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ ‪ Canon‬ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻌﻳﺎﺭ ‪ُ ) PictBridge‬ﺗﺑﺎﻉ ﻣﻧﻔﺻﻠﺔ(‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ”ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ“ )= ‪.(۱٦۳‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <q><r‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺇﺣﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺗﺭﺍﺿﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‬
‫ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻑ‬
‫ﻛﻼﻫﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻓﺗﺭﺍﺿﻲ‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻋﻳﻥ ﺣﻣﺭﺍء ‪1‬‬
‫ﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﻣﻥ ‪ ۱‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ٦‬ﻓﻲ ﻗﺳﻡ ”ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺳﻬﻠﺔ“‬
‫)= ‪ (۱۷۲ – ۱۷۱‬ﻟﻠﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻳﻣﻳﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۱۷۳‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <o><p‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻋﻧﺻﺭ ﺛﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <q><r‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟ ُﻧﺳﺦ‬
‫ﻟﻳﺗﻭﺍﻓﻕ ﻣﻊ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻣﻊ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻣﻊ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻣﻊ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ٍ‬
‫–‬
‫ﻟﻳﺗﻭﺍﻓﻕ ﻣﻊ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫–‬
‫ﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻥ ﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻟﻠﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺛﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺗﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﺭﺍء‪.‬‬
‫ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟ ُﻧﺳﺦ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺭﻏﺏ ﻓﻲ ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺗﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻬﺫﻳﺏ‬
‫–‬
‫ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑﺔ ﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺗﻬﺎ )= ‪.(۱۷٤‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ‬
‫–‬
‫ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺣﺟﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﺧﻁﻳﻁ ﻭﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ )= ‪.(۱۷٥‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۱۷٤‬‬
‫ﺗﻬﺫﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﻬﺫﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑﺔ ﺑﺩﻻً ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﻣﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺗﻬﺫﻳﺏ[‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﺗﺑﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪ ۱‬ﻓﻲ ﻗﺳﻡ ”ﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ“‬
‫)= ‪ (۱۷۳‬ﻟﻠﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺗﻬﺫﻳﺏ[ ﺛﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻬﺫﻳﺏ‪ ،‬ﻣﺷﻳﺭً ﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺭﻳﺩ ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺗﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺿﺑﻁ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻬﺫﻳﺏ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﺯﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻟﺗﻌﺩﻳﻝ ﺣﺟﻡ ﺍﻹﻁﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺣﺭﻳﻙ ﺫﺭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻐﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻟﺗﺣﺭﻳﻙ ﺍﻹﻁﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ‬
‫>‪.<o><p><q><r‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻟﺗﺩﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻹﻁﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ <n‬ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ‬
‫>‪ <o><p‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]ﻣﻭﺍﻓﻕ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ‬
‫>‪.<m‬‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪ ۷‬ﻓﻲ ”ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺳﻬﻠﺔ“ )= ‪ (۱۷۲‬ﻹﺟﺭﺍء‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺩ ﻻ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﻬﺫﻳﺏ ﻣﻣﻛ ًﻧﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﺣﺟﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻐﻳﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﺻﻭﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻌﺽ ﻧﺳﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺩ ﻻ ﺗﺗﻡ ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺍﺭﻳﺦ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻣﺕ ﺑﺗﻬﺫﻳﺏ ﺻﻭﺭ ﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁﻬﺎ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ]ﻁﺎﺑﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‬
‫[‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ[‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﺗﺑﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪ ۱‬ﻓﻲ ﻗﺳﻡ ”ﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ“‬
‫)= ‪ (۱۷۳‬ﻟﻠﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﺣﺟﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <o><p‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۱۷٥‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺗﺭﺍﺿﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺣﺎﻁ ﺑﺣﺩﻭﺩ‬
‫ﺑﺩﻭﻥ ﺣﺩﻭﺩ‬
‫ﻋﺩﺩ ﻭﺃﻛﺛﺭ‬
‫ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺣﺟﻡ ﺛﺎﺑﺕ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺧﻁﻳﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺎﺣﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <o><p‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]ﻋﺩﺩ ﻭﺃﻛﺛﺭ[‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪<q><r‬‬
‫ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻟﻛﻝ ﻭﺭﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺣﺟﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﺧﻁﻳﻁ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﺗﺧﻁﻳ ًﻁﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <o><p‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫ﻟﻳﺗﻭﺍﻓﻕ ﻣﻊ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺧﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﺣﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺩﻭﻥ ﺣﺩﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺭﻳﺩ ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺗﻬﺎ ﻟﻛﻝ ﻭﺭﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻷﻏﺭﺍﺽ ﺗﻌﺭﻳﻔﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺗﺎﺣﺔ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻟﻠﺻﻭﺭ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺩﻗﺔ ‪ L‬ﻭﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ‪.٤:۳‬‬
‫ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺣﺟﻡ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺑﻳﻥ ‪ ۱۳۰ × ۹۰‬ﻣﻡ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻳﺩﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﺑﻭﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﻳﺿﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﺷﺎﻫﺩ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﻳﺔ‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﻳﺔ[‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﺗﺑﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﻣﻥ ‪ ۱‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ٤‬ﻓﻲ ﻗﺳﻡ ”ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺣﺟﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﺧﻁﻳﻁ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ“ )= ‪ ،(۱۷٥‬ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺻﻭﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﻭﻳﺔ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <q><r‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]‪ ،[c‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ .<m‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻳﺳﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <o><p‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ] [‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <q><r‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫‪۱۷٦‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﻣﻥ ‪ ۱‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ٦‬ﻓﻲ ﻗﺳﻡ ”ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺳﻬﻠﺔ“‬
‫)= ‪ (۱۷۲ – ۱۷۱‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻓﻳﻠﻡ‪ .‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻳﺳﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪ ۲‬ﻓﻲ ”ﺗﻬﺫﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ“‬
‫)= ‪ (۱۷٤‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﻁﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﺎﻧﺏ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻳﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺟﺎﻧﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﺻﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <o><p‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻧﺎﺻﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪،<q><r‬‬
‫ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﺧﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫ﻣﻔﺭﺩ‬
‫ﻣﺗﺳﻠﺳﻝ‬
‫ﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺳﻠﺳﻠﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﺎﻫﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺗﺭﺓ ﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ ﻣﻘﺳﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻠﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻑ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻘﺿﻲ ﻟﻺﻁﺎﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ]ﺍﻟﺗﻌﻠﻳﻕ[ ﻋﻠﻰ ]ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ[‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺣﺩﺩ ﺗﻧﺳﻳﻕ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﻭﺍء ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺃﻭ ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻑ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪ .‬ﺗﻧﻁﺑﻕ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫• ﻹﻟﻐﺎء ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺟﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻛﻝ ﻣﻥ ]ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﻳﺔ[ ﻭ]ﻣﺗﺳﻠﺳﻝ[ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻁﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ ‪ Canon‬ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ‪ PictBridge‬ﻣﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﺭﺍﺯﻳﻥ ‪ CP720/CP730‬ﺃﻭ ُ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﺭﺯ ﺍﻷﻗﺩﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ ،<n‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ[‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ]‪ .[2‬ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻧﺎﺻﺭ ﻭﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻬﻳﺋﺗﻬﺎ ﺣﺳﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺭﻏﺑﺔ )= ‪.(۲٦‬‬
‫ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ )‪(DPOF‬‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺎﺕ )= ‪ (۱۷۹‬ﻭﺗﺭﺗﻳﺑﺎﺕ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﺗﻁﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻣﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪ .‬ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺻﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ۹۹۸‬ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻣﻥ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﻭﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺛﻝ ﻋﺩﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﺳﺦ‪ ،‬ﻛﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪ .‬ﺳﺗﺗﻭﺍﻓﻕ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺑﺈﻋﺩﺍﺩﻫﺎ ﺑﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻳﺭ ﺗﻧﺳﻳﻕ ﺗﺭﺗﻳﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻣﻲ )‪.Digital Print Order Format (DPOF‬‬
‫ﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪DPOF‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۱۷۷‬‬
‫ﻗﻳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﻓﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫ﻛﻼﻫﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫ﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ ﻟﻛﻝ ﻭﺭﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﺩﺓ ﺻﻭﺭ ﺑﻧﺳﺦ ﺻﻐﻳﺭﺓ ﻟﻛﻝ ﻭﺭﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﻧﺳﻳﻘﻳﻥ ﻗﻳﺎﺳﻲ ﻭﻓﻬﺭﺱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺑﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫–‬
‫ﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺑﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻑ‪.‬‬
‫–‬
‫ﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫–‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫• ﻗﺩ ﻳﺗﻌﺫﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻕ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ‪ DPOF‬ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﻭﺍﺳﻁﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﺗﻁﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺩ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ] [ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻟﺗﻧﺑﻳﻬﻙ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﻟﺩﻳﻬﺎ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺗﻣﺕ ﺗﻬﻳﺋﺗﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺳﺗﺑﺩﺍﻝ ﺟﻣﻳﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺩ ﻳﺗﺳﺑﺏ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ]ﺍﻟﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ[ ﻋﻠﻰ ]ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ[ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻳﺎﻡ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﺑﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻣﺭﺗﻳﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻛﻝ ﻣﻥ ]ﺍﻟﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ[ ﻭ]ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻑ[ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﺫﺍﺗﻪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺳﻳﻣﻧﻌﻙ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭ ]ﻓﻬﺭﺱ[ ﻣﻥ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ[ ٍ‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ ﻣﺗﺎﺣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺽ ﻁﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ ‪ Canon‬ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻌﻳﺎﺭ ‪ُ ) PictBridge‬ﺗﺑﺎﻉ ﻣﻧﻔﺻﻠﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫• ﺳﺗﺗﻡ ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺑﺗﻧﺳﻳﻕ ﻳﺗﻭﺍﻓﻕ ﻣﻊ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﻓﻲ ]ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ[ ﻣﻥ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ]‪.(۱٥ =) [3‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۱۷۸‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺩﻳﺔ‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺣﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ[‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ <n‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]ﺣﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‬
‫ﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ[ ﻣﻥ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ]‪ ،[2‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ‬
‫>‪.<m‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <q><r‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻧﺳﺦ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻣﺕ ﺑﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﻓﻬﺭﺱ ﻟﻠﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻣﻳﻳﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﺭﻣﺯ ] [‪ .‬ﻹﻟﻐﺎء ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ ﻟﻠﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ <m‬ﻣﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪ .‬ﻟﻥ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ]‬
‫ﺑﻌﺩ ﺫﻟﻙ‪.‬‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫[‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻋﺩﺩ ﻧﺳﺦ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <o><p‬ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻋﺩﺩ ﻧﺳﺦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ )ﺣﺗﻰ ‪ ۹۹‬ﻧﺳﺧﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺻﻭﺭ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﻭﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻋﺩﺩ ﻧﺳﺦ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﺭﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺗﻳﻥ ‪ ۲‬ﻭ‪.۳‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻛﻡ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﻧﺳﺦ ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﻓﻘﻁ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺩ ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺗﻬﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﺗﺑﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪.۲‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻻﻧﺗﻬﺎء‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ <n‬ﻟﻠﻌﻭﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﻣﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۱۷۹‬‬
‫ﻣﺳﺢ ﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻣﻥ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪ ۱‬ﻓﻲ ﻗﺳﻡ ”ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺩﻳﺔ“‬
‫)= ‪ ،(۱۷۸‬ﻭﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺩﻯ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ‬
‫>‪.<m‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺗﻳﻥ ‪ ۲‬ﻭ‪ ۳‬ﻓﻲ ”ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻣﺩﻯ“ )= ‪ (۹۹‬ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪ ۱‬ﻓﻲ ﻗﺳﻡ ”ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺩﻳﺔ“‬
‫)= ‪ ،(۱۷۸‬ﻭﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﻛﻝ ﺍﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <q><r‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]ﻣﻭﺍﻓﻕ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <o><p‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]ﺗﺭﺗﻳﺏ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪ ۱‬ﻓﻲ ﻗﺳﻡ ”ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺩﻳﺔ“‬
‫)= ‪ ،(۱۷۸‬ﻭﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <q><r‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]ﻣﻭﺍﻓﻕ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ )‪(DPOF‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻋﻧﺩ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ )= ‪،(۱۷۹ – ۱۷۷‬‬
‫ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻳﻣﻳﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺑﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﺗﻭﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻳﺎﺭ ‪ .PictBridge‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <o><p‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]ﺍﻁﺑﻊ ﺍﻵﻥ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻳﻙ ﺳﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ <m‬ﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﺋﻧﺎﻑ ﺃﻳﺔ ﻣﻬﺎﻡ ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ‪ DPOF‬ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻓﻬﺎ ﻣﺅﻗ ًﺗﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻟﺑﻭﻡ ﺻﻭﺭ‬
‫ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻓﺭﺩﻱ‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺃﻟﺑﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺻﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ۹۹۸‬ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻣﻥ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩﻫﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﻙ‪ ،‬ﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺧﺯﻳﻧﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻠﺩ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻛﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻙ ﻣﻼﺋﻣًﺎ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺷﺭﺍء ﺃﻟﺑﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﺑﻭﻋﺔ ﻋﺑﺭ ﺍﻹﻧﺗﺭﻧﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺃﻟﺑﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻙ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ ،<n‬ﻭﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺃﻟﺑﻭﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ[ ﻣﻥ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ]‪ ،[1‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﻛﻳﻔﻳﺔ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ )= ‪.(۲٦‬‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫• ﻗﺩ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ] [ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻟﺗﻧﺑﻳﻬﻙ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﻟﺩﻳﻬﺎ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺗﻣﺕ ﺗﻬﻳﺋﺗﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺳﺗﺑﺩﺍﻝ ﺟﻣﻳﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫• ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ”ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ“ )= ‪ (۱٦۹‬ﻭﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺯﻳﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۱۸۰‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ[‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﺗﺑﺎﻉ ﺍﻹﺟﺭﺍء ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﻓﻲ ”ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ“‬
‫)= ‪ ،(۱۸۰‬ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <q><r‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ] [‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻟﺑﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ‬
‫>‪ <m‬ﻣﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪ .‬ﻟﻥ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ] [ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺫﻟﻙ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻛﺭﺍﺭ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺻﻭﺭ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪.‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻻﻧﺗﻬﺎء‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ <n‬ﻟﻠﻌﻭﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻟﺑﻭﻡ ﺻﻭﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫‪ z‬ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﺗﺑﺎﻉ ﺍﻹﺟﺭﺍء ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﻓﻲ ”ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ“‬
‫)= ‪ ،(۱۸۰‬ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <q><r‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]ﻣﻭﺍﻓﻕ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۱۸۱‬‬
‫ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻟﺑﻭﻡ ﺻﻭﺭ‬
‫‪ z‬ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﺗﺑﺎﻉ ﺍﻹﺟﺭﺍء ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﻓﻲ ”ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ“‬
‫)= ‪ ،(۱۸۰‬ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ]ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﻛﻝ ﺍﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫‪ z‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <q><r‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]ﻣﻭﺍﻓﻕ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻔﻳﺩﺓ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۱۸۲‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﻛﺷﺎﻑ ﺍﻷﺧﻁﺎء ﻭﺇﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ ‪۱۸۳........................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺭﺳﺎﺋﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪۱۸۸.....................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪۱۹۱..................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ )ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ(‪۱۹۱ ............................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ )ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺻﻳﻠﻳﺔ(‪۱۹۲ ..................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﻭﺟﺩﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﺋﻡ‪۱۹٤..............................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺎﺣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻝ ﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ‪۱۹٤ ...................................‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ‪۱۹٥ ........................................................... FUNC.‬‬
‫‪ 4‬ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ‪۱۹۷ .......................................‬‬
‫‪ 3‬ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ‪۲۰۰ ..........................................‬‬
‫‪ 1‬ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪۲۰۰ .........................................‬‬
‫‪ 2‬ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ‪۲۰۰ .........................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ ‪ FUNC.‬ﻓﻲ ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪۲۰۱ .......................................‬‬
‫ﺍﺣﺗﻳﺎﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺎﻣﻝ ‪۲۰۱......................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ‪۲۰۲.............................................................‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﻛﺷﺎﻑ ﺍﻷﺧﻁﺎء ﻭﺇﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻧﺕ ﺗﻌﺗﻘﺩ ﺑﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﻣﺷﻛﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻡ ﺃﻭﻻً ﺑﻔﺣﺹ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻡ ﺗﺅ ﱢﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻧﺎﺻﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺷﻛﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺗﺻﻝ ﺑﺄﺣﺩ ﻣﻛﺎﺗﺏ ‪ Canon‬ﻟﻣﺳﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﺩﻋﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻼء‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﻋﺩﻡ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﺃﻱ ﺷﻲء ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ‪.ON/OFF‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫• ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺣﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﺷﺣﻭﻧﺔ )= ‪.(۱۲‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫• ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺣﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺗﻭﺟﻳﻬﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺻﺣﻳﺢ )= ‪.(۱۳‬‬
‫• ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﻏﻁﺎء ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﻣﻝ )= ‪.(۱٤‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫• ﺗﻌﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﻧﻬﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻓﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺳﺧﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻔﺽ ﺃﺩﺍء ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﺟﺭﺏ ﺗﻧﻅﻳﻑ ﺍﻟﻧﻬﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻓﻳﺔ ﺑﻘﻁﻌﺔ ﻗﻁﻥ ﻭﺃﻋﺩ‬
‫ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺣﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻋﺩﺓ ﻣﺭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﺗﻧﻔﺩ ﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺣﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﺳﺭﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫• ﻳﻧﺧﻔﺽ ﺃﺩﺍء ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺧﻔﺿﺔ‪ .‬ﺟﺭﺏ ﺗﺩﻓﺋﺔ ﺣﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻗﻠﻳﻼً ﺑﻭﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻳﺑﻙ ﻣﺛﻼً ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﺄﻛﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﻋﺩﻡ ﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﻧﻬﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻓﻳﺔ ﻷﻳﺔ ﺃﺟﺳﺎﻡ ﻣﻌﺩﻧﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻡ ﺗﺳﺎﻋﺩ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻹﺟﺭﺍءﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﻛﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﺳﺗﻣﺭ ﻧﻔﺎﺩ ﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺣﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﺳﺭﻋﺔ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺷﺣﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺫﺍ ﻳﻌﻧﻲ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺻﻠﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻋﻣﺭﻫﺎ‪ .‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺷﺭﺍء ﺣﺯﻣﺔ ﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺟﺩﻳﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﻋﺩﻡ ﺗﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻘﻡ ﺑﻔﺗﺢ ﻏﻁﺎء ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪ .‬ﺃﻏﻠﻕ ﺍﻟﻐﻁﺎء‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺭ ًﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ )= ‪.(۱٤‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۱۸۳‬‬
‫ﺣﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﻧﺗﻔﺧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻧﺗﻔﺎﺥ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻫﻭ ﺃﻣﺭ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻣﺛﻝ ﺃﻳﺔ ﻣﺧﺎﻭﻑ ﺗﺗﻌﻠﻕ ﺑﺎﻟﺳﻼﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺩﻯ ﺍﻧﺗﻔﺎﺥ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺩﻡ ﻣﻧﺎﺳﺑﺔ‬
‫ﺣﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺗﺻﻝ ﺑﺄﺣﺩ ﻣﻛﺎﺗﺏ ‪ Canon‬ﻟﻣﺳﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﺩﻋﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻼء‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ‬
‫ﻅﻬﻭﺭ ﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻣﺷﻭﻫﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺩﻡ ﻋﺭﺿﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ )= ‪.(۱٦۷‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺫﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ )= ‪ ،(۸٦‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺟﺯﺋﻳًﺎ )= ‪.(۲٤‬‬
‫ﻋﺭﺽ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﻌﺗﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺧﻔﺿﺔ )= ‪.(۲٤‬‬
‫ﻋﺭﺽ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﻌﺗﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻﺣﻅ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﻣﺷﺎﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ ﻭﻟﻛﻥ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺩ ﺗﻭﻣﺽ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻭﻗﺩ ﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ﺃﻓﻘﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺿﺎءﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻠﻭﺭﻳﺳﻧﺕ ﺃﻭ ‪.LED‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺗﻡ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻁﺎﺑﻊ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‪.‬‬
‫[ )=‪ .(۳۹‬ﻻﺣﻅ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﺗﺗﻡ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻁﻭﺍﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻁ ﺑﺳﺑﺏ‬
‫• ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ]ﻁﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‬
‫ﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ]ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ[ )=‪.(۱٥‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺗﻡ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻁﻭﺍﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ )= ‪ (۱۹۹‬ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﻓﻳﻬﺎ ﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ )= ‪.(۳۹‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﻳﻭﻣﺽ ]‪ [h‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ )= ‪.(۳۳‬‬
‫ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ]‬
‫[ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺟﺯﺋﻳًﺎ )= ‪.(۳۳‬‬
‫• ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ]ﻧﻣﻁ ‪ [IS‬ﻋﻠﻰ ]ﻣﺳﺗﻣﺭ[ )= ‪.(۸٥‬‬
‫• ﺍﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ﻭﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.(۸۳ =) [h‬‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫• ﻗﻡ ﺑﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺳﺭﻋﺔ ‪.(۷٤ =) ISO‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﻅﻬﻭﺭ ﺍﻷﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻁﺔ ﺩﺍﻛﻧﺔ ﺟﺩًﺍ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ﻭﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.(۸۳ =) [h‬‬
‫• ﻗﻡ ﺑﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﺳﻁﻭﻉ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺗﻌﻭﻳﺽ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ )= ‪.(۷۲‬‬
‫• ﻗﻡ ﺑﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﺎﻳﻥ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺗﺑﺎﻳﻥ ﺫﻛﻲ )= ‪.(۱۱۰ ،۷٤‬‬
‫• ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻗﻔﻝ ‪ AE‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺿﻌﻲ )= ‪.(۷۳‬‬
‫ﻅﻬﻭﺭ ﺍﻷﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﺳﺎﻁﻌﺔ ﺟﺩًﺍ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﺟﺯﺍء ﺍﻟﺳﺎﻁﻌﺔ ﺑﺎﻫﺗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺎﻣﻝ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﺋﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺗﺧﺫ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻳﺭ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﻟﻠﻣﺣﺎﻓﻅﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺛﺑﺎﺗﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺟﺏ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ‬
‫]ﻧﻣﻁ ‪ [IS‬ﻋﻠﻰ ]ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ )= ‪.(۸٥‬‬
‫• ﻗﻡ ﺑﺧﻔﺽ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ﻭﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ﻋﻠﻰ ]![ )= ‪.(۳۲‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻁﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﻡ ﺑﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﺳﻁﻭﻉ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺗﻌﻭﻳﺽ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ )= ‪.(۷۲‬‬
‫• ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺟﺯﺋﻳًﺎ ﻟﻠﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻳﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﻣﻝ ﻟﻠﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ )= ‪.(۲٤‬‬
‫• ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻗﻔﻝ ‪ AE‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺿﻌﻲ )= ‪.(۷۳‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫• ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ )= ‪.(۲۰٤‬‬
‫• ﻗﻡ ﺑﺧﻔﺽ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻬﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻫﺩﺍﻑ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ]‪-AF‬ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﻣﺳﺎﻋﺩ[ ﻋﻠﻰ ]ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ[ )= ‪.(٥۱‬‬
‫ﻅﻬﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻁﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﻛﻧﺔ ﺟﺩًﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﻏﻡ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻧﻁﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ )= ‪.(۳۳‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫• ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺄﻛﻳﺩ ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﻧﺷﻳﻁ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺿﺭﻭﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺛﻝ ‪.macro‬‬
‫• ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ )= ‪.(۲۰٤‬‬
‫• ﺟﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻗﻔﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ ﺃﻭ ‪.(۸۲ ،۷۹ =) AF‬‬
‫• ﻗﻡ ﺑﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺳﺭﻋﺔ ‪.(۷٤ =) ISO‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻁﺎﺕ ﻣﺷﻭﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻅﻬﻭﺭ ﺍﻷﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ﺳﺎﻁﻌﺔ ﺟﺩًﺍ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﺟﺯﺍء ﺍﻟﺳﺎﻁﻌﺔ ﺑﺎﻫﺗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫• ﻗﺩ ﻳﺣﺩﺙ ﺗﺷﻭﻳﺵ ﻏﺎﻟﺑًﺎ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻣﺱ ﻟﻠﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺑﻧﺎ ًء ﻋﻠﻰ ﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪ .‬ﺣﺎﻓﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺛﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻋﻧﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ )= ‪.(۲۰٤‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺃﻳﺔ ﺇﻁﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻥ ﺇﻁﺎﺭﺍﺕ ‪ AF‬ﻭﻻ ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺟﺯﺋﻳًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫• ﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺇﻁﺎﺭﺍﺕ ‪ AF‬ﻭﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﺻﺣﻳﺢ‪ ،‬ﺟﺭﺏ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻁﺔ ﺑﻣﻧﺎﻁﻕ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺃﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﻋﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﺎﻳﻥ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺟﺯﺋﻳًﺎ‪ .‬ﺃﻭ‪ ،‬ﺟﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺟﺯﺋﻳًﺎ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻣﺗﻛﺭﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫• ﻗﻡ ﺑﺧﻔﺽ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ﻭﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ﻋﻠﻰ ]![ )= ‪.(۳۲‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﺎﻓﺫﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻋﻳﺔ ﻣﻅﻠﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺩ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﺎﻓﺫﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻋﻳﺔ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﺇﻋﺗﺎﻣًﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺽ ﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻅﻬﻭﺭ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺑﻳﺿﺎء ﺃﻭ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺗﺷﻭﻳﺵ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻣﺎﺛﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻘﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫• ﻳﺣﺩﺙ ﻫﺫﺍ ﻧﺗﻳﺟﺔ ﻻﻧﻌﻛﺎﺱ ﺿﻭء ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺗﺭﺑﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺟﺯﺋﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻣﻭﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍء‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫ﻅﻬﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻁﺎﺕ ﻣﺣﺑﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﻡ ﺑﺧﻔﺽ ﺳﺭﻋﺔ ‪.(۷٤ =) ISO‬‬
‫• ﻗﺩ ﺗﺅﺩﻱ ﺳﺭﻋﺎﺕ ‪ ISO‬ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺣﺑﺏ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ )= ‪.(٦۱‬‬
‫‪۱۸٤‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۱۸٥‬‬
‫ﺗﺄ ﱡﺛﺭ ﺍﻷﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﺭﺍء )= ‪.(٤۸‬‬
‫• ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ]ﻣﺻﺑﺎﺡ ﻋﻳﻥ ﺡ‪ [.‬ﻋﻠﻰ ]ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ[ )= ‪ (٥۲‬ﻟﺗﻧﺷﻳﻁ ﻣﺻﺑﺎﺡ ﺧﻔﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﺭﺍء )= ‪ (۳‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﺗﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻓﺿﻝ ﺍﻟﻧﺗﺎﺋﺞ‪ ،‬ﺍﺟﻌﻝ ﺍﻷﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﺗﻧﻅﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺻﺑﺎﺡ ﺧﻔﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﺭﺍء‪ .‬ﻭﺟﺭﺏ‬
‫ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﺎﻫﺩ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺃﻗﺭﺏ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺗﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﺭﺍء )= ‪.(۱۱۱‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻘﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺭﻭﺽ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺻﺣﻳﺢ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺗﻣﺕ ﻣﻘﺎﻁﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻟﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺑﺩﻳﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺗﺩﻋﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﻋﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺳﺭﻋﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻻﺣﻅ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺣﺗﻰ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻘﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺭﻭﺽ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺻﺣﻳﺢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻁﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﻳﻁﺎﺑﻕ ﻣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻳﻘﻳﺔ‬
‫)= ‪.(۲۰٤ ،۱٥٦‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﻐﺭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﻭﻗ ًﺗﺎ ﻁﻭﻳﻼً‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻣﺭ ﺑﻁﻲء‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺭﺽ ]‬
‫ﻋﺩﻡ ﺇﺗﺎﺣﺔ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ ‪.FUNC.‬‬
‫ﻳﻣﺗﻠﺊ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺅﻗﺕ ﻟﻠﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺑﺳﺑﺏ ﺗﻌﺫﺭ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﺑﺳﺭﻋﺔ ﻛﺎﻓﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﺟﺭﺏ ﺃﺣﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺟﺭﺍءﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻹﺟﺭﺍء ﻣﺳﺢ ﻣﻧﺧﻔﺽ ﻟﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ )= ‪.(۱٥٦‬‬
‫• ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻹﺟﺭﺍء ﻣﺳﺢ ﻣﻧﺧﻔﺽ ﻟﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ )= ‪.(۱٥٦‬‬
‫• ﺗﺧﺗﻠﻑ ﻋﻧﺎﺻﺭ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺎﺣﺔ ﺑﺎﺧﺗﻼﻑ ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪ .‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ”ﺍﻟﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺎﺣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻝ ﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ“‪،‬‬
‫ﻭ”ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ‪ “FUNC.‬ﻭ”ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ“ )= ‪.(۱۹۹ – ۱۹٤‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺭﻣﻭﺯ ﺍﻷﻁﻔﺎﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺻﻐﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻟﻥ ﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﺭﻣﺯﺍ ﺍﻟﺭﺿﻊ ﻭﺍﻷﻁﻔﺎﻝ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻡ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﻼﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ )= ‪ .(٤۱‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻡ ﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﻣﺯﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺣﺗﻰ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﻼﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻋﺩ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ )= ‪ ،(٤۲‬ﺃﻭ ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﺻﺣﻳﺢ‬
‫)= ‪.(۱٥۳‬‬
‫ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ‪ AF‬ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻣﺱ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻣﺱ ﻻ ﺗﻌﻣﻝ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﻣﻝ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ‪ AF‬ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻣﺱ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻣﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﻣﺱ ﺣﻭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺃﻗﺭﺏ ﻣﻥ ﻭﺳﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﺎﻓﺫﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻋﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﻁﺊ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺩ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻧﺎﻓﺫﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻋﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻑ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻣﺕ ﺑﺗﺩﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﻭﺗﻡ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ]ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺻﺔ[ ﻋﻠﻰ ]ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﻌﻛﻭﺳﺔ[ )= ‪.(٥۸ ،٥٦‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻌﻳﻳﻧﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ]ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻣﻌﻛﻭﺳﺔ[ ﻟﻠﻌﺭﺽ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺻﺣﻳﺢ‪.‬‬
‫[ ﻭﺗﻭﻗﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﻡ ﺑﺧﻔﺽ ﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ )= ‪.(٤۹‬‬
‫• ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺑﺩﻳﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﺗﺩﻋﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﻋﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺳﺭﻋﺔ )= ‪.(۲۰٤‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺫﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻐﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﺗﻌﺫﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻐﻳﺭ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺃﻓﻼﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ]‬
‫[ )= ‪.(٦۳‬‬
‫ﻅﻬﻭﺭ ﺍﻷﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﻣﺷﻭﻫﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺩ ﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﺍﻷﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻣﺭ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺑﺳﺭﻋﺔ ﻣﺷﻭﻫﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻳﺱ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺧﻠﻼً ﻭﻅﻳﻔﻳًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺫﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺭﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫• ﻗﺩ ﻳﺗﻌﺫﺭ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﻠﻡ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺳﻣﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﻫﻳﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻠﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ ﺣﻭﻝ ﻫﻳﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻠﺩ ﻭﺃﺳﻣﺎء ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ”ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ“ )= ‪.(۱٦۹‬‬
‫• ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻣﻊ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﺑﻬﺎ )= ‪.(۲۳‬‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺗﻭﻗﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺧﻁﻲ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺑﺩﻳﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﻗﻣﺕ ﺑﺈﺟﺭﺍء ﻣﺳﺢ ﻣﻧﺧﻔﺽ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ )= ‪.(۱٥٦‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫• ﻗﺩ ﺗﺣﺩﺙ ﻣﻘﺎﻁﻌﺎﺕ ﻗﺻﻳﺭﺓ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﻧﺳﺧﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺗﺳﻡ ﺑﺳﺭﻋﺎﺕ ﻗﺭﺍءﺓ ﻣﻧﺧﻔﺿﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫• ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‪ ،‬ﻗﺩ ﺗﺳﻘﻁ ﺍﻹﻁﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺧﻁﻲ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﺩﺍء ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻛﺎﻑٍ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻻﻓﻼﻡ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺿﺑﻁ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ )= ‪ (۸۷‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻣﺕ ﺑﺗﻧﺷﻳﻁ ]ﺻﺎﻣﺕ[ )= ‪ ،(۱٥۲‬ﺃﻭ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﻠﻡ ﺿﻌﻳ ًﻔﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﻟﻸﻓﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ]‬
‫[ )= ‪ (٦۳‬ﻧﻅﺭً ﺍ ﻟﻌﺩﻡ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‬
‫<‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺗﺣﺗﻭ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻭﺭ ﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻁ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻡ‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻻﺕ ‪ .Wi-Fi‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﻧﻬﺎء ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ ‪.Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۱۸٦‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﻓﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺭﻣﺯ ﻫﺩﻑ ﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻷﻟﺑﻭﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪ Story Highlights‬ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺗﻭﺿﺢ ﺍﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﺷﺧﺹ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩ ﻟﻸﻟﺑﻭﻡ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪ Story Highlights‬ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ )= ‪.(۱۱٤‬‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺫﺭ ﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻧﺩ ﻣﺣﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﻋﺑﺭ ﺍﻟﻛﺑﻝ‪ ،‬ﺟﺭﺏ ﺧﻔﺽ ﺳﺭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ <1‬ﻟﻠﺩﺧﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪ .‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻣﺭﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪ <n‬ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <o‬ﻭ>‪ <m‬ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ‪ .‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <q><r‬ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ]‪ ،[B‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪.<m‬‬
‫‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ‪ Wi-Fi‬ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‬
‫<‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ‪ Wi-Fi‬ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﺗﺎﺣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪ .‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺑﺩﻳﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻭﺃﻋﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺎﻭﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ‪ Wi-Fi‬ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺻﻳﻠﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺑﺭ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻋﺭﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‪ .‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺑﺩﻳﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺭﺩﺓ ﻭﻧﻣﻁ ﻋﺭﺽ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺻﻳﻠﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻣﺛﻝ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ‪ Wi-Fi‬ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺷﺣﺔ ﻭﻓ ًﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺷﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﻋﺭﺽ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ‪ Wi-Fi‬ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺑﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ ﻋﺑﺭ ﻛﺑﻝ‪ .‬ﺍﻓﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺑﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ‪/‬ﻭﺟﻬﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﻌﺩﻳﻝ ﺣﺟﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻟﻺﺭﺳﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﺟﻣﺎﻟﻲ ‪ ۲۰‬ﻋﻧﺻﺭً ﺍ ﻣﻥ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺳﺢ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺿﺭﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ً‬
‫ﺃﻭﻻ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺃﺿﻑ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻳﺩﺓ )= ‪.(۱٤۹‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﻌﺩﻳﻝ ﺣﺟﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺩﻗﺔ ﺃﻛﺑﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺣﺟﻣﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻫﺎﺗﻑ ﺫﻛﻲ ﻟﻠﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺧﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﻳﺏ )= ‪.(۱۲۰‬‬
‫• ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻫﺎﺗﻑ ﺫﻛﻲ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ً‬
‫ﺃﻭﻻ ﺑﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻁﺑﻳﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺻﺹ ‪ CameraWindow‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﺍﻟﺫﻛﻲ )= ‪.(۱۲٤‬‬
‫• ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺃﻭﻻً ﺑﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ CameraWindow‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‪ .‬ﻗﻡ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺣﻘﻕ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺋﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﻭﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪.(۱۲۹ ،۱۲٥ =) Wi-Fi‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺭﺏ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻳﺔ ﻣﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺗﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﻣﻊ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ‪ ،Wi-Fi‬ﻣﺛﻝ ﺃﻓﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ‬
‫‪ Bluetooth‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻳﺔ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﺗﻌﻣﻝ ﺑﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﻣﻭﺟﻲ ‪ ۲٫٤‬ﺟﻳﺟﺎ ﻫﺭﺗﺯ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻵﺧﺭ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺗﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ )ﻣﺛﻝ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﻋﺩﻡ ﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺃﺟﺳﺎﻡ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯﻳﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﻳﺗﻌﺫﺭ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫• ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻗﻧﺎﺓ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﻗﺩ ﺗﻡ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻧﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻧﺎﺓ ﺗﺩﻋﻣﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ )= ‪ .(۲۰۲‬ﻻﺣﻅ ﺃﻧﻪ ً‬
‫ﺑﺩﻻ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺧﺻﻳﺹ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻘﻧﺎﺓ‪ ،‬ﻳُﻧﺻﺢ ﺑﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻗﻧﺎﺓ ﻣﺩﻋﻭﻣﺔ ﻳﺩﻭﻳًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺗﻭﻓﺭ ﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺗﺧﺯﻳﻥ ﻛﺎﻓﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻬﺔ‪ .‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺧﺯﻳﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻬﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻋﺩ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫• ﺗﻡ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﻟﺳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﺗﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻬﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻔﻝ‪ .‬ﺣﺭﻙ ﻟﺳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﺗﺎﺑﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﺗﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫• ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ CANON iMAGE GATEWAY‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺧﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﻳﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻧﻘﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺳﻣﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻠﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺯﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺗﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺳﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻳﻪ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻣﻳﺯﺓ ﻣﺯﺍﻣﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻋﺑﺭ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﻭﺻﻭﻝ )= ‪ .(۱٤٥‬ﻭﻗﺑﻝ ﻧﻘﻝ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺟﻠﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺳﻣﻳﺗﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺩ ﺗﻡ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺧﺩﻣﺔ ‪ CANON iMAGE GATEWAY‬ﺃﻭ ﺧﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﻳﺏ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۱۸۷‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﻌﺩﻳﻝ ﺣﺟﻡ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺳﺗﻐﺭﻕ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻭﻗ ًﺗﺎ ﻁﻭﻳﻼً‪/.‬ﺗﺗﻡ ﻣﻘﺎﻁﻌﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻛﻲ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺩ ﻳﺳﺗﻐﺭﻕ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻋﺩﺓ ﺻﻭﺭ ﻭﻗ ًﺗﺎ ﻁﻭﻳﻼً‪ .‬ﺟﺭﺏ ﺗﻌﺩﻳﻝ ﺣﺟﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ]‬
‫)= ‪.(۱۰۷‬‬
‫• ﻗﺩ ﻳﺳﺗﻐﺭﻕ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﻭﻗ ًﺗﺎ ﻁﻭﻳﻼً‪.‬‬
‫[ ﺃﻭ ]‬
‫[ ﻟﺗﻘﻠﻳﻝ ﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺭﺏ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻳﺔ ﻣﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺗﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﻣﻊ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ‪ ،Wi-Fi‬ﻣﺛﻝ ﺃﻓﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ‬
‫‪ Bluetooth‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻳﺔ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﺗﻌﻣﻝ ﺑﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﻣﻭﺟﻲ ‪ ۲٫٤‬ﺟﻳﺟﺎ ﻫﺭﺗﺯ‪ .‬ﻻﺣﻅ ﺃﻥ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻗﺩ ﻳﺳﺗﻐﺭﻕ ﻭﻗ ًﺗﺎ ﻁﻭﻳﻼً‬
‫ﺣﺗﻰ ﻋﻧﺩ ﻋﺭﺽ ] [‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻵﺧﺭ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺗﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ )ﻣﺛﻝ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﻋﺩﻡ ﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺃﺟﺳﺎﻡ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯﻳﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺭﻏﺏ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺳﺢ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪ Wi-Fi‬ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺧﻠﺹ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻋﻁﺎﺋﻬﺎ ﻟﺷﺧﺹ ﺁﺧﺭ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺿﺑﻁ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪.(۱٥۰ =) Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺭﺳﺎﺋﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺧﻁﺄ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺳﺗﺟﺏ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻭﺟﺩ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫• ﻗﺩ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﺭﻛﺑﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺗﻭﺟﻳﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﺣﻳﺢ‪ .‬ﺃﻋﺩ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﻣﻊ ﺗﻭﺟﻳﻬﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺻﺣﻳﺢ‬
‫)= ‪.(۱٤‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﻣﻘﻔﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫• ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﻟﺳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﺗﺎﺑﺔ ﻟﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻔﻝ‪ .‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺑﺩﻳﻝ ﻟﺳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﺗﺎﺑﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻭﺿﻊ ﺇﻟﻐﺎء‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻔﻝ )= ‪.(۱٤‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺫﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ!‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫• ﺗﻣﺕ ﻣﺣﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺑﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﻣﻊ ﺗﻭﺟﻳﻬﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺗﺟﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﺣﻳﺢ )= ‪.(۱٤‬‬
‫ﺧﻁﺄ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ )= ‪(۱٥٦‬‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ ﺫﺍﺗﻬﺎ ﺣﺗﻰ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﻣﺩﻋﻭﻣﺔ )= ‪ (۲‬ﻭﺑﻌﺩ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺑﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺻﺣﻳﺢ‬
‫)= ‪ ،(۱٤‬ﻓﺎﺗﺻﻝ ﺑﺄﺣﺩ ﻣﻛﺎﺗﺏ ‪ Canon‬ﻟﻣﺳﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﺩﻋﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻼء‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻭﺟﺩ ﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﻛﺎﻓﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻭﺟﺩ ﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﻛﺎﻓﻳﺔ ﺧﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ )= ‪ (۷۱ ،٥۹ ،۳۱‬ﺃﻭ ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ )= ‪.(۱۱۱ – ۱۰۷‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺿﺭﻭﺭﻳﺔ )= ‪ (۱۰۱‬ﺃﻭ ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺧﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻛﺎﻓﻳﺔ )= ‪.(۱۳‬‬
‫‪ AF‬ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻣﺱ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﺗﺎﺡ‬
‫• ‪ AF‬ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻣﺱ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﺗﺎﺡ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﻲ )= ‪.(۱۹٤‬‬
‫ﺗﻡ ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ‪ AF‬ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻣﺱ‬
‫• ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﻛﺗﺷﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻬﺩﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩ ﻟـ ‪ AF‬ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻣﺱ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻵﻥ )= ‪.(۸۱‬‬
‫ﺍﺷﺣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ )= ‪(۱۲‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻭﺟﺩ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺣﺗﻭﻱ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻳﺔ ﺻﻭﺭ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﻋﺭﺿﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪۱۸۸‬‬
‫ﻣﺣﻣﻲ! )= ‪(۹۸‬‬
‫ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﻌﺭﻭﻓﺔ‪ JPEG/‬ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﺗﻭﺍﻓﻕ‪/‬ﺣﺟﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻛﺑﻳﺭ ﺟﺩًﺍ‪/.‬ﺗﻌﺫﺭ ﻋﺭﺽ ‪MOV‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺩﻋﻭﻣﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺩ ﻳﺗﻌﺫﺭ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭﻫﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺳﻣﻳﺗﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺫﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ!‪/‬ﺗﻌﺫﺭ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺗﻭﻯ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺷﻭﺍﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﺫﻛﻲ‪/‬ﺗﻌﺫﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺩﻭﻳﺭ‪/‬ﻻﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﻌﺩﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪/‬ﻻﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺩﻳﻝ‪/‬ﻻﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﺋﻪ‪/‬ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪/.‬ﻻ ﺗﻭﺟﺩ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﻫﻭﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺗﻌﺫﺭ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﻌﺭﺍﺽ ﺍﻷﻟﺑﻭﻡ‪/‬ﺗﻌﺫﺭ ﺣﻔﻅ ﺍﻷﻟﺑﻭﻡ‬
‫• ﻗﺩ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﺗﺎﺣﺔ ﻟﻠﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻣﺕ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺳﻣﻳﺗﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻡ ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪ .‬ﻭﻻﺣﻅ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﻣﻳﺯﺓ ﺑﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻧﺟﻣﺔ )*( ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﺗﺎﺣﺔ ﻟﻸﻓﻼﻡ‪ .‬ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﻳﺔ* )= ‪ ،(۹٤‬ﻭﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ* )= ‪ ،(۹٥‬ﻭﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻋﺷﻭﺍﺋﻲ ﺫﻛﻲ* )= ‪ ،(۹۷‬ﻭﺗﺩﻭﻳﺭ* )= ‪ ،(۱۰۳‬ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻔﺿﻠﺔ‬
‫)= ‪ ،(۱۰٤‬ﻭﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ* )= ‪ ،(۱۱۱ – ۱۰۷‬ﻭﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ* )= ‪ ،(۱۷۷‬ﻭﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺃﻟﺑﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ* )= ‪.(۱۸۰‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﺟﻣﻌﻬﺎ )= ‪.(٤۰‬‬
‫ﻣﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺻﺎﻟﺢ‬
‫• ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ )= ‪ ،(۱۷۹ ،۱۰۲ ،۹۹‬ﺣﺎﻭﻟﺕ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺃﻭﻟﻳﺔ ﺗﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﺧﻳﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻛﺱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺩ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺯﺍﺋﺩ‬
‫• ﺗﻡ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﻣﻥ ‪ ۹۹۸‬ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ )= ‪ (۱۷۷‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺃﻟﺑﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ )= ‪ .(۱۸۰‬ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ‪ ۹۹۸‬ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻗﻝ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﻌﺫﺭ ﺣﻔﻅ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ )= ‪ (۱۷۷‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺃﻟﺑﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ )= ‪ (۱۸۰‬ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﺻﺣﻳﺢ‪ .‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻘﻠﻳﻝ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩ ﻭﺃﻋﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺎﻭﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻟﻘﺩ ﺣﺎﻭﻟﺕ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﻣﻥ ‪ ٥۰۰‬ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻣﺎﻳﺔ )= ‪ (۹۸‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﺳﺢ )= ‪ (۱۰۱‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺿﻠﺔ )= ‪ (۱۰٤‬ﺃﻭ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ )= ‪ (۱۷۷‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺃﻟﺑﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ )= ‪.(۱۸۰‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺧﻁﺄ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺗﺳﻣﻳﺔ!‬
‫‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫• ﺗﻌﺫﺭ ﺇﻧﺷﺎء ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻠﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﺫﺭ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻗﺩ ﺗﻡ ﺑﻠﻭﻍ ﺃﻛﺑﺭ ﻋﺩﺩ ﻣﺩﻋﻭﻡ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻠﺩﺍﺕ )‪ (999‬ﻟﺗﺧﺯﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﺗﻡ ﺑﻠﻭﻍ ﺃﻛﺑﺭ ﻋﺩﺩ ﻣﺩﻋﻭﻡ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ )‪ (9999‬ﻟﻠﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻠﺩﺍﺕ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ‬
‫]‪ ،[3‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ]ﺗﺭﻗﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻑ[ ﺇﻟﻰ ]ﺗﻌﺩﻳﻝ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ[ )= ‪ (۱٥۷‬ﺃﻭ ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ )= ‪.(۱٥٦‬‬
‫ﺧﻁﺄ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺧﻁﺄ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺳﺔ‬
‫• ﻗﺩ ﻳﺣﺩﺙ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻡ ﺣﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺳﺔ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺭﻙ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻣﻠﻭءﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺭﺍﺏ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺭﻣﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻟﻡ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺭﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻭﺻﻭﻝ‪ .‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ )= ‪.(۱۲۹‬‬
‫• ﺗﻌﺫﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺛﻭﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ‪ .‬ﺃﻭﻗﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺛﻡ ﺃﻋﺩ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﻣﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺗﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺟﺎﻫﺯ ﻟﻼﺗﺻﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺗﻌﺫﺭ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫• ﻗﺩ ﻳﺷﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻛﺭﺭ ﻟﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺻﻝ ﺑﻣﻛﺎﺗﺏ ‪ Canon‬ﻟﻣﺳﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﺩﻋﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻼء‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ‪ WPS‬ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺩﻳﺩ ﻣﻥ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ‪ .‬ﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﻣﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺣﺩﺙ ﺧﻁﺄ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ) ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ(‬
‫ﻟﻡ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺛﻭﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻳﺔ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻭﺻﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ ﻫﺫﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﺭ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁ ﺇﺣﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻁﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺩ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﺣﻔﻭﻅﺔ‪ .‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺑﺩﻳﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻣﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻟﻠﺗﺣﻘﻕ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫• ﻗﺩ ﻳﺷﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻛﺭﺭ ﻟﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺩﻭﻳﻥ ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ )‪ (Exx‬ﻭﺍﺗﺻﻝ ﺑﺄﺣﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻛﺎﺗﺏ ‪ Canon‬ﻟﻣﺳﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﺩﻋﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻼء‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺧﻁﺄ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻑ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫• ﻗﺩ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺗﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ )= ‪ (۱۷۱‬ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﻣﻛﻥ ﻟﻠﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁﻬﺎ ﺑﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﺗﻌﺩﻳﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‪ ،‬ﺣﺗﻰ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻣﺗﺻﻠﺔ ﺑﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺃﻋﺩ ﺿﺑﻁ ﻋﻧﻭﺍﻥ ‪ IP‬ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﻻ ﻳﺗﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﻣﻊ ﻋﻧﻭﺍﻥ ﺁﺧﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﻁﺄ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻡ ﻗﻁﻊ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ‪/‬ﻓﺷﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻼﻡ‪/‬ﻓﺷﻝ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫• ﺗﺣﻘﻕ ﻣﻥ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺣﺟﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ )= ‪ .(۱۷٥‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ ﻫﺫﻩ ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺻﺣﻳﺣً ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻋﺩ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺃﻛﻣﻝ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻣﺭ ًﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻣﺗﺻﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﺣﺑﺭ ﻣﻣﺗﻠﺋﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۱۸۹‬‬
‫• ﺍﺗﺻﻝ ﺑﺄﺣﺩ ﻣﻛﺎﺗﺏ ‪ Canon‬ﻟﻣﺳﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﺩﻋﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻼء ﻟﻁﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺗﺑﺩﺍﻝ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻣﺗﺻﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﺣﺑﺭ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﻳﺩﻭﻳًﺎ ﺑﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﻭﺻﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻣُﻌﺭﱢ ﻑ ‪ SSID‬ﺍﻟﺻﺣﻳﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻠﻣﺔ ﻣﺭﻭﺭ ﺧﺎﻁﺋﺔ‪/‬ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺣﻣﺎﻳﺔ ‪ Wi-Fi‬ﻏﻳﺭ ﺻﺣﻳﺣﺔ‬
‫• ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺣﻣﺎﻳﺔ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ )= ‪.(۱۲۹‬‬
‫ﻋﻧﻭﺍﻥ ‪ IP‬ﻣﺗﻌﺎﺭﺽ‬
‫• ﻗﺩ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻳﺋﺔ ُﺗﺣﺟﺏ ﻓﻳﻬﺎ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪.Wi-Fi‬‬
‫• ﺗﺟﻧﺏ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪ Wi-Fi‬ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻘﺭﺑﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻓﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ‪،Bluetooth‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻌﻣﻝ ﺑﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﻣﻭﺟﻲ ‪ ۲٫٤‬ﺟﻳﺟﺎ ﻫﺭﺗﺯ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻵﺧﺭ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺗﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ )ﻣﺛﻝ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﻋﺩﻡ ﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺃﺟﺳﺎﻡ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯﻳﻥ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺻﻝ ﻟﻠﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﻋﺩﻡ ﻣﻭﺍﺟﻬﺗﻪ ﻷﻱ ﺃﺧﻁﺎء‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﻓﺷﻝ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺧﻁﺄ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ ﺫﺍﺗﻬﺎ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﻣﻬﻳﺄﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺻﺣﻳﺢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺗﺻﻝ ﺑﺄﺣﺩ ﻣﻛﺎﺗﺏ ‪Canon‬‬
‫ﻟﻣﺳﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﺩﻋﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻼء‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻓﺷﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻼﻡ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻭﺟﺩ ﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﻛﺎﻓﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺗﻭﻓﺭ ﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺧﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻬﺩﻓﺔ ﺗﻛﻔﻲ ﻻﺳﺗﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺳﺢ ﺻﻭﺭً ﺍ ﻹﺧﻼء ﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﺩﺧﻝ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﻓﺎﺭﻏﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﻓﺷﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﻣﻘﻔﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫• ﺗﻡ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﻟﺳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﺗﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ ﻻﺳﺗﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻔﻝ‪ .‬ﺣﺭﻙ‬
‫ﻟﺳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﺗﺎﺑﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﺗﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻓﺷﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺧﻁﺄ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺗﺳﻣﻳﺔ!‬
‫• ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻛﺑﺭ ﻋﺩﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻠﺩﺍﺕ )‪ (999‬ﻭﺃﻛﺑﺭ ﻋﺩﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ )‪ (9999‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺗﺳﻠﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﺳﻠﻡ ﻣﺯﻳﺩًﺍ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻛﺎﻓﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺩﻡ‬
‫• ﺍﺣﺫﻑ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺿﺭﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻓﻭﻋﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ CANON iMAGE GATEWAY‬ﻹﺧﻼء ﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﻡ ﺑﺣﻔﻅ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻋﺑﺭ ﻣﺯﺍﻣﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ )= ‪ (۱٤٥‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺣﻘﻕ ﻣﻥ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺷﺑﻛﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۱۹۰‬‬
‫• ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺇﻣﻛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﺑﺎﻹﻧﺗﺭﻧﺕ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺷﺑﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫‪١٦‬‬
‫‪١٧‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ )ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫‪١٨‬‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫‪١٩‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﻠﻡ )= ‪(٤۹‬‬
‫ﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻐﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻣﻲ‬
‫)= ‪ ،(۳٦‬ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺭﻳﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻣﻲ )= ‪(۷۸‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺑﻘﻲ )= ‪(۲۰٤‬‬
‫ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ )= ‪،(۷۸ ،۷۷‬‬
‫ﻗﻔﻝ ‪(۸۲ =) AF‬‬
‫‪٢٠‬‬
‫‪٢١‬‬
‫‪٢٢‬‬
‫‪٢٣‬‬
‫‪٢٤‬‬
‫‪٢٥‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁ ﻭﻣﻳﺽ )= ‪(٥۱‬‬
‫ﺇﻁﺎﺭ‪ ،(۷۸ =) AF‬ﺇﻁﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻭﺿﻊ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ‪(۷۳ =) AE‬‬
‫ﻁﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ )= ‪(۳۹‬‬
‫ﺗﺑﺎﻳﻥ ﺫﻛﻲ )= ‪(۷٤‬‬
‫ﻗﻔﻝ ‪،(۷۳ =) AE‬‬
‫ﻗﻔﻝ ‪(۸٤ =) FE‬‬
‫ﺳﺭﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ‬
‫‪٢٦‬‬
‫‪٢٧‬‬
‫‪٢٨‬‬
‫‪٢٩‬‬
‫‪٣٠‬‬
‫‪٣١‬‬
‫‪٣٢‬‬
‫‪٣٣‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫* ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ]‬
‫ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺳﺔ‬
‫ﺳﺭﻋﺔ ‪(۷٤ =) ISO‬‬
‫ﺧﻁﻭﻁ )= ‪(٥۰‬‬
‫ﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻐﻳﺭ‬
‫)= ‪(۳۱‬‬
‫ﻣﺭﺷﺢ ﻟﻠﻬﻭﺍء )= ‪(۳۳‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻣﻧﻳﺔ )= ‪(۱٥۳‬‬
‫ﻣﻭﺍﺯﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ )= ‪(۸٥‬‬
‫ﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﺗﻌﻭﻳﺽ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ‬
‫)= ‪(۷۲‬‬
‫[‪ ،‬ﺗﺗﻡ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺎﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺷﺣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻳﺷﻳﺭ ﺭﻣﺯ ﺃﻭ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺷﺣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺷﺣﻥ ﻛﺎ ٍ‬
‫ﻑ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﻣﺳﺗﻧﻔﺩ ﻗﻠﻳﻼً‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻛﻧﻪ ﻛﺎ ٍ‬
‫ﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ )= ‪،(۱۹٤‬‬
‫ﺭﻣﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﻬﺩ )= ‪(۳٤‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ )= ‪(٥٥‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﺭﺍء‬
‫)= ‪(٤۸‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ )= ‪(۸۳‬‬
‫ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺱ )= ‪(۷۳‬‬
‫‪٦‬‬
‫‪٧‬‬
‫‪٨‬‬
‫‪٩‬‬
‫‪١٠‬‬
‫‪۱۹۱‬‬
‫‪(٤۰ =) Drive mode‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﻣﺻﺑﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺯﺋﺑﻕ‬
‫)= ‪ ،(٤۹‬ﺗﻭﺍﺯﻥ ﺍﻷﺑﻳﺽ‬
‫)= ‪(۷٥‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻟﻭﺍﻥ )= ‪(۷٦‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﻗﺗﺻﺎﺩﻱ‬
‫)= ‪(۱٥٤‬‬
‫ﺗﺣﺫﻳﺭ ﺍﻫﺗﺯﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫)= ‪(۳۳‬‬
‫‪١١‬‬
‫‪١٢‬‬
‫‪١٣‬‬
‫‪١٤‬‬
‫‪١٥‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﺗﻲ )= ‪(۳۷‬‬
‫ﺭﻣﺯ ﻧﻣﻁ ‪(۳٥ =) IS‬‬
‫ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺷﺣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫)= ‪(۱۹۱‬‬
‫ﺿﻐﻁ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫)= ‪ ،(۸٤‬ﺍﻟﺩﻗﺔ )= ‪(٤۷‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ*‬
‫)= ‪(۲۰۳‬‬
‫)ﻭﻣﻳﺽ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﺣﻣﺭ(‬
‫ﻣﺳﺗﻧﻔﺩ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑًﺎ—ﻗﻡ ﺑﺷﺣﻥ ﺣﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻗﺭﺏ ﻭﻗﺕ‬
‫]ﺍﺷﺣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ[‬
‫ﻣﺳﺗﻧﻔﺩ—ﻗﻡ ﺑﺷﺣﻥ ﺣﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﺭ‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ )ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺻﻳﻠﻳﺔ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫‪٢٥‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫• ﻗﺩ ﻻ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻧﺩ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ )= ‪.(۱٦۳‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫‪٦‬‬
‫‪٧‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪٨‬‬
‫‪٩‬‬
‫‪١٠‬‬
‫‪۱۹۲‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ )ﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ(‬
‫)= ‪ / (۸٤‬ﺍﻟﺩﻗﺔ )= ‪،٤۷‬‬
‫‪ ،(٤۹‬ﻣﻠﺧﺻﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫)= ‪) MP4 ،(۹۰‬ﺃﻓﻼﻡ(‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﻟﺑﻭﻣﺎﺕ )= ‪(۱۱٤‬‬
‫‪٢٦‬‬
‫ﺣﺟﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ )= ‪(۸۷ ،۳۱‬‬
‫ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﻳﺔ ‪ /‬ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﺻﻭﺭ‬
‫ﺭﺳﻡ ﺗﻭﺿﻳﺣﻲ )= ‪(۸۹‬‬
‫ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺷﺣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫)= ‪(۱۹۱‬‬
‫ﻗﻭﺓ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫)= ‪(۱۳۹‬‬
‫ﻣﺯﺍﻣﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ )= ‪(۱٤٥‬‬
‫ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ‬
‫)= ‪(۱۱۱ – ۱۰۷‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺿﻠﺔ )= ‪(۱۰٤‬‬
‫ﺣﻣﺎﻳﺔ )= ‪(۹۸‬‬
‫ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻠﺩ – ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻑ‬
‫)= ‪(۱٥۷‬‬
‫‪١١‬‬
‫‪١٢‬‬
‫‪١٣‬‬
‫‪١٤‬‬
‫‪١٥‬‬
‫‪١٦‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺕ‪/‬ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‬
‫)= ‪(۱٥‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ )= ‪(۱۹٤‬‬
‫ﺳﺭﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ )ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ(‪ ،‬ﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ‪ /‬ﻋﺩﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻁﺎﺭﺍﺕ )ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ( )= ‪،٤۷‬‬
‫‪(٤۹‬‬
‫ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺗﻌﻭﻳﺽ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ )= ‪ ،(۷۲‬ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ‬
‫ﺗﺣﻭﻳﻝ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ‬
‫ﺳﺭﻋﺔ ‪،(۷٤ =) ISO‬‬
‫ﺳﺭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ )= ‪(٦٤‬‬
‫‪١٧‬‬
‫‪١٨‬‬
‫‪١٩‬‬
‫‪٢٠‬‬
‫‪٢١‬‬
‫‪٢٢‬‬
‫‪٢٣‬‬
‫‪٢٤‬‬
‫ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺱ )= ‪(۷۳‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻳﺽ )= ‪(۸۳‬‬
‫ﺗﻭﺍﺯﻥ ﺍﻷﺑﻳﺽ )= ‪(۷٥‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻟﻭﺍﻥ )= ‪،(۱۰۹ ،۷٦‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭ ﻟﻘﻁﺔ ﺇﺑﺩﺍﻋﻳﺔ )= ‪(٦۲‬‬
‫ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ )= ‪(۷۸ ،۷۷‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﺭﺍء‬
‫)= ‪(۱۱۱ ،٤۸‬‬
‫ﺗﺑﺎﻳﻥ ﺫﻛﻲ )= ‪(۱۱۰ ،۷٤‬‬
‫ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ )= ‪،(۹۳‬‬
‫ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ‬
‫)= ‪(۱۱۱ – ۱۰۷‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻠﺧﺹ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﻓﻲ ”ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ“ )= ‪(۸۷‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺇﻧﻬﺎء‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ]‪ [o][p‬ﻟﺿﺑﻁ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ‪ .‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ] [ ﻋﻧﺩ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ‪.۰‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺣﺭﻛﺔ ﺑﻁﻳﺋﺔ )ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ >‪ <q><r‬ﻟﺿﺑﻁ ﺳﺭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪ .‬ﻻ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺃﻱ ﺻﻭﺕ‪(.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺗﺧﻁٍ ﻟﻠﺧﻠﻑ* ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻕ )= ‪) (۱۱۳‬ﻟﻼﺳﺗﻣﺭﺍﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺗﺧﻁﻲ ﻟﻠﺧﻠﻑ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻣﺭﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ‬
‫>‪(.<m‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻁﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻕ )ﻟﻠﺗﺭﺟﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺳﺭﻳﻊ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻣﺭﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪(.<m‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﻁﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ )ﻟﻠﺗﻘﺩﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﺳﺭﻳﻊ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻣﺭﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ >‪(.<m‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﺗﺧﻁٍ ﻟﻸﻣﺎﻡ* ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ )= ‪) (۱۱۳‬ﻟﻼﺳﺗﻣﺭﺍﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺗﺧﻁﻲ ﻟﻸﻣﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻣﺭﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ‬
‫>‪(.<m‬‬
‫*‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۱۹۳‬‬
‫ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ )= ‪(۱۱۲‬‬
‫ﻣﺣﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﻁﻊ )ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻣﻠﺧﺹ ﻓﻳﻠﻡ )= ‪((۱۱۳‬‬
‫‪c‬‬
‫ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺿﻪ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺑﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﺗﻭﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻌﻳﺎﺭ ‪.(۱۷۱ =) PictBridge‬‬
‫ﺛﻭﺍﻥ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑًﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻹﻁﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻌﺩﻩ‪.‬‬
‫* ﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ﻟﻣﺩﺓ ‪٤‬‬
‫ٍ‬
‫• ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﻠﻡ‪ ،‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﻟﺗﺧﻁﻲ ﻟﻠﺧﻠﻑ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻸﻣﺎﻡ )ﺃﻭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ( ﺑﺎﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ‬
‫>‪.<q><r‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﻭﺟﺩﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﺋﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺎﺣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻝ ﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫‪G‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻭﻳﺽ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ )= ‪(۷۲‬‬
‫ﺳﺭﻋﺔ ‪(۷٤ =) ISO‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪I‬‬
‫‪P‬‬
‫‪t‬‬
‫‪N‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ )= ‪(۷۷‬‬
‫‪e‬‬
‫‪u‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻳﺽ )= ‪(۸۳‬‬
‫‪h‬‬
‫‪Z‬‬
‫!‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﻗﻔﻝ ‪/(۷۳ =) AE‬ﻗﻔﻝ ‪*(۸٤ =) FE‬‬
‫ﻗﻔﻝ ‪(۸۲ =) AF‬‬
‫ﺗﺣﺭﻳﻙ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ‪(۷۹ =) AF‬‬
‫‪ AF‬ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻣﺱ )= ‪(۸۱‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻣﺱ )= ‪(۳۹‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻳُﻌﺭﺽ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ )= ‪(۲٤‬‬
‫ﻋﺭﺽ ﺑﺩﻭﻥ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫*‪ ۱‬ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﺗﺎﺡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻛﻥ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺑﺩﻳﻠﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ]‪ [Z‬ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻻﺕ‪.‬‬
‫*‪ ۲‬ﻗﻔﻝ ‪ FE‬ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﺗﺎﺡ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ]![‪.‬‬
‫*‪ ۳‬ﻣﺗﺎﺡ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁ ﺃﻭﺟﻪ‪.‬‬
‫*‪ ٤‬ﻻ ﺗﻭﺟﺩ ﻣﺗﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺇﻁﺎﺭﺍﺕ ‪.AF‬‬
‫*‪ ٥‬ﻣﺗﺎﺡ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻟﻠﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪ .‬ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﺩﻑ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﺗﺎﺡ‪.‬‬
‫‪۱۹٤‬‬
‫‪K‬‬
‫‪E‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫*‪۱‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫*‪٤‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫*‪۱‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫*‪۳‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫*‪۳‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫*‪۳‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫*‪۱‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫*‪٥‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫*‪٥‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫*‪٥‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫*‪٤‬‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫*‪٤‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫*‪٤‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫*‪٤‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O O O‬‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫‪O O O O O O‬‬
‫‪ O‬ﻣﺗﺎﺡ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻧﻪ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ‪ – .‬ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﺗﺎﺡ‪.‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ‪FUNC.‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫‪G‬‬
‫*‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫*‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫*‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫‪(٤۰ =) Drive Mode‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫‪P‬‬
‫‪t‬‬
‫‪N‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻟﻭﺍﻥ )= ‪(۷٦‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫‪I‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻭﺍﺯﻥ ﺍﻷﺑﻳﺽ )= ‪(۷٥‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫‪K‬‬
‫‪E‬‬
‫*‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﺗﻲ )= ‪(۳۷‬‬
‫] [ ‪$‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﺗﻲ )= ‪(۳۸‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﺧﻳﺭ*‬
‫ﻟﻘﻁﺎﺕ*‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺱ )= ‪(۷۳‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫‪ O‬ﻣﺗﺎﺡ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻧﻪ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ‪ – .‬ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﺗﺎﺡ‪.‬‬
‫*‪ ۱‬ﺗﻭﺍﺯﻥ ﺍﻷﺑﻳﺽ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﺗﺎﺡ‪.‬‬
‫*‪ ۲‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻌﻳﻧﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ‪ :٥ – ۱‬ﺍﻟﺗﺑﺎﻳﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺣﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺷﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﻠﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﺣﻣﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﺧﺿﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﺯﺭﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﺷﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫*‪ ۳‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ] [ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ]‪ [t‬ﺃﻭ ﻗﻔﻝ ‪.AF‬‬
‫*‪ ٤‬ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻧﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ”‪ “۰‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺑﺩﻭﻥ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻁﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫*‪ ٥‬ﻟﻘﻁﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ )ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﻌﺩﻳﻠﻪ( ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺑﺩﻭﻥ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻁﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪۱۹٥‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫‪G‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۱۹٦‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫ﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﻠﻡ )= ‪(٤۹ ،٤۷‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ )= ‪(۸٤‬‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪P‬‬
‫‪t‬‬
‫‪N‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻗﺔ )= ‪(٤۷‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫‪I‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ‬
‫ﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ )= ‪(٤۷‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫‪K‬‬
‫‪E‬‬
‫*‪ ۱‬ﻟﻠﻣﺯﺍﻣﻧﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻭﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻧﻪ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ )= ‪.(٤۷‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫*‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫*‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O O O O O O O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O O O O O O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O O O O O O‬‬
‫‪ O‬ﻣﺗﺎﺡ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻧﻪ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ‪ – .‬ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﺗﺎﺡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫‪ 4‬ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ‬
‫ﺇﻁﺎﺭ‪(۷۸ =) AF‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ ‪AiAF‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ‪1‬‬
‫ﺣﺟﻡ ﺍﻹﻁﺎﺭ ‪(۷۹ =) AF‬‬
‫ﻋﺎﺩﻱ‬
‫ﺻﻐﻳﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻐﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻣﻲ )= ‪(۳٦‬‬
‫ﻗﻳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫‪1.5x/2.0x‬‬
‫ﺯﻭﻭﻡ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ‪(٥۰ =) AF‬‬
‫ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫ﺑﺅﺭﺓ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳﺔ )= ‪(۸۰‬‬
‫ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫ﻣﺳﺗﻣﺭ ‪(۸۰ =) AF‬‬
‫ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻣﺱ )= ‪(۳۹‬‬
‫ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫*‪] ۱‬ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ[ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁ ﺣﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﺩﻑ‪.‬‬
‫‪۱۹۷‬‬
‫‪K‬‬
‫‪G‬‬
‫‪E‬‬
‫‪I‬‬
‫‪P‬‬
‫‪t‬‬
‫‪N‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫*‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O O O O O O O‬‬
‫‪O O O O O O O‬‬
‫‪ O‬ﻣﺗﺎﺡ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻧﻪ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ‪ – .‬ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﺗﺎﺡ‪.‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫‪G‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ‬
‫ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﻣﺳﺎﻋﺩ‪(٥۱ =) AF-‬‬
‫ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ )= ‪(٥۲ ،٤۸‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺗﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﻋﻳﻥ ﺡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﻣﺻﺑﺎﺡ ﻋﻳﻥ ﺡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۱۹۸‬‬
‫‪K‬‬
‫ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫ﺗﺑﺎﻳﻥ ﺫﻛﻲ )= ‪(۷٤‬‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫ﺗﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﻣﺻﺑﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺯﺋﺑﻕ )= ‪(٤۹‬‬
‫ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫ﻣﺭﺷﺢ ﻟﻠﻬﻭﺍء )= ‪(۳۳‬‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫ﻣﺭﺍﺟﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ )= ‪(٥۲‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪/‬ﺳﺭﻳﻊ‬
‫‪ 2‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ‪ 4/‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ‪ 8/‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺣﻔﻅ‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫ﺗﻔﺻﻳﻠﻲ‬
‫‪E‬‬
‫‪I‬‬
‫‪P‬‬
‫‪t‬‬
‫‪N‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O O O O O O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O O O O O O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O O O O O O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O O O O O O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O O O O O O‬‬
‫‪ O‬ﻣﺗﺎﺡ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻧﻪ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ‪ – .‬ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﺗﺎﺡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪K‬‬
‫‪G‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁ ﻭﻣﻳﺽ )= ‪(٥۱‬‬
‫ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫ﺧﻁﻭﻁ )= ‪(٥۰‬‬
‫ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺻﺔ )= ‪(٥۷‬‬
‫ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ‪(۸٥ =) IS‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ‪IS‬‬
‫ﻣﺛﺑﺕ ﺻﻭﺭ ﻧﺷﻁ‬
‫ﻁﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫ﻣﺳﺗﻣﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺕ ﻓﻘﻁ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪I‬‬
‫‪P‬‬
‫‪t‬‬
‫‪N‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫–‬
‫‪O O O O O O O‬‬
‫‪ O‬ﻣﺗﺎﺡ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻧﻪ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ‪ – .‬ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﺗﺎﺡ‪.‬‬
‫)= ‪(۳۹‬‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‬
‫ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭﻭﻗﺕ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺻﺔ )= ‪(٥٦‬‬
‫ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻣﻌﻛﻭﺳﺔ‬
‫ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﻌﻛﻭﺳﺔ‬
‫ﻧﻭﻉ ﻣﻠﺧﺹ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ )= ‪(٥۷‬‬
‫ﺗﺿﻣﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‪/‬ﺑﻼ ﺻﻭﺭ ﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬
‫ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻫﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ )= ‪(٤۱‬‬
‫• ﻗﺩ ﻻ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺃﺳﻣﺎء ﺍﻷﺷﺧﺎﺹ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺗﻘﻁﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻫﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ )= ‪ (٤۱‬ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻷﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻛﻧﻪ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪۱۹۹‬‬
‫‪E‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫‪ 3‬ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫‪ 1‬ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻧﺻﺭ‬
‫ﺻﺎﻣﺕ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻧﺻﺭ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻧﺻﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻧﺻﺭ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟﻊ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟﻊ‬
‫= ‪۱٥۲‬‬
‫ﺗﺭﻗﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻑ‬
‫= ‪۱٥۷‬‬
‫ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺃﻟﺑﻭﻡ‬
‫= ‪۱۱٤‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺩﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﺟﻡ‬
‫ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ‬
‫= ‪۱٥۲‬‬
‫ﺇﻧﺷﺎء ﻣﺟﻠﺩ‬
‫= ‪۱٥۸‬‬
‫ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ‪/‬ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻣﻠﺧﺻﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫= ‪۹۰‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻟﻭﺍﻥ‬
‫= ‪۱۰۹‬‬
‫ﻧﺻﺎﺋﺢ ﻭﺗﻠﻣﻳﺣﺎﺕ‬
‫= ‪۱٥۲‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﺩﺍﺕ‬
‫= ‪۱٥۸‬‬
‫ﻋﺭﺽ ﺷﺭﺍﺋﺢ‬
‫= ‪۹٦‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﻫﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ‬
‫= ‪۹۱‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‬
‫= ‪۱٥‬‬
‫ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ‬
‫= ‪۱٦۷‬‬
‫ﻣﺳﺢ‬
‫= ‪۱۰۱‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭ ﺍﻧﺗﻘﺎﻝ‬
‫= ‪۸۸‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻣﻧﻳﺔ‬
‫= ‪۱٥۳‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﺑﺭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪HDMI‬‬
‫= ‪۱٦٥‬‬
‫ﺣﻣﺎﻳﺔ‬
‫= ‪۹۸‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫= ‪۹۱‬‬
‫ﺗﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺳﺔ‬
‫= ‪۱٥٤‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﺱ‬
‫= ‪۱٥۸‬‬
‫ﺗﺩﻭﻳﺭ‬
‫= ‪۱۰۳‬‬
‫ﻋﺭﺽ ﻗﺻﺎﺻﺎﺕ‬
‫= ‪۸۸‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﻗﺗﺻﺎﺩﻱ‬
‫= ‪۱٥٤‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫= ‪۱۱۷‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺿﻠﺔ‬
‫= ‪۱۰٤‬‬
‫ﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ‬
‫= ‪۹۳‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻣﻭﻝ‬
‫= ‪۱٤٥‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺃﻟﺑﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‬
‫= ‪۱۸۰‬‬
‫ﺗﺩﻭﻳﺭ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫= ‪۱۰٤‬‬
‫ﺗﻭﻓﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫= ‪۱٥٥ ،۲۳‬‬
‫= ‪۱۰۷‬‬
‫ﺳﻁﻭﻉ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ‬
‫= ‪۱٥٥‬‬
‫ﻋﺭﺽ ﺷﻌﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫= ‪۱٥۸‬‬
‫ﺗﺑﺎﻳﻥ ﺫﻛﻲ‬
‫= ‪۱۱۰‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺋﻧﺎﻑ‬
‫= ‪۸۸‬‬
‫ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺑﺩء‬
‫= ‪۱٥٥‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ‬
‫= ‪۱٦‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﺭﺍء‬
‫= ‪۱۱۱‬‬
‫ﺿﺑﻁ ﺇﺟﺭﺍءﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻣﺱ‬
‫= ‪۱۰٦‬‬
‫ﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ‬
‫= ‪۱٥٦‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﻛﻝ‬
‫= ‪۱٥۹‬‬
‫ﺗﻬﺫﻳﺏ‬
‫= ‪۱۰۸‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۲۰۰‬‬
‫‪ 2‬ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻧﺻﺭ‬
‫ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻧﺻﺭ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟﻊ‬
‫ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‬
‫= ‪۱۷۹‬‬
‫ﺣﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ‬
‫= ‪۱۷۸‬‬
‫ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﻛﻝ ﺍﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫= ‪۱۷۹‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺩﻯ‬
‫= ‪۱۷۹‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫= ‪۱۷۷‬‬
‫–‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۲۰۱‬‬
‫ﺍﺣﺗﻳﺎﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺎﻣﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ ‪ FUNC.‬ﻓﻲ ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻧﺻﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻧﺻﺭ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟﻊ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟﻊ‬
‫ﺗﺩﻭﻳﺭ‬
‫= ‪۱۰۳‬‬
‫ﺣﻣﺎﻳﺔ‬
‫= ‪۹۸‬‬
‫ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻣﻠﺧﺹ ﺃﻓﻼﻡ ﻣﺭﺗﺑﻁ‬
‫ﻣﺳﺢ‬
‫= ‪۱۰۱‬‬
‫ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻋﺷﻭﺍﺋﻲ ﺫﻛﻲ‬
‫ﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫= ‪۱۷۱‬‬
‫ﺑﺣﺙ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‬
‫= ‪۹۲‬‬
‫ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ‬
‫= ‪۹۳‬‬
‫ﻋﺭﺽ ﺷﺭﺍﺋﺢ‬
‫= ‪۹٦‬‬
‫ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﻠﻡ‬
‫= ‪۸۷‬‬
‫= ‪۹۰‬‬
‫= ‪۹۷‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻋﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺇﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ ﻋﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺩﻗﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﺗﺟﻧﺏ ﺇﺳﻘﺎﻁﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﺭﻳﺿﻬﺎ ﻟﺻﺩﻣﺔ ﻗﻭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻣﻁﻠ ًﻘﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺭﺏ ﻣﻥ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻐﻧﺎﻁﻳﺱ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺭﻛﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻭﻟﺩ‬
‫ﻣﺟﺎﻻﺕ ﻛﻬﺭﻭﻣﻐﻧﺎﻁﻳﺳﻳﺔ ﻗﻭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻗﺩ ﺗﺳﺑﺏ ﻗﺻﻭﺭً ﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺳﺢ ﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﺎﻕ ﻗﻁﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻳﺎﻩ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻭﺳﺎﺥ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺩﺳﺔ ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺻﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﻣﺳﺣﻬﺎ ﺑﻘﻁﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻗﻣﺎﺵ ﻧﺎﻋﻣﺔ ﻭﺟﺎﻓﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺛﻝ ﻗﻁﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻣﺎﺵ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻧﻅﺎﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﻻ ﺗﻘﻡ ﺑﻔﺭﻛﻬﺎ ﺑﻘﻭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺳﺣﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﻧﻑ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻣﻁﻠ ًﻘﺎ ﻣﻧﻅﻔﺎﺕ ﺗﺣﺗﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺫﻳﺑﺎﺕ ﻋﺿﻭﻳﺔ ﻟﺗﻧﻅﻳﻑ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺩﺳﺔ ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺻﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻓﺭﺷﺎﺓ ﻣﻧﻔﺎﺥ ﺃﺗﺭﺑﺔ ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﺗﺭﺑﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺳﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺻﻌﻭﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻧﻅﻳﻑ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺻﻝ ﺑﺄﺣﺩ ﻣﻛﺎﺗﺏ‬
‫‪ Canon‬ﻟﻣﺳﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﺩﻋﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻼء‪.‬‬
‫• ﻟﻣﻧﻊ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺛﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺇﺛﺭ ﺗﻐﻳﺭ ﻣﻔﺎﺟﺊ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ )ﻋﻧﺩ ﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻣﻥ ﺑﻳﺋﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺭﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﻳﺋﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﻓﺋﺔ(‪ ،‬ﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻘﻳﺑﺔ ﺑﻼﺳﺗﻳﻛﻳﺔ ﻣﺣﻛﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﻠﻕ ﻭﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﻗﻔﻠﻬﺎ ﺟﻳ ًﺩﺍ ﻭﺍﺳﻣﺢ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﻛﻳﻑ‬
‫ﺗﺩﺭﻳﺟﻳًﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺗﻬﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻳﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺛﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺗﻭﻗﻑ ﻋﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﺭ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺩ ﺗﺅﺩﻱ ﻣﻭﺍﺻﻠﺔ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻠﻔﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺧﺭﺍﺝ ﺣﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻧﺗﻅﺭ ﺣﺗﻰ ﺗﺗﺑﺧﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺭﻁﻭﺑﺔ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﺳﺗﺋﻧﺎﻑ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺑﻝ ﺗﺧﺯﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﻔﺗﺭﺓ ﻁﻭﻳﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺗﻧﻔﺩ ﺷﺣﻥ ﺣﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺑﻘﻲ ﻭﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺗﻬﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻭﻗﻡ‬
‫ﺑﺗﺧﺯﻳﻧﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻘﻳﺑﺔ ﺑﻼﺳﺗﻳﻛﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻣﻣﺎﺛﻠﺔ‪ .‬ﻗﺩ ﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺗﺧﺯﻳﻥ ﺣﺯﻣﺔ ﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﺷﺣﻭﻧﺔ ﺟﺯﺋﻳًﺎ ﻟﻔﺗﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺯﻣﻧﻳﺔ ﻁﻭﻳﻠﺔ )ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﺭﺏ ﻣﻥ ﻋﺎﻡ( ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻘﻠﻳﻝ ﻋﻣﺭﻫﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺩ ﻳﺅﺛﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺩﺍﺋﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻳﻳﺭ‬
‫‪*IEEE 802.11b/g/n‬‬
‫* ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻲ ‪ ۲٫٤‬ﺟﻳﺟﺎﻫﺭﺗﺯ ﻓﻘﻁ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﺅﺭﻱ ﻟﻠﻌﺩﺳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻐﻳﺭ ﺑﻣﻘﺩﺍﺭ ‪ ٥‬ﺃﺿﻌﺎﻑ‪) 5.2 :‬ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ( ‪) 26.0 -‬ﻣﻘﺭﱠ ﺏ( ‪mm‬‬
‫)ﻣﻛﺎﻓﺊ ﻓﻳﻠﻡ ‪ ۳٥‬ﻣﻡ‪) 24 :‬ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ( ‪) 120 -‬ﻣﻘﺭﱠ ﺏ( ‪(mm‬‬
‫ﻁﺭﻕ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺩﻳﻝ )‪OFDM (IEEE 802.11g/n‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺩﻳﻝ )‪DSSS (IEEE 802.11b‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪LCD‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪ LCD TFT‬ﻣﻠﻭﻧﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺱ ‪ ۷٫٥‬ﺳﻡ )‪ ۳٫۰‬ﺑﻭﺻﺔ(‬
‫ﻭﺣﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﻛﺳﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﺔ‪ ۹۲۲،۰۰۰ :‬ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑًﺎ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺑﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ*‪ ،۱‬ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﻌﺷﻭﺍﺋﻲ*‬
‫*‪ ۱‬ﺩﻋﻡ ‪Wi-Fi Protected Setup‬‬
‫*‪Wi-Fi Certified IBSS ۲‬‬
‫ﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻑ‬
‫‪ ،Design rule for Camera File system‬ﻭﻣﺗﻭﺍﻓﻕ ﻣﻊ ‪) DPOF‬ﺍﻹﺻﺩﺍﺭ ‪(1.1‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‪Exif 2.3 (JPEG) :‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‪) MP4 :‬ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ‪MPEG-4 AVC/H.264 :‬؛‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ‪) MPEG-4 AAC-LC :‬ﺍﺳﺗﺭﻳﻭ((‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻧﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺩﻋﻭﻣﺔ‬
‫‪ (PC2096/2098) ۱۱ – ۱‬ﺃﻭ ‪(PC2051) ۱۳ – ۱‬‬
‫ﺗﺗﻡ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﺯ ﺑﻳﻥ ﻗﻭﺳﻳﻥ )= ‪(۲۰۸‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺣﻣﺎﻳﺔ‬
‫‪،WPA-PSK (AES/TKIP) ،WEP‬‬
‫)‪WPA2-PSK (AES/TKIP‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ‬
‫‪Hi-speed USB‬‬
‫ﺇﺧﺭﺍﺝ ‪HDMI‬‬
‫ﺇﺧﺭﺍﺝ ﺻﻭﺕ ﺗﻣﺛﻳﻠﻲ )ﺍﺳﺗﺭﻳﻭ(‬
‫ﺇﺧﺭﺍﺝ ﻓﻳﺩﻳﻭ ﺗﻣﺛﻳﻠﻲ )‪(NTSC/PAL‬‬
‫ﻣﺻﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺣﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ‪NB-12L‬‬
‫ﻁﺎﻗﻡ ﻣﺣﻭﻝ ‪ACK-DC100 AC‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﻋﺩﺩ ﻭﺣﺩﺍﺕ ﺑﻛﺳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫‪ ۱۲٫۱‬ﻣﻠﻳﻭﻥ ﺑﻛﺳﻝ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑًﺎ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺣﺩ ﺍﻷﻗﺻﻰ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ )ﺑﻧﺎ ًء ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻳﺭ ‪ ۳٥٫۸ × ٦۷٫٥ × ۱۰٤٫٥ (CIPA‬ﻣﻡ‬
‫‪ ۲۸۹‬ﺟﻡ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑًﺎ )ﺑﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺣﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺯﻥ )ﺑﻧﺎ ًء ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻭﺟﻳﻬﺎﺕ ‪(CIPA‬‬
‫‪ ۲٥۲‬ﺟﻡ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑًﺎ )ﺟﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻓﻘﻁ(‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﺅﺭﻱ ﻟﻠﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻐﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻣﻲ )ﻣﻛﺎﻓﺊ ﻓﻳﻠﻡ ‪ ۳٥‬ﻣﻡ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻐﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻣﻲ ]ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ[‬
‫‪ ٤۸۰ – ۲٤‬ﻣﻡ‬
‫)ﻳﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﻭ َﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﺅﺭﻱ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺩﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻐﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺑﺻﺭﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺭﻗﻣﻲ‪(.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺭﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻣﻲ ‪1.5x‬‬
‫‪ ۷۲۰٫۰ – ۳٦٫۰‬ﻣﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺭﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻣﻲ ‪2.0x‬‬
‫‪ ۹٦۰٫۰ – ٤۸٫۰‬ﻣﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۲۰۲‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺻﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﺅﺭﻱ ﻟﻠﻌﺩﺳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻛﺎﻓﺊ ﻓﻳﻠﻡ ‪ ۳٥‬ﻣﻡ‪ ۲٥ :‬ﻣﻡ‬
‫ﺭﻗﻡ ﺿﺑﻁ ﺑﺅﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺳﺔ )‪) (f‬ﺍﻟﺣﺩ ﺍﻷﻗﺻﻰ‬
‫ﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺳﺔ(‬
‫‪f/2.8‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۲۰۳‬‬
‫ﻋﺩﺩ ﻟﻘﻁﺎﺕ ‪ ٤:۳‬ﻟﻛﻝ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻁﺎﺕ‪/‬ﻣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ‪ ،‬ﻣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫‪ ۳۳۰‬ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑًﺎ‬
‫ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻁﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﻗﺗﺻﺎﺩﻱ‬
‫ﻣﺩﺓ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﻠﻡ*‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻣﺭ*‬
‫ﻣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫‪ ٤٦۰‬ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑًﺎ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ ﻭ‪ ۱۰‬ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻕ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑًﺎ‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﻋﺗﺎﻥ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑًﺎ‬
‫‪ ٦‬ﺳﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑًﺎ‬
‫*‪ ۱‬ﺍﻟﻣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺎﺣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻅﻝ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺗﺭﺍﺿﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺇﺟﺭﺍء ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻭﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺅﻗﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻭﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻐﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫*‪ ۲‬ﺍﻟﻣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺑﺄﻗﺻﻰ ﺣﺩ ﻟﻁﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﻠﻡ )ﺣﺗﻰ ﻳﺗﻭﻗﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ( ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻣﺗﻛﺭﺭ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﻌﺗﻣﺩ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑـ ‪Camera & Imaging Products‬‬
‫)‪.Association (CIPA‬‬
‫• ﻗﺩ ﻳﻘﻝ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻁﺎﺕ ﻭﻣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻋﻣﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻣﺫﻛﻭﺭ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺽ ﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻁﺎﺕ‪/‬ﻣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺣﺯﻣﺔ ﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﺷﺣﻭﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﻣﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ‪Pixels‬‬
‫)ﻛﺑﻳﺭﺓ(‬
‫‪12M/4000x3000‬‬
‫)ﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁﺔ ‪(۱‬‬
‫‪6M/2816x2112‬‬
‫)ﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁﺔ ‪(۲‬‬
‫‪3M/2048x1536‬‬
‫)ﺻﻐﻳﺭﺓ(‬
‫‪0.3M/640x480‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺩﻝ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ‬
‫ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻁﺎﺕ ﻟﻛﻝ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ )ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑًﺎ(‬
‫‪ ۳۲‬ﺟﻳﺟﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺕ‬
‫‪ ۸‬ﺟﻳﺟﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺕ‬
‫‪1379‬‬
‫‪5568‬‬
‫‪2192‬‬
‫‪8850‬‬
‫‪2431‬‬
‫‪9814‬‬
‫‪3721‬‬
‫‪15020‬‬
‫‪4723‬‬
‫‪19064‬‬
‫‪8469‬‬
‫‪34184‬‬
‫‪27291‬‬
‫‪110150‬‬
‫‪40937‬‬
‫‪165225‬‬
‫• ﻳﺗﻡ ﻗﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﺟﺩﻭﻝ ﻭﻓ ًﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺣﺩﺩﺕ ﻓﻳﻬﺎ ‪ Canon‬ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺎﻳﻳﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﺗﺗﻐﻳﺭ ﻭﻓ ًﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﻬﺩﻑ ﻭﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﺗﻡ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﺟﺩﻭﻝ ﺑﻧﺎ ًء ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ‪ .٤:۳‬ﻳﺧﺗﻠﻑ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺎﺡ ﺣﺳﺏ ﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ )= ‪.(٤۷‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﻣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﻟﻛﻝ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﻟﻛﻝ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ‬
‫‪ ۸‬ﺟﻳﺟﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺕ‬
‫‪ ٤۳‬ﺩﻗﻳﻘﺔ ﻭ‪۲۹‬‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ*‪۱‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﻋﺗﺎﻥ ﻭ‪ ۳‬ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻕ ﻭ‪ ٥٥‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ‬
‫‪ ۸‬ﺳﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻭ‪ ۲۰‬ﺩﻗﻳﻘﺔ ﻭ‪ ۳۲‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ‬
‫‪ ٥‬ﺳﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻭ‪ ۱٤‬ﺩﻗﻳﻘﺔ ﻭ‪ ۳٤‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ‬
‫‪ ۲۱‬ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﻭ‪ ۱۰‬ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻕ ﻭ‪ ۳۸‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫• ﻳﺗﻡ ﻗﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﺟﺩﻭﻝ ﻭﻓ ًﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺣﺩﺩﺕ ﻓﻳﻬﺎ ‪ Canon‬ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺎﻳﻳﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﺗﺗﻐﻳﺭ ﻭﻓ ًﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﻬﺩﻑ ﻭﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺳﻳﺗﻭﻗﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﻳﺻﻝ ﺣﺟﻡ ﻣﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻠﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ٤‬ﺟﻳﺟﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺕ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﺗﺻﻝ ﻣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ‬
‫[ ﺃﻭ ]‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ۲۹‬ﺩﻗﻳﻘﺔ ﻭ‪ ٥۹‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑًﺎ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻓﻲ ]‬
‫[‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑًﺎ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻓﻲ‬
‫]‬
‫[‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺩ ﻳﺗﻭﻗﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻋﻧﺩ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺣﺩ ﺍﻷﻗﺻﻰ ﻟﻁﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﻁﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﻳﻭﺻﻰ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ‪ SD Speed Class 6‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ‬
‫ﺃﻗﺻﻰ ﺣﺩ ﻻﺗﺳﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ )‪(j‬‬
‫‪ ٥۰‬ﺳﻡ – ‪ ۷٫۰‬ﻡ‬
‫ﺃﻗﺻﻰ ﺣﺩ ﻟﻠﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺭﺑﺔ )‪(i‬‬
‫‪ ٥۰‬ﺳﻡ – ‪ ۲٫۳‬ﻡ‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۲۰٤‬‬
‫‪ ٥‬ﺳﻡ – ﻻ ﻣﺣﺩﻭﺩ‬
‫‪ ۳۰‬ﺳﻡ – ﻻ ﻣﺣﺩﻭﺩ‬
‫‪*e‬‬
‫‪ ۳‬ﺳﻡ – ‪ ٥۰‬ﺳﻡ‬
‫‪ ۳۰‬ﺳﻡ – ‪ ٥۰‬ﺳﻡ‬
‫‪*u‬‬
‫‪ ۳‬ﻡ – ﻻ ﻣﺣﺩﻭﺩ‬
‫‪ ۳‬ﻡ – ﻻ ﻣﺣﺩﻭﺩ‬
‫‪ ۳۲‬ﺟﻳﺟﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺕ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻋﺗﺎﻥ ﻭ‪ ٥٥‬ﺩﻗﻳﻘﺔ ﻭ‪٤۳‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫–‬
‫‪ ۳‬ﺳﻡ – ﻻ ﻣﺣﺩﻭﺩ‬
‫‪ ۳۰‬ﺳﻡ – ﻻ ﻣﺣﺩﻭﺩ‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ*‪۲‬‬
‫*‪ ۲٦ ۱‬ﺩﻗﻳﻘﺔ ﻭ‪ ۲۲‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﻷﻓﻼﻡ ‪.(۷۰ =) iFrame‬‬
‫*‪ ۲‬ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ ‪ ٤٦‬ﺩﻗﻳﻘﺔ ﻭ‪ ۳۳‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﻷﻓﻼﻡ ‪.(۷۰ =) iFrame‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ‬
‫ﺃﻗﺻﻰ ﺣﺩ ﻻﺗﺳﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ )‪(j‬‬
‫ﺃﻗﺻﻰ ﺣﺩ ﻟﻠﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺭﺑﺔ )‪(i‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫* ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﺗﺎﺡ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۲۰٥‬‬
‫ﺳﺭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻣﺭ‬
‫‪ ۳‬ﻟﻘﻁﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑًﺎ‬
‫• ﺍﺳﺗﻧﺎﺩًﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻳﺭ ﺍﻻﺧﺗﺑﺎﺭ ﻣﻥ ‪ ،Canon‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ‪ UHS-I‬ﺳﻌﺔ ‪ ۸‬ﺟﻳﺟﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺕ‪ .‬ﻻﺣﻅ ﺃﻥ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻁﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻳﺧﺗﻠﻑ ﺑﺣﺳﺏ ﺍﻷﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﻭﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺟﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻭﺍﻣﻝ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺭﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ]‬
‫[‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ‬
‫‪ 1/2500 – 1‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﺅﺭﻱ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ‬
‫‪) f/1.8 / f/8.0‬ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ( ـــ ‪) f/5.7 / f/8.0‬ﻣﻘﺭﱠ ﺏ(‬
‫ﺣﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ‪NB-12L‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻭﻉ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻻﺳﻣﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﻣﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺩﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺷﺣﻥ‪:‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺯﻥ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺃﻳﻭﻥ ﻟﻳﺛﻳﻭﻡ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺷﺣﻥ‬
‫‪ ۳٫٦‬ﻓﻭﻟﺕ ﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻣﺳﺗﻣﺭ‬
‫‪ ۱۹۱۰‬ﻣﻠﻠﻲ ﺃﻣﺑﻳﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫‪ ۳۰۰‬ﻣﺭﺓ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑًﺎ‬
‫‪ ٤۰ – ۰‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺋﻭﻳﺔ‬
‫‪ ۱۰٫٤ × ٤۸٫٥ × ۳٤٫٤‬ﻣﻡ‬
‫‪ ۳٥‬ﺟﻡ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑًﺎ‬
‫ﺷﺎﺣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ‪CB-2LG/CB-2LGE‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﺧﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﺭ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﺭ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺷﺣﻥ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﺅﺷﺭ ﺍﻟﺷﺣﻥ‪:‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ۱۰۰‬ــ ‪ ۲٤۰‬ﻓﻭﻟﺕ ﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻣﺗﺭﺩﺩ )‪ ٦۰/٥۰‬ﻫﺭﺗﺯ( ‪ ۹٫٥‬ﻓﻭﻟﺕ ﺃﻣﺑﻳﺭ )‪ ۱۰۰‬ﻓﻭﻟﺕ( –‬
‫‪ ۱۳٫٥‬ﻓﻭﻟﺕ ﺃﻣﺑﻳﺭ )‪ ۲٤۰‬ﻓﻭﻟﺕ(‪ ۰٫۰۹ ،‬ﺃﻣﺑﻳﺭ )‪ ۱۰۰‬ﻓﻭﻟﺕ( – ‪ ۰٫۰٦‬ﺃﻣﺑﻳﺭ‬
‫)‪ ۲٤۰‬ﻓﻭﻟﺕ(‬
‫‪ ٤٫۲‬ﻓﻭﻟﺕ ﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻣﺳﺗﻣﺭ‪ ۰٫۷ ،‬ﺃﻣﺑﻳﺭ‬
‫‪ ۳‬ﺳﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑًﺎ ﻭ‪ ٥‬ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻕ )ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ‪(NB-12L‬‬
‫ﺟﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺷﺣﻥ‪ :‬ﺑﺭﺗﻘﺎﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻛﺗﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺷﺣﻥ‪ :‬ﺃﺧﺿﺭ )ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﻣﺯﻭﺩ ﺑﻣﺅﺷﺭﻳﻥ(‬
‫‪ ٤۰ – ٥‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺋﻭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺕ‪/‬ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ← ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻋﻥ ﺑُﻌﺩ‪۱٤۸ .........................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪ AF‬ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻣﺱ ‪۸۱ ................................................‬‬
‫ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﻁﻭﻳﻝ )ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ(‪٦۹ .............................‬‬
‫‪ AiAF‬ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ )ﻧﻣﻁ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ‪۷۹ ...........................(AF‬‬
‫ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻔﻳﺔ )ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ(‪٦٥ ......................‬‬
‫‪) CameraWindow‬ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﺍﻟﺫﻛﻲ(‪۱۲٤ ................‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﻛﺷﺎﻑ ﺍﻷﺧﻁﺎء ﻭﺇﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ ‪۱۸۳ ..........................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫‪) CameraWindow‬ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ( ‪۱٦۹ ،۱۲٥ .....‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺻﻭﺍﺕ‪۱٥۲ .................................................‬‬
‫‪۱۲۰ ،۱۱۸ ........CANON iMAGE GATEWAY‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫‪۱۷۷ ................................................. DPOF‬‬
‫‪) Macro‬ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ( ‪۷۷ .................................‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫‪۱۷۱ ،۱٦۳ ................................... PictBridge‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ‪۱۱۲ .............................................‬‬
‫ﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ )ﺍﻟﺩﻗﺔ‪/‬ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻹﻁﺎﺭﺍﺕ( ‪٤۹ ،٤۷ ........‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ‪۲۰٤ ......................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻟﻭﺍﻥ‪۱۰۹ ،۷٦ ..............................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺗﺭﺍﺿﻳﺔ ← ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﻛﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫‪) P‬ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ(‪۷۲ .........................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪ ۱‬ﻧﻘﻁﺔ )ﻧﻣﻁ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ‪۷۸ ..................................(AF‬‬
‫ﺃ‬
‫ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺷﻳﺢ ﺍﻹﺑﺩﺍﻋﻳﺔ )ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ(‪٦۱ ................‬‬
‫ﺃﻓﻼﻡ ‪) iFrame‬ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ( ‪۷۰ ............................‬‬
‫ﺃﻟﻌﺎﺏ ﻧﺎﺭﻳﺔ )ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ( ‪٦۰ ..............................‬‬
‫ﺇﺟﺭﺍءﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻣﺱ‪۱۰٦ ..........................................‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‪۱۳۹ ............................................‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ‪۱۱۹ ......................‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺧﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﻳﺏ‪۱۱۸ .......................‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻁﺎﺑﻌﺔ ‪۱۲۰ ...............................‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ‪۱۲۰ .......................‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺎﺗﻑ ﺫﻛﻲ ‪۱۱۹ ..........................‬‬
‫ﺇﻁﺎﺭﺍﺕ ‪۷۸ ............................................... AF‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﻛﻝ ‪۱٥۹ .........................................‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺃﻟﺑﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‪۱۸۰ .......................................‬‬
‫ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﺫﻛﻲ )ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ( ‪٦٦ ..............................‬‬
‫‪۲۰٦‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻣﺱ ‪۳۹ ............................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﺩﻭﻥ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﻭﺻﻭﻝ ‪۱۳٥ ............................‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﻋﺑﺭ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﻭﺻﻭﻝ ‪۱۲۹ .............................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ‪۱۲٥ ..............................................‬‬
‫ﺣﻔﻅ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ‪۱۷۰ ،۱٤۲ .........‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻟﻭﺍﻥ‪۱۰۹ ..............................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺑﺎﻳﻥ ﺫﻛﻲ ‪۱۱۰ ..........................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﺭﺍء ‪۱۱۱ ............................‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺩﻳﻝ ﺣﺟﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ‪۱۰۷ ................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻬﺫﻳﺏ ‪۱۰۸ ..............................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ‬
‫‪ AF‬ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻣﺱ ‪۸۱ ..........................................‬‬
‫ﺇﻁﺎﺭﺍﺕ ‪۷۸ .........................................AF‬‬
‫ﺑﺅﺭﺓ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳﺔ ‪۸۰ ..........................................‬‬
‫ﺯﻭﻭﻡ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ‪٥۰ ..................................... AF‬‬
‫ﻗﻔﻝ ‪۸۲ ..............................................AF‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ ﺍﻟﺑﺅﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﺱ )ﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ( ‪٦٥ ...................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ← ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‪۱۹۱ .................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁ ﻭﻣﻳﺽ ‪٥۱ ..............................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻐﻳﺭ‪۳٦ ،۳۱ ،۱۸ ................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻐﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻣﻲ ‪۳٦ ...................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻭﻗﻳﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻲ ‪۱٥۳ ..........................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻗﺔ )ﺣﺟﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ( ‪٤۷ ......................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺭﺑﺎﻁ ‪۱۲ ،۲ ..................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺳﺎﻋﺔ ‪۲۹ ......................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺳﻔﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‪۱٥۳ ...........................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺭﻣﻭﺯ ‪۱۹۲ ،۱۹۱ .....................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ ← ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ‪ ،FUNC.‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ‪۱٦ ..........................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ← ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺢ ‪۱۰۱ ..............................................‬‬
‫ﺣﻣﺎﻳﺔ‪۹۸ .................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ‪٥۲ ..........................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ‪۱٦۲ .....................................................‬‬
‫← ﺣﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫← ﻁﺎﻗﻡ ﻣﺣﻭﻝ ‪AC‬‬
‫← ﺷﺎﺣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺯﻟﻳﺔ ‪۱٦۷ ...........................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ‪۱۷۱ ...................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ‪۱۹ .....................................................‬‬
‫ﺑﺣﺙ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ‪۹۲ .........................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻋﺷﻭﺍﺋﻲ ﺫﻛﻲ ‪۹۷ ................................‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ‪۱٦۳ ...............................‬‬
‫ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ ‪۹۱ ......................................‬‬
‫ﻋﺭﺽ ﺷﺭﺍﺋﺢ ‪۹٦ .......................................‬‬
‫ﻋﺭﺽ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ‪۱۹ ................................‬‬
‫ﻋﺭﺽ ﻣُﻛﺑﱠﺭ ‪۹٥ .........................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﻧﺷﻳﻁ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ‪۸۳ ..................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺯﺍﻣﻥ ﺑﻁﻲء‪۸۳ .........................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ‪۸۳ ................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻭﻝ ‪۱۹٤ .............................................‬‬
‫ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ‪۲٦ ...........................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﻛﻝ‪۱٥۹ ...................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻹﺑﺩﺍﻋﻳﺔ )ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ(‪٦۲ ..........................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻭﻥ )ﺗﻭﺍﺯﻥ ﺍﻷﺑﻳﺽ( ‪۷٥ ....................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺅﺷﺭ ‪۲۸ .....................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺢ‪۱۰۱ .....................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺻﺑﺎﺡ‪٥۲ ،٥۱ ..............................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺿﻠﺔ ‪۱۰٤ ..................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‪۱٦۲ ..................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﺗﻲ ‪۳۷ ..............................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺧﺻﻳﺹ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﺗﻲ ‪۳۸ ............................‬‬
‫ﻣﻭﻗﺕ ﺃﻭﺟﻪ ﺫﺍﺗﻲ )ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ(‪٦۸ ..................‬‬
‫ﻣﻭﻗﺕ ﺫﺍﺗﻲ ﻟﻠﻐﻣﺯ )ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ( ‪٦۷ .................‬‬
‫ﻣﻭﻗﺕ ﺫﺍﺗﻲ ﻟﻣﺩﺓ ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺗﻳﻥ ‪۳۸ .............................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪) Auto‬ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ(‪۳۱ ،۱۷ .......................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻓﻳﺔ ‪۱۷۲ ،۱٦٦ ،۱٦٤ ...........................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﻗﺗﺻﺎﺩﻱ‪۱٥٤ .......................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‬
‫ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻁﻭﺍﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪۳۹ ................................‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ‪۱٥ ..............................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻭﻗﻳﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻲ‪۱٥۳ ....................................‬‬
‫ﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ‪۱٦ ...............................‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ‪۱٦ .................................................‬‬
‫ﺏ‬
‫ﺑﺅﺭﺓ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪۸۰ .................................................‬‬
‫ﺑﺣﺙ ‪۹۲ ........................................................‬‬
‫ﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪۷۲ ................................................ AE‬‬
‫ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ‪۲ ...............................................‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ‪۲۰٤ ......................................‬‬
‫ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ‪microSD/microSDHC/‬‬
‫‪ ← microSDXC‬ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ‪ ← SD/SDHC/SDXC‬ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺕ‬
‫ﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺑﺔ )ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ( ‪٦٤ .....................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭ ﻋﻳﻥ ﺳﻣﻛﺔ )ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ( ‪٦۳ .........................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭ ﻣﺻﻐﺭ )ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ( ‪٦۳ .............................‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭ ﻣﻠﺻﻕ )ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ(‪٦۱ ..............................‬‬
‫ﺗﺑﺎﻳﻥ ﺫﻛﻲ ‪۱۱۰ ،۷٤ ..........................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺑﺳﻡ )ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ( ‪٦٦ ......................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺳﺣﻬﺎ ‪۱٤۹ ...................‬‬
‫ﺗﺩﻭﻳﺭ ‪۱۰۳ .....................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺭﻗﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻑ ‪۱٥۷ ..............................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻋﺷﻭﺍﺋﻲ ﺫﻛﻲ‪۹۷ .......................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﺭﺍء ‪۱۱۱ ،٤۸ ............................‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫ﺗﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﻣﺻﺑﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺯﺋﺑﻕ‪٤۹ ....................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺩﻳﻝ ﺣﺟﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ‪۱۰۷ ......................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻬﺫﻳﺏ‪۱۷٤ ،۱۰۸ .............................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻭﺍﺯﻥ ﺍﻷﺑﻳﺽ )ﺍﻟﻠﻭﻥ( ‪۷٥ ....................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻭﺍﺯﻥ ﺍﻷﺑﻳﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺻﺹ ‪۷٥ ................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻭﺍﺯﻥ ﺍﻷﺑﻳﺽ ﻟﻣﻧﺎﻁﻕ ﻣﺗﻌﺩﺩﺓ ‪٤۹ ............................‬‬
‫ﺗﻭﻓﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ‪۲۳ ................................................‬‬
‫ﺙ‬
‫ﺛﻠﺞ )ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ(‪٦۰ ........................................‬‬
‫ﺝ‬
‫ﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ → ﻣﻌﺩﻝ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ )ﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ(‬
‫ﺡ‬
‫ﻁ‬
‫ﻣﺯﺍﻣﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ‪۱٤٥ ..........................................‬‬
‫ﺣﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺷﺣﻥ ‪۱۲ ................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ‪۱۹۱ ............................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﻗﺗﺻﺎﺩﻱ‪۱٥٤ .................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻭﻓﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ‪۲۳ .........................................‬‬
‫ﺣﻔﻅ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ‪۱۷۰ ،۱٤۲ ...............‬‬
‫ﻁﺎﻗﻡ ﻣﺣﻭﻝ ‪۱٦۷ ،۱٦۲ .................................AC‬‬
‫ﻣﺷﻬﺩ ﻟﻳﻠﻲ ﺑﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻣﺣﻣﻭﻟﺔ )ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ( ‪٦۰ .............‬‬
‫ﺣﻣﺎﻳﺔ ‪۹۸ .......................................................‬‬
‫ﺩ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻭﻳﺽ‪۷۲ ...............................................‬‬
‫ﻗﻔﻝ ‪۷۳ ..............................................AE‬‬
‫ﻗﻔﻝ ‪۸٤ ..............................................FE‬‬
‫ﺭ‬
‫ﻁﻭﻟﻲ )ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ(‪٦۰ .....................................‬‬
‫ﻉ‬
‫ﻋﺭﺽ ﺷﺭﺍﺋﺢ‪۹٦ ..............................................‬‬
‫ﻋﺭﺽ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ‪۸۹ .................................. GPS‬‬
‫ﻋﺭﺽ ﻣُﻛﺑﱠﺭ ‪۹٥ ...............................................‬‬
‫ﻕ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ‪FUNC.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻭﻝ ‪۲۰۱ ،۱۹٥ .....................................‬‬
‫ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ‪۲٥ ...........................‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ‪۱۲۸ .............................................Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﺭﺑﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺻﻡ ← ﺍﻟﺭﺑﺎﻁ‬
‫ﻗﻔﻝ ‪۷۳ .................................................... AE‬‬
‫ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ ‪۱۸۸ .............................................‬‬
‫ﻗﻔﻝ ‪۸۲ .................................................... AF‬‬
‫ﺯ‬
‫ﺯﺍﻫﻲ ﻣﻣﺗﺎﺯ )ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ(‪٦۱ ..............................‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻣﻭﻝ‪۱٤٤ .............................‬‬
‫ﺱ‬
‫ﺳﺭﻋﺔ ‪۷٤ ............................................... ISO‬‬
‫ﺵ‬
‫ﺷﺎﺣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪۱٦۲ ،۲ .......................................‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ‪۱٦۳ .....................................‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﺭﻳﺿﺔ )ﺍﻟﺩﻗﺔ( ‪٤۷ .....................................‬‬
‫ﺹ‬
‫ﺻﻭﺭ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻭﻥ )ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ( ‪٦٦ ......................‬‬
‫‪۲۰۷‬‬
‫ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺱ ‪۷۳ ..............................................‬‬
‫ﺻﻭﺭ ﺑﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻧﻲ‪۷٦ ................................‬‬
‫ﻗﻔﻝ ‪۸٤ .................................................... FE‬‬
‫ﻗﻔﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ‪۷۹ .................................................‬‬
‫ﻙ‬
‫ﻛﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ )‪۱٦٦ .......................... (AV‬‬
‫ﻛﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ )‪ (AV‬ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺭﻳﻭ‪۱٦٦ ،۱٦۳ ........‬‬
‫ﻝ‬
‫ﻻﻣﺣﺩﻭﺩ )ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ(‪۷۸ ..................................‬‬
‫ﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ‪۱٦ ................................................‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻷﺳﻭﺩ ﻭﺍﻷﺑﻳﺽ ‪۷٦ ...................‬‬
‫ﻡ‬
‫ﻣﺣﺗﻭﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺑﻭﺓ ‪۲ ..............................................‬‬
‫ﻣﺣﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺭﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻣﻲ‪۷۸ .....................................‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺩﻝ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ )ﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ(‪۸٤ ............................‬‬
‫ﻣﻭﺍﺯﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ‪۸٥ ............................................‬‬
‫ﻣﻭﻗﺕ ﺃﻭﺟﻪ ﺫﺍﺗﻲ )ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ( ‪٦۸ ........................‬‬
‫ﻣﻭﻗﺕ ﺫﺍﺗﻲ ﻟﻠﻐﻣﺯ )ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ(‪٦۷ ........................‬‬
‫ﻥ‬
‫ﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ‪٤۷ ................................‬‬
‫ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺭﺏ‪۷۷ .................................................‬‬
‫ﻻﻣﺣﺩﻭﺩ‪۷۸ ..............................................‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ‪۱۳٥ ............................‬‬
‫ﻫـ‬
‫ﻫﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺟﻪ‪٤۱ .................................................‬‬
‫ﻭ‬
‫ﻭﺻﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺑﺎﺷﺭ‪۱٦۷ .....................................‬‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪۱۱۷ ................................... Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺗﻳﺎﻁﺎﺕ ‪) Wi-Fi‬ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪ LAN‬ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻛﻳﺔ(‬
‫• ﺭﻗﻡ ﻁﺭﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻫﻭ ‪.PC2096/PC2098/PC2051‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻠﺗﻌﺭﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﻙ‪ ،‬ﺍﻓﺣﺹ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺻﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺃﺳﻔﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻟﻣﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﺑﺎﺩﺉ ﺑـ ‪ .PC‬ﻁﺭﺍﺯ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪WLAN‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺩﻣﺟﺔ ﻣﻛﺗﻭﺏ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻠﺩ‪/‬ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﺍء‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻣﺭﻳﻛﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻧﺩﺍ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﻁﺭﺍﺯ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪WLAN‬‬
‫‪WM224‬‬
‫‪WM223‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﻁﻕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺳﻣﺢ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺷﺑﻛﺎﺕ ‪WLAN‬‬
‫ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻘﻳﻳﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺷﺑﻛﺎﺕ ‪ WLAN‬ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﻁﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﻳﺗﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻭﻧﻲ‬‫ﻟﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﻌﻘﺎﺏ ﺑﻣﻭﺟﺏ ﺍﻟﻠﻭﺍﺋﺢ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻣﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻠﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﺗﺟﻧﺏ ﺍﻧﺗﻬﺎﻙ ﻟﻭﺍﺋﺢ ﺷﺑﻛﺎﺕ ‪ ،WLAN‬ﺗﻔﺿﻝ ﺑﺯﻳﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻣﻭﻗﻊ ‪ Canon‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﻳﺏ ﻟﻣﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﻣﻭﺡ ﻓﻳﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻﺣﻅ ﺃﻥ ‪ Canon‬ﻻ ﺗﺗﺣﻣﻝ ﺃﻱ ﻣﺳﺅﻭﻟﻳﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺃﻱ ﻣﺷﺎﻛﻝ ﺗﻧﺗﺞ ﻋﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺷﺑﻛﺎﺕ ‪WLAN‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﻁﻕ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺩ ﻳﻌﺭﺿﻙ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﻡ ﺑﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ﻟﻌﻘﻭﺑﺎﺕ ﻗﺎﻧﻭﻧﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ ﺗﻌﺩﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺑﺩﻳﻠﻪ‬‫ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻣﻠﺻﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺷﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ‬‫• ﻭﻓ ًﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﻭﺍﺋﺢ ﻗﻭﺍﻧﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﺎﺩﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﺟﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺭﺟﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻠﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺫﻥ ﺗﺻﺩﻳﺭ )ﺃﻭ ﺇﺫﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻼﺕ ﺧﺩﻣﻳﺔ( ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﻛﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻳﺎﺑﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﻟﺗﺻﺩﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺧﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺭﺍﺗﻳﺟﻳﺔ )ﺑﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ(‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻳﺎﺑﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻧﻅﺭً ﺍ ﻻﺣﺗﻭﺍء ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ ﺗﺷﻔﻳﺭ ﺃﻣﺭﻳﻛﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﺧﺿﻊ ﻟﻠﻭﺍﺋﺢ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﺩﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺭﻳﻛﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﺻﺩﻳﺭﻩ ﺃﻭ ﺟﻠﺑﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﻠﺩ ﻣﻔﺭﻭﺽ ﻋﻠﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﺣﻅﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺟﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻷﻣﺭﻳﻛﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪۲۰۸‬‬
‫• ﺍﺣﺭﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺩﻭﻳﻥ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪ LAN‬ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻛﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺩ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪ LAN‬ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻛﻳﺔ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻔﻭﻅﺔ ﺑﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ ‪ -‬ﺃﻭ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻣﺳﺣﻬﺎ ﻧﺗﻳﺟﺔ ﻟﻠﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﻟﻠﻣﻧﺗﺞ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻛﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎء ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺎﺗﻳﻛﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺣﻭﺍﺩﺙ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻋﻁﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﺫﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺣﺭﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺩﻭﻳﻥ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪ LAN‬ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻛﻳﺔ ﻛﺈﺟﺭﺍء ﺍﺣﺗﻳﺎﻁﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺭﺟﻰ ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ ﺃﻥ‬
‫‪ Canon‬ﻻ ﺗﺗﺣﻣﻝ ﺃﻱ ﻣﺳﺅﻭﻟﻳﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻷﺿﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺑﺎﺷﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺑﺎﺷﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺧﺳﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﺎﺡ ﻧﺗﻳﺟﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺩﻫﻭﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺗﻭﻯ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺗﻔﺎﺋﻪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻋﻧﺩ ﻧﻘﻝ ﻣﻠﻛﻳﺔ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺧﺹ ﺁﺧﺭ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﺧﻠﺹ ﻣﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻟﻪ ﻟﻺﺻﻼﺡ‪ ،‬ﺍﺣﺭﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺩﻭﻳﻥ‬
‫ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪ LAN‬ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻛﻳﺔ ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺗﻪ ﺍﻻﻓﺗﺭﺍﺿﻳﺔ )ﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ( ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﺯﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺭ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻟﻥ ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ‪ Canon‬ﺑﺄﻱ ﺗﻌﻭﻳﺽ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻷﺿﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻧﺎﺟﻣﺔ ﻋﻥ ﻓﻘﺩﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ ﺃﻭ ﺳﺭﻗﺗﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﺗﺗﺣﻣﻝ ‪ Canon‬ﺃﻳﺔ ﻣﺳﺅﻭﻟﻳﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻷﺿﺭﺍﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺧﺳﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻧﺎﺟﻣﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻏﻳﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﻣﻭﺡ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻠﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻬﺩﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺟﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ ﺑﺳﺑﺏ ﺳﺭﻗﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻘﺩﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺣﺭﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ ﻭﻓ ًﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﺗﻭﺟﻳﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺑﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺣﺭﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪ LAN‬ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻛﻳﺔ ﺑﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ ﻭﻓ ًﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﺗﻭﺟﻳﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺿﺣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻼ ﺗﺗﺣﻣﻝ ‪ Canon‬ﺃﻱ ﻣﺳﺅﻭﻟﻳﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻷﺿﺭﺍﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺧﺳﺎﺋﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ ﺑﻁﺭﻕ‬
‫ﻏﻳﺭ ﺗﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺿﺣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪ LAN‬ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻛﻳﺔ ﺑﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻘﺭﺑﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺩﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪ LAN‬ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻛﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻘﺭﺑﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﻗﺩ ﻳﺅﺛﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻣﻝ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺗﻳﺎﻁﺎﺕ ﺗﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻛﻳﺔ‬
‫• ﻗﺩ ﻳﺳﺗﻘﺑﻝ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ ﺗﺩﺍﺧﻼً ﻣﻥ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﺗﺑﺙ ﻣﻭﺟﺎﺕ ﻻﺳﻠﻛﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﺗﺟﻧﺏ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺗﺩﺍﺧﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﺣﺭﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ ﺑﻌﻳ ًﺩﺍ ﺑﻘﺩﺭ ﺍﻹﻣﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺗﺟﻧﺏ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪۲۰۹‬‬
‫ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺯﻭﻳﺩ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ ﺑﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪ WLAN‬ﻣﻌﺗﻣﺩﺓ ﻭﻓ ًﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﻣﻌﺎﻳﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ ﻣﻥ ﻗِﺑﻝ ‪.IDA Singapore‬‬
‫ﺍﺣﺗﻳﺎﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﺎﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻧﻅﺭً ﺍ ﻷﻥ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪ Wi-Fi‬ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻣﻭﺟﺎﺕ ﻻﺳﻠﻛﻳﺔ ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻳﻠﺯﻡ ﺍﺗﺧﺎﺫ ﺍﺣﺗﻳﺎﻁﺎﺕ ﺣﻣﺎﻳﺔ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ‬
‫ﺻﺎﺭﻣﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺗﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺧﺫﺓ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻛﺑﻝ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪.LAN‬‬
‫ﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻋﺗﺑﺎﺭﻙ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪.Wi-Fi‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺳﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺷﺑﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﻣﻭﺡ ﻟﻙ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﻭﻡ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ ﺑﺎﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﻋﻥ ﺷﺑﻛﺎﺕ ‪ Wi-Fi‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﺍﺭ ﻭﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻧﺗﺎﺋﺞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ‬
‫ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺷﺑﻛﺎﺕ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﻣﻭﺡ ﻟﻙ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﻬﺎ )ﺍﻟﺷﺑﻛﺎﺕ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺭﻭﻓﺔ(‪ .‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺣﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺑﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺷﺑﻛﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﻗﺩ ﻳُﻌﺗﺑﺭ ﻭﺻﻭﻻً ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﺳﻣﻭﺡ ﺑﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﺫﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺣﺭﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺷﺑﻛﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﻣﻭﺡ ﺑﻙ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﻓﻘﻁ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺗﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺷﺑﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺭﻭﻓﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺿﺑﻁ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﺎﻳﺔ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﺳﻠﻳﻡ‪ ،‬ﻗﺩ ﺗﺣﺩﺙ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﺎﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻣﺭﺍﻗﺑﺔ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻗﺩ ﺗﺭﺍﻗﺏ ﺍﻷﻁﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺭﺟﻳﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺎﺻﺩ ﺍﻟﺿﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪ Wi-Fi‬ﻭﺗﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺑﺈﺭﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﻣﻭﺡ ﺑﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺑﻛﺔ‬
‫ﻗﺩ ﺗﺣﺻﻝ ﺍﻷﻁﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺭﺟﻳﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺿﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﺳﻣﻭﺡ ﺑﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺑﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻬﺎ ﻟﺗﺳﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﺩﻟﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺩﻣﺭﻫﺎ‪ .‬ﻋﻼﻭ ًﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﻗﺩ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺿﺣﻳﺔ ﺃﻧﻭﺍﻉ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﻣﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﻣﻭﺡ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﻧﺗﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺷﺧﺻﻳﺔ )ﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﻧﺗﺣﻝ ﺷﺧﺹ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺣﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﻳﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﺳﻣﻭﺡ ﺑﻬﺎ( ﺃﻭ ﻫﺟﻭﻡ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﻁﻼﻕ )ﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﺣﺻﻝ ﺷﺧﺹ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﺳﻣﻭﺡ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺑﻛﺗﻙ ﻛﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻧﻁﻼﻕ ﻟﺗﻐﻁﻳﺔ ﻣﺳﺎﺭﺍﺗﻪ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺳﻠﺳﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﻧﻅﻣﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺗﺟﻧﺏ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﻧﻭﺍﻉ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﺎﻛﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﺣﺭﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻣﺎﻳﺔ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪ Wi-Fi‬ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﺗﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪ Wi-Fi‬ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺑﻌﺩ ﻓﻬﻡ ﺟﻳﺩ ﻹﺟﺭﺍءﺍﺕ ﺣﻣﺎﻳﺔ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪ Wi-Fi‬ﻭﻗﻡ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻣﻭﺍﺯﻧﺔ ﺑﻳﻥ ﻋﺎﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺎﻁﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺭﺍﺣﺔ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺿﺑﻁ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﺎﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺈﻣﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻌﻳﺎﺭ ‪ PictBridge‬ﻋﺑﺭ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ‬
‫‪ .Wi-Fi‬ﺗﺿﻔﻲ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻳﺭ ‪ PictBridge‬ﺍﻟﻔﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺳﻬﻭﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻣﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻁﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ ﻣﺑﺎﺷﺭ ًﺓ‪ .‬ﻋﻼﻭ ًﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﻳﻭﻓﺭ ﻣﻌﻳﺎﺭ ﺟﺩﻳﺩ‬
‫ﻳُﻌﺭﻑ ﺑﺎﺳﻡ ‪ - DPS over IP‬ﺇﻣﻛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﺇﺟﺭﺍء ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻻﺕ ‪ PictBridge‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺷﺑﻛﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻣﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﻣﺗﻭﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻳﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻧﺑﻳﻪ‬
‫ﺧﻁﺭ ﺍﻻﻧﻔﺟﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺳﺗﺑﺩﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﻧﻭﻉ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﻧﺎﺳﺏ‪ .‬ﺗﺧﻠﺹ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻌﻣﻠﺔ ﻭﻓ ًﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﻭﺍﺋﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻠﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺿﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻼﺋﻡ ﻟﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ‪ ،‬ﻳﻭﺻﻰ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ ‪ Canon‬ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺟﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﺭﺧﻳﺹ‬
‫ﺇﺧﻼء ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺋﻭﻟﻳﺔ‬
‫• ﺇﻥ ‪ Microsoft‬ﻭ‪ Windows‬ﻫﻣﺎ ﻋﻼﻣﺗﺎﻥ ﺗﺟﺎﺭﻳﺗﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻼﻣﺗﺎﻥ ﺗﺟﺎﺭﻳﺗﺎﻥ ﻣﺳﺟﻠﺗﺎﻥ ﻟﺷﺭﻛﺔ‬
‫‪ Microsoft Corporation‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺣﺩﺓ ﻭ‪/‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺑﻠﺩﺍﻥ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﺣﻅﺭ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻧﺳﺦ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺻﺭﻳﺢ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻭﻳﻌﺩ ‪ Macintosh‬ﻭ‪ Mac OS‬ﻋﻼﻣﺗﺎﻥ ﺗﺟﺎﺭﻳﺗﺎﻥ ﻟﺷﺭﻛﺔ ‪ Apple Inc.‬ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺟﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﻻﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺣﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺑﻠﺩﺍﻥ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻭﻳﻌﺩ ‪ App Store‬ﻭ‪ iPhone‬ﻭ‪ iPad‬ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺟﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﺷﺭﻛﺔ ‪.Apple Inc.‬‬
‫• ﻳﻌﺩ ﺷﻌﺎﺭ ‪ SDXC‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺟﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺷﺭﻛﺔ ‪.SD-3C, LLC‬‬
‫• ﻳﻌﺩ ﺍﻻﺳﻡ ‪ HDMI‬ﻭﺷﻌﺎﺭ ‪ HDMI‬ﻭ‪ High-Definition Multimedia Interface‬ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺗﺟﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﺳﺟﻠﺔ ﻟﺷﺭﻛﺔ ‪.HDMI Licensing LLC‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫• ﺷﻌﺎﺭ ‪ iFrame‬ﻭﺭﻣﺯ ‪ iFrame‬ﻫﻣﺎ ﻋﻼﻣﺗﺎﻥ ﺗﺟﺎﺭﻳﺗﺎﻥ ﻟﺻﺎﻟﺢ ‪.Apple Inc.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻁ ‪P‬‬
‫• ‪ Wi-Fi‬ﻭ ‪ Wi-Fi Alliance‬ﻭ™‪ WPA‬ﻭ™‪ WPA2‬ﻭ™‪ Wi-Fi Protected Setup‬ﻫﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺟﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺟﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﺳﺟﻠﺔ ﻟﺻﺎﻟﺢ ‪.Wi-Fi Alliance‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫• ﺇﻥ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ‪ N‬ﻫﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺟﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺟﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﺳﺟﻠﺔ ﻟﺷﺭﻛﺔ ‪ NFC Forum, Inc.‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﻻﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺣﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫®‬
‫®‬
‫• ﻛﻣﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺟﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺷﺭﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻟﻛﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﺣﺗﻭﻱ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻘﻧﻳﺔ ‪ exFAT‬ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺧﺻﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺷﺭﻛﺔ ‪ Microsoft‬ﻣﺩﻣﺟﺔ ﺑﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪• This product is licensed under AT&T patents for the MPEG-4 standard‬‬
‫‪and may be used for encoding MPEG-4 compliant video and/or decoding‬‬
‫‪MPEG-4 compliant video that was encoded only (1) for a personal and‬‬
‫‪non-commercial purpose or (2) by a video provider licensed under the‬‬
‫‪AT&T patents to provide MPEG-4 compliant video. No license is granted‬‬
‫‪or implied for any other use for MPEG-4 standard.‬‬
‫* ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻹﺷﻌﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺟﻠﻳﺯﻳﺔ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ‪.‬‬
‫‪۲۱۰‬‬
‫• ﺗﺳﺗﻧﺩ ﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺎﻳﻳﺱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻳﺭ ﺍﻻﺧﺗﺑﺎﺭ ﻣﻥ ‪.Canon‬‬
‫• ﺗﺧﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻣﺛﻝ ﻣﻭﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ ﻭﺷﻛﻠﻪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺩ ﺗﺧﺗﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﺭﺳﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺿﻳﺣﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻘﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﻗﻠﻳﻼً‪.‬‬
‫• ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﻏﻡ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻧﺎﺻﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﺗﺣﻣﻝ ‪ Canon‬ﺃﻳﺔ ﻣﺳﺋﻭﻟﻳﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺃﻱ ﺧﺳﺎﺭﺓ ﻧﺎﺗﺟﺔ ﻋﻥ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ‪.‬‬
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertising